Crossamerica Partners
Annual Report 2013

Plain-text annual report

Celebrating Growth in Year One Le high G as Par tners LP 2013 Annu al R e por t Lehigh Gas Partners LP at a Glance Lehigh Gas Partners LP (NYSE: LGP), headquartered in Allentown, PA, is a leading wholesale distributor of motor fuels and owner and lessee of real estate related to retail fuel distribution. Lehigh Gas Partners LP is a master limited partnership that was formed in 2012. Its predecessor was founded in 1992. The Partnership distributes fuel to more than 800 locations and owns or leases more than 550 sites in 13 states: Pennsylvania, New Jersey, Ohio, Florida, New York, Massachusetts, Kentucky, New Hampshire, Maine, Maryland, Delaware, Tennessee and Virginia. We are affiliated with several major oil brands, including ExxonMobil, Gulf Oil, BP, Shell, Chevron, Sunoco, Citgo and Valero. The Partnership is a top 10 distributor by fuel volume in the United States for both ExxonMobil and BP. Distributions Per Unit on an Annualized Basis $1.75 $1.81 $1.91 $2.01 $2.05 Financial Highlights1 The Partnership experienced meaningful growth across a number of important operational and financial metrics. 4Q 2012 1Q 2013 2Q 2013 3Q 2013 4Q 2013 Gross Profit2 Gross profit for the year totaled $70.6 million with approximately 63% from motor fuel sales and 37% from net rental income. 556 511 637.8 591.3 $44.5 $41.4 $54.9 $26.1 $34.9 $13.7 12/31/12 12/31/13 2012 2013 2012 2013 2012 2013 2012 2013 Site Count (owned or leased sites) Total Gallons Distributed (millions) Fuel Gross Profit (millions) Adjusted EBITDA (millions) Net Rental Income (millions) $44.5 Fuel Sales $26.1 Net Rental Income (millions) 1 2012 numbers are pro forma 2012 as reported in our March 7, 2014 earnings release. 2 Defined as gross profit from motor fuel sales plus net rental income (rent income minus rent expense) Leh i gh Ga s Par tne rs LP 2013 Annual R epor t 2 9% Other 4% Valero (10 yrs) 5% Chevron (1 yr) 2013 Fuel Distribution Gallons by Brand Lehigh Gas Partners LP maintains strong relationships with major integrated oil companies and refiners. The Partnership is a top 10 distributor by fuel volume in the United States for both ExxonMobil and BP. (The length of our relationship with our suppliers is indicated in parentheses in the chart.) 43% ExxonMobil (11 yrs) 15% Shell (9 yrs) 25% BP (4 yrs) Leh i gh Ga s Par tne rs LP 2013 Annual R epor t 3 Dear Unitholders: After completing our initial public off ering on October 30, 2012, Lehigh Gas Partners LP immediately began achieving meaningful growth on several fronts. Increases in distributions, the completion of several acquisitions, strong fi nancial performance and our fi rst follow-on equity off ering all made the Partnership’s fi rst full year one to celebrate. Our 2013 accomplishments are the result of our team’s unparalleled drive to grow the Partnership. During the past year, we were pleased to add several members to our senior leadership team. I believe that their deep experience and knowledge help make our team among the best in the petroleum and energy industry. Our prime real estate site locations, strong affi liations with major oil brands, stable cash fl ows and fi nancial strength all served the Partnership well in 2013 and position us for continued growth in 2014. Here are some highlights from the past year: Increases in Distributions Our primary business objective is to make quarterly cash distributions to unitholders and to increase those distributions over time. A key component of our strategy is growth through acquisitions. I am pleased to report that due to the Partnership’s successful acquisitions during 2013, we were able grow our per unit distributions throughout the year. Based on our declared fourth quarter 2013 distribution of $0.5125/ unit ($2.05 on an annualized basis), our distributions, on an annualized rate, increased by $0.30/unit or 17.1% from the annual distribution rate at the end of the fourth quarter of 2012. Our distribution growth rate of 17.1% for 2013 is more than two times greater than the 7.3% weighted average distribution growth in 2013 of the Alerian MLP Index, which is a composite index comprised of the 50 most prominent energy MLPs. We remain focused on growing the distribution in a prudent and sustainable manner in the year ahead. Major Strategic Acquisitions Growth through acquisitions is a key component of our strategy. We focus on distributing fuels to and owning and leasing sites in prime locations with strong motor fuel demand and continually seek additional assets that fi t our focus. In 2013, the Partnership completed three signifi cant acquisitions. These acquisitions increased our total number of leased and owned sites, on a net basis, by 45 sites and the total number of sites to which we distribute fuels, on a net basis, by 76 sites. In September, the Partnership entered a new state, Tennessee, with two synergistic acquisitions. First, we completed the purchase of 17 sites in the Tri-Cities region from Rogers Petroleum, Inc. and affi liates. Just one week later, we expanded into the Knoxville market with the acquisition of 33 sites from Rocky Top Markets, LLC and Rocky Top Properties, LLC. These two new portfolios, with their high-quality assets, provided us with immediate scale in the region and a solid platform for growth in the state. In December, the Partnership acquired motor fuel distribution assets in Central Virginia from Manchester Marketing, Inc., including 44 independent dealer supply contracts and fi ve subjobber supply contracts, among other assets. The sites supplied under the acquired contracts are located in the Richmond area, another new market for us. A Solid First-Year Performance From an operational and fi nancial standpoint, we had a solid fi rst full year as a public partnership. We distributed 637.8 million gallons of motor fuel in 2013, up approximately 7.9% from our pro forma 2012 results. Our fuel gross margin grew to $44.5 million, a 7.5% increase from pro forma 2012, and our adjusted EBITDA totaled approximately $54.9 million, a 57.2% increase from pro forma 2012. Finally, we generated distributable cash fl ow of $2.58 per unit, which compares favorably with our total Joseph V. Topper, Jr. Chairman & CEO Lehigh Gas Partners LP distributions of $1.95/unit for the year. In total, we had a strong fi rst year and remain focused on maintaining our disciplined approach to ensure continued success in 2014. Our First Follow-On Off ering In December, we completed our fi rst follow-on equity issuance. The off ering generated strong demand with quality institutional and retail investor participation. On the strength of the high-level demand, the full overallotment option was exercised, increasing the size of the off ering by 15% and generating net proceeds of approximately $91.4 million. We used the proceeds to repay debt under our credit facility that had been incurred to fi nance our acquisitions. A Commitment to Growth in 2014 We will continue to work diligently and strategically to grow the Partnership for our unitholders in 2014. With our proven record of completing and integrating acquisitions, we will pursue additional expansion opportunities—both within existing markets to enhance effi ciencies and in new markets with favorable demographic, economic and fuel trends. We also remain committed to a prudent, sustainable distribution in the coming year. I appreciate the trust you have placed in our team and look forward to an equally exciting second year. Joseph V. Topper, Jr. Joseph V. Topper, Jr. Chairman & CEO Chairman & CEO Lehigh Gas Partners LP Leh i gh Ga s Par tne rs LP 2013 Annual R epor t 4 Creating Community Energy Lehigh Gas Partners LP believes in supporting the communities where we live and work. As we celebrate the business success of our first full year, we are also proud to report the highlights of our 2013 community-giving efforts. Our team and customers donated nearly $850,000 plus food and gifts to arts, education and human services organizations, including the American Heart Association, Autism Speaks, Big Brothers Big Sisters, Catholic Charities USA, the March of Dimes and PBS, and toward breast cancer prevention and treatment. Lehigh Gas Partners LP partnered with ExxonMobil to distribute $108,000 in ExxonMobil Educational Alliance grants, supporting math and science programs in 216 schools. $108,000 grants in 216 schools Our 100 Days of Community Energy Fitness Challenge encouraged our team to get in shape and adopt a heart-healthy and brain-healthy lifestyle while raising funds for the Heart Walk and the Alzheimer’s Association. 100 Days of Community Energy Leh i gh Ga s Par tne rs LP 2013 Annual R epor t 5 Board of Directors Annual Certifications Joseph V. Topper, Jr. 1 Chairman of the Board & CEO, Lehigh Gas Partners LP Melinda B. German 2, 4 Associate Dean, Villanova University School of Business Warren S. Kimber, Jr. 1, 3 Former CEO & Chairman, Kimber Petroleum Corporation John F. Malloy 3, 4 Chairman, President & CEO, Victaulic James H. Miller 3, 5 Former CEO & Chairman, PPL Corporation John B. Reilly, III 1, 2, 5 President, City Center Investment Corporation Maura E. Topper 1, 5 MBA Candidate, Columbia Business School Robert L. Wiss 1, 2, 4 Former President & Co-Founder, CaseSoft 1 Acquisitions Committee 2 Audit Committee 3 Compensation Committee 4 Conflicts Committee 5 Nominating & Corporate Governance Committee Senior Executives Joseph V. Topper, Jr. Chief Executive Officer David F. Hrinak President Mark L. Miller Chief Financial Officer Frank M. Macerato General Counsel, Secretary & Chief Compliance Officer David A. Sheaffer Chief Accounting Officer Tracy A. Derstine Executive Vice President, Administration John K. Hooven Vice President, Wholesale The certifications required by Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 have been filed with the SEC and are included as Exhibits 31.1 and 31.2 to this annual report. Forward-Looking and Cautionary Statements Except for the historical information and discussions contained herein, statements contained in this annual report may constitute “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Act of 1995. Achieving the results described in these statements involves a number of risks, uncertainties, and other factors that could cause actual results to differ materially, as discussed in our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and beginning on page 2 of the attached Form 10-K. Investor Information A copy of our annual report on Form 10-K is attached. Copies of our quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, are available without charge to unitholders upon request. Trademarks LGP and Lehigh Gas are trademarks of Lehigh Gas Partners LP and/or its affiliates. Other names and marks used herein may be trademarks of their respective owners. For more information, please visit www.lehighgaspartners.com Corporate Information Transfer Agent & Registrar American Stock Transfer & Trust Company 409 Hayward Avenue N., Suite 2 St. Paul, MN 55128 Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Grant Thornton LLP 2001 Market Street, Suite 3100 Philadelphia, PA 19103 Unitholder Tax Information phone: 1-855-820-0421 email: LehighGasK1Help@deloitte.com web: www.partnerdatalink.com/Lehigh/Login/SignOn.aspx Investor Relations Karen G. Yeakel Vice President, Investor Relations Lehigh Gas Partners LP 610-625-8126 kyeakel@lehighgas.com Corporate Headquarters Lehigh Gas Partners LP 702 W. Hamilton Street, Suite 203 Allentown, PA 18101 610-625-8000 Charles M. Nifong Vice President, Finance & Chief Investment Officer ANNUA L REP OR T DESIGN VAUGHAN COMMUNICATIONS G ROUP / ENZ E © 2014 Lehigh Gas Partners LP. All Rights Reserved. Leh i gh Ga s Par tne rs LP 2013 Annual R epor t 6 Table of Contents UNITED STATESSECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSIONWashington, D.C. 20549 FORM 10-K (Mark One)xANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACTOF 1934For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013OR ¨TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACTOF 1934For the transition period from to Commission File Number: 001-35711 LEHIGH GAS PARTNERS LP(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) Delaware 45-4165414(State or other jurisdiction ofincorporation or organization) (I.R.S. EmployerIdentification No.)702 West Hamilton Street, Suite 203Allentown, PA 18101(610) 625-8000(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of the registrant’s principal executive offices)Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: Title of each class Name of each exchange on which registeredCommon Units representing limited partner interests New York Stock ExchangeSecurities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined by Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ¨ No x.Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ¨ No x.Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filingrequirements for the past 90 days. Yes x No ¨Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data Filerequired to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant wasrequired to submit and post such files). Yes x No ¨. Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, tothe best of the registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendmentto this Form 10-K. xIndicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. Seethe definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one): Large accelerated filer ¨ Accelerated filer xNon-accelerated filer ¨ (Do not check if a smaller reporting company) Smaller reporting company ¨Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes ¨ No x.The aggregate market value as of June 28, 2013, of the registrant’s common units held by non-affiliates of the registrant based on the reported closingprice of $23.86 of such common units on the New York Stock Exchange on such date was $164.7 million. Common units held by affiliates of the registranthave been excluded from the calculation. The determination of the affiliate status is not necessarily a conclusive determination for other purposes.As of March 3, 2014 the registrant had outstanding 11,097,348 common units and 7,525,000 subordinated units outstanding.Documents Incorporated by Reference: None. Table of ContentsINDEX PageNumber PART I Item 1. Business 3 Item 1A. Risk Factors 15 Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments 37 Item 2. Properties 37 Item 3. Legal Proceedings 37 Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures 37 PART II Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities 37 Item 6. Selected Financial Data 40 Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 42 Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk 59 Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 59 Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 60 Item 9A. Controls and Procedures 60 Item 9B. Other Information 61 PART III Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 62 Item 11. Executive Compensation 67 Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters 70 Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions, and Director Independence 71 Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services 77 PART IV Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules 77 Table of ContentsExplanatory NoteOn October 30, 2012 (the “Closing Date”), we completed our initial public offering (the “IPO”).References in this Annual Report to “our Predecessor” or “Predecessor Entity” refer to the portion of the business of Lehigh Gas Corporation, or “LGC,” andits subsidiaries and affiliates contributed to Lehigh Gas Partners LP in connection with the IPO. Unless the context requires otherwise, references in thisAnnual Report to “Lehigh Gas Partners LP,” “the Partnership,” “we,” “our,” “us,” or like terms, when used in the context of the periods following thecompletion of the IPO, refer to Lehigh Gas Partners LP and its subsidiaries and, when used in the context of the periods prior to the completion of the IPO,refer to the portion of the business of our Predecessor, the wholesale distribution business of Lehigh Gas—Ohio, LLC, and real property and leaseholdinterests contributed to us in connection with the IPO by Joseph V. Topper, Jr., the chief executive officer and the Chairman of the board of directors of ourGeneral Partner and/or his affiliates.References in this Annual Report to “our General Partner” or “Lehigh Gas GP” refer to Lehigh Gas GP LLC, the General Partner of Lehigh Gas Partners LPand a wholly owned subsidiary of LGC. References to “LGO” refer to Lehigh Gas—Ohio, LLC, an entity managed by Joseph V. Topper, Jr. All of LGO’swholesale distribution business was contributed to us in connection with the IPO. References to the “Topper Group” refer to Joseph V. Topper, Jr., collectivelywith those of his affiliates and family trusts that have ownership interests in our Predecessor. A trust of which Joseph V. Topper, Jr. is a trustee owns all of theoutstanding stock of LGC. The Topper Group, including LGC, holds a significant portion of our limited partner interests. Through his ownership of LGC,Joseph V. Topper, Jr. controls our General Partner.Unless otherwise indicated, the 2012 financial results contained in this Annual Report are based upon our audited consolidated financial results for the periodOctober 31, 2012 through December 31, 2012 and the audited combined financial results for the Predecessor Entity for the period January 1, 2012 throughOctober 30, 2012. 1 Table of ContentsCAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTSThis Annual Report on Form 10-K and oral statements made regarding the subjects of this Annual Report may contain forward-looking statements, within themeaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, or the Reform Act, which may include, but are not limited to, statements regarding ourplans, objectives, expectations and intentions and other statements that are not historical facts, including statements identified by words such as “outlook,”“intends,” “plans,” “estimates,” “believes,” “expects,” “potential,” “continues,” “may,” “will,” “should,” “seeks,” “approximately,” “predicts,”“anticipates,” “foresees,” or the negative version of these words or other comparable expressions. All statements addressing operating performance, events, ordevelopments that the Partnership expects or anticipates will occur in the future, including statements relating to revenue growth and earnings or earnings perunit growth, as well as statements expressing optimism or pessimism about future operating results, are forward-looking statements within the meaning of theReform Act. The forward-looking statements are based upon our current views and assumptions regarding future events and operating performance and areinherently subject to significant business, economic and competitive uncertainties and contingencies and changes in circumstances, many of which arebeyond our control. The statements in this Annual Report are made as of the date of this report, even if subsequently made available by us on our website orotherwise. We do not undertake any obligation to update or revise these statements to reflect events or circumstances occurring after the date of this AnnualReport.Although we do not make forward-looking statements unless we believe we have a reasonable basis for doing so, we cannot guarantee their accuracy. Achievingthe results described in these statements involves a number of risks, uncertainties and other factors that could cause actual results to differ materially,including the following factors: • Availability of cash flow to pay minimum quarterly distribution on our common units; • The availability and cost of competing motor fuels resources; • A rise in fuel prices or a decrease in demand for motor fuels; • The consummation of financing, acquisition or disposition transactions and the effect thereof on our business; • Our existing or future indebtedness; • Our liquidity, results of operations and financial condition; • Future legislation and changes in regulations or governmental policies or changes in enforcement or interpretations thereof; • Future income tax legislation; • Changes in energy policy; • Increases in energy conservation efforts; • Technological advances; • Volatility in the capital and credit markets; • The impact of worldwide economic and political conditions; • The impact of wars and acts of terrorism; • Weather conditions or catastrophic weather-related damage; • Earthquakes and other natural disasters; • Unexpected environmental liabilities; • The outcome of pending or future litigation; and • Other factors, including those discussed in Item 1A. Risk Factors. 2 Table of ContentsSee “Item 1A. Risk Factors.” All written and oral forward-looking statements attributable to us, or persons acting on our behalf, are expressly qualified in theirentirety by these cautionary statements. You should evaluate all forward-looking statements made in this Annual Report on Form 10-K in the context of theserisks and uncertainties. We caution you that the important factors referenced above may not contain all of the factors that are important to you.PART IITEM 1. BUSINESSOverviewWe are a Delaware limited partnership formed to engage in the distribution of motor fuels, consisting of gasoline and diesel fuel, and to own and lease realestate used in the retail distribution of motor fuels. Since our Predecessor was founded in 1992, we have generated revenues from the wholesale distribution ofmotor fuels to retail sites and from real estate leases. In the third quarter of 2013, we also began generating revenues, on a select basis, through the retaildistribution of motor fuels at certain sites that we own or lease. For the year ended December 31, 2013, we were one of the ten largest independent distributorsby volume in the United States for ExxonMobil, BP and Motiva. Over 90% of the motor fuels we distributed in the year ended December 31, 2013 werebranded, including the Chevron, Sunoco, Valero, Gulf and Citgo brands.Our primary business objective is to make quarterly cash distributions to our unitholders and, over time, to increase our quarterly cash distributions. Weintend to make minimum quarterly distributions of at least $0.4375 per unit, per quarter (or $1.75 per unit on an annualized basis). Since the closing of ourIPO, we have increased our distributions from $0.4375 per unit, per quarter (or $1.75 per unit on an annualized basis) to $0.5125 per unit, per quarter (or$2.05 per unit on an annualized basis) effective with the distribution with respect to the fourth quarter of 2013, a 17.1% increase. The amount of anydistributions is subject to the discretion of the board of directors of our general partner which may modify or revoke our cash distribution policy at any time.Our partnership agreement does not require us to pay any distributions at all. See Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related StockholderMatters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities—Cash Distribution Policy.We believe consistent demand for motor fuels in the areas where we operate and the contractual nature of our rent income provides a stable source of cash flow.Cash flows from the wholesale distribution of motor fuels are generated primarily by either a fixed or variable margin per gallon, depending on our contractterms. Our wholesale contracts prohibit customers from purchasing motor fuels from other distributors. By delivering motor fuels through independentcarriers on the same day we purchase the motor fuels from suppliers, we seek to minimize the commodity price risks typically associated with the purchaseand sale of motor fuels.In the third quarter of 2013, we began generating revenues through the retail distribution of motor fuels. At these sites (“the Commission Sites”), we operate theretail fuel operations through a third-party commission agent and lease the non-fuel site operations to the commission agent. The commission agent pays rent tous for the use of the non-fuel related real and personal property at the site. The commission agent operates the non-fuel related operations at the site for its ownaccount and receives from us a fixed rate per gallon of motor fuel distributed to the retail consumer.We generate cash flows from rent income primarily by collecting rent from lessee dealers, commission agents and LGO pursuant to lease agreements. Our leaseagreements with lessee dealers, commission agents and LGO had average remaining lease terms of approximately 2.5 years, 5.3 years and 14.1 years as ofDecember 31, 2013, respectively. The terms of our lease agreements with lessee dealers generally run concurrently with the terms of the wholesale supplyagreements at the sites, and the lease agreements generally require the lessee dealers to purchase their motor fuel from us. The terms of our lease agreements withcommission agents generally range from five to ten years. We have entered into a 15-year wholesale supply agreement with LGO and many of the leaseagreements with LGO run concurrently with that agreement. Over 65% of the sites to which we distribute motor fuels are owned or leased by us.For 2013, we distributed an aggregate of approximately 638 million gallons of motor fuels. As of December 31, 2013, we distributed motor fuels to 812 sites,comprised of the following classes of business: • 256 sites operated by independent dealers; • 270 sites owned or leased by us and operated by LGO (including 29 sites currently leased but with a mandatory purchase as describedfurther under “Acquisitions – Rocky Top Acquisition”); • 232 sites owned or leased by us and operated by lessee dealers; and • 54 Commission Sites. 3 Table of ContentsIn addition, we distribute motor fuels to 16 sub-wholesalers who distribute to additional sites.We are focused on owning and leasing sites primarily located in prime locations with strong motor fuel demand. We own and lease sites located inPennsylvania, New Jersey, Ohio, New York, Massachusetts, Kentucky, New Hampshire, Maine, Florida, Maryland, Delaware, and with our Rogers, RockyTop and Manchester acquisitions further discussed below, Tennessee and Virginia. We also distribute motor fuel in Georgia. Based on 2012 data availablefrom the Energy Information Agency, of the 14 states in which we distribute motor fuel, five are among the top ten consumers of gasoline and on-highwaydiesel fuel in the United States. Over 85% of our sites were located in high-traffic metropolitan and urban areas as of December 31, 2013. We believe thelimited availability of undeveloped real estate particularly in the northeastern U.S. presents a high barrier to entry for new or existing retail gas station ownersto develop competing sites.We intend to grow our business primarily through acquisitions. We have grown our business from 11 owned sites in 2004 to 254 owned sites as ofDecember 31, 2013. Since our IPO in October 2012, we have completed five significant acquisitions for a total of 123 fee and leasehold properties for totalconsideration of $142.9 million. See “Acquisitions.” As a result of these acquisitions, we have increased our rent income and enhanced our wholesaledistribution business. Historically, our size and geographic concentration have enabled us to acquire multiple sites, particularly from major integrated oilcompanies that have divested assets associated with the motor fuel distribution business. Going forward we anticipate acquiring sites primarily from otherwholesale distributors. We have been able to divest non-core sites that do not fit our strategic or geographic plans to other retail gas station operators or otherentities, such as retail store operators, that may use the land for alternative purposes.Business StrategiesOur primary business objective is to make quarterly cash distributions to our unitholders and, over time, to increase our quarterly cash distributions bycontinuing to execute the following strategies: • Own or lease sites in prime locations and seek to enhance the cash flow potential of these sites. As of December 31, 2013, we ownedor leased 556 sites that are primarily located in prime locations with strong motor fuel demand. These sites serve customers seekingconvenient fueling locations on roads and intersections with heavy traffic. We constantly evaluate opportunities to enhance the cash flowpotential of our sites. For example, at our sites we may install car washes, convert service bays into convenience stores or upgradeconvenience stores to quick service restaurants. These enhancements improve our ability to charge increased rents and increase thewholesale distribution potential of these sites. • Expand within and beyond our core markets through acquisitions. Since our IPO in October 2012, we have completed five significantacquisitions, acquiring a total of 123 fee and leasehold sites for total consideration of $142.9 million. One of these acquisitions added 24sites within our existing area of operations and the remaining four acquisitions added 99 sites and distribution operations in four newstates. We intend to continue to grow our business through strategic and accretive acquisitions of sites and wholesale distributionbusinesses both within our existing area of operations and in new geographic areas. We seek to acquire properties in our existing area ofoperations to increase our operational efficiencies and to enhance our economies of scale. For new geographic territories, we seek to acquireassets in areas with favorable demographic, economic and motor fuel market trends. We believe that there is considerable opportunity forconsolidation in our industry as the industry remains fragmented. Furthermore, we believe that we have better access to capital and a lowercost of capital than many of the private competitors that we face in the acquisitions market for our target assets and transaction size. • Increase our wholesale motor fuel distribution business by expanding market share. As we seek to increase the number of sites weown and lease, we expect to have a commensurate increase in our wholesale distribution business due to the addition of these new sites.Furthermore, we believe that our standing in 2013 as a top ten independent distributor by volume in the United States for ExxonMobil, BPand Motiva enables us to capitalize on the reduction by major integrated oil companies in the number of wholesalers with which they dobusiness. As smaller wholesale distributors experience difficulties purchasing motor fuels from major integrated oil companies andrefiners, we have been able to, and believe that we will be able to continue to, successfully target and sell motor fuels to these wholesalerson a sub-wholesaling basis. • Maintain strong relationships with major integrated oil companies and refiners. Our relationships with suppliers of branded motorfuels are crucial to the operation and growth of our business. These relationships have allowed us to consistently negotiate supplyagreements with competitive terms. 4 Table of Contents • Serve as a preferred motor fuel distributor and provide dedicated supply and services to our customers. We have established long-term relationships with our suppliers that enhance the dependability and quality of our motor fuel supply to our customers. Duringperiods of motor fuel shortages, we historically have succeeded in sustaining a supply of motor fuel sufficient to meet the needs of ourcustomers while many of our unbranded competitors have not. In addition, we provide our customers with services that enable them tomore efficiently operate their gas stations, including, but not limited to, preferred pricing in purchasing gas station equipment and forproviding maintenance services. • Manage risk by outsourcing delivery of motor fuel, mitigating exposure to environmental liabilities. Motor fuel transportation servicesare not part of our core business, and we do not own or lease trucks for the delivery of motor fuel. Instead, we contract with third partiesfor the delivery of motor fuel. This strategy alleviates the capital, labor, and liability constraints associated with operating a transportationfleet. In acquiring properties, we use environmental consultants to perform due diligence regarding the property to assess the exposure torisk of environmental contamination, if any. Typically, when an acquired site requires remediation, either the seller funds an escrowaccount for the cost to remediate the property, or the seller retains the obligation to remediate the property. We also seek to purchaseenvironmental insurance policies to contain costs in the event that the escrowed amounts are inadequate or if there are unknown pre-existing conditions at a location discovered in the future. In addition, we participate in state programs, where available, that may alsoassist in funding the costs of environmental liabilities.Competitive StrengthsWe believe the following competitive strengths will enable us to achieve our primary business objective: • Stable cash flows from real estate rent income and wholesale motor fuel distribution. We generate revenue from rent at our sites andearn a per gallon margin on the wholesale distribution of motor fuels. We collect rent from the lessee dealers, commission agents and LGOpursuant to lease agreements. Our lease agreements with lessee dealers, commission agents and LGO had average remaining lease terms ofapproximately 2.5 years, 5.3 years and 14.1 years as of December 31, 2013, respectively. We sell motor fuel on a wholesale basis to lesseedealers, independent dealers, LGO and sub-wholesalers. We receive a per gallon margin that is either a fixed mark-up per gallon or avariable rate mark-up per gallon. At sites we own or lease, the term of the supply agreement is generally concurrent with the term of ourleases with LGO or with the lessee dealer at the site. In addition, our wholesale contracts prohibit customers from purchasing motor fuelsfrom other distributors. We believe that the contractual nature of our rent income and the consistent demand for motor fuel in the areaswhere we operate provide a stable source of cash flow. • Established history of acquiring sites and successfully integrating these sites and operations into our existing business. We havegrown our business from 11 owned sites in 2004 to 254 owned sites as of December 31, 2013. Since our IPO in October 2012, we havecompleted five significant acquisitions for a total of 123 fee and leasehold properties for total consideration of $142.9 million. Our strongindustry relationships, access to capital, ability to complete acquisitions and environmental risk management expertise have allowed us tofind multiple sites and negotiate transactions that are on attractive terms. Furthermore, we have successfully integrated our acquisitionsinto our existing business by reducing overhead costs and realizing economies of scale associated with our wholesale distributionbusiness. • Long-term relationships with major integrated oil companies and refiners. We have established long-term relationships and supplyagreements with companies that are among the largest suppliers of branded motor fuel in the United States. For 2013, our wholesalebusiness purchased approximately 43%, 25%, 15%, 5% and 4% of its motor fuel from ExxonMobil (a supplier of ours since 2002), BP(a supplier of ours since 2009), Motiva (a supplier of ours since 2004), Chevron (a supplier of ours since 2012) and Valero (a supplier ofours since 2003), respectively. Our prompt payment history and good credit standing with our suppliers allow us to receive certain termdiscounts on our fuel purchases, which increases the profitability of our wholesale distribution business. We believe that theserelationships and payment terms are not easily replicated by competitors in the markets we serve. • Prime real estate locations in areas with high traffic and considerable motor fuel consumption. We derive our rent income from siteswe own or lease that provide convenient fueling locations in areas that are densely populated. Based on 2012 data available from theEnergy Information Agency, of the 14 states in which we distribute fuel, five are among the top ten consumers of gasoline and on-highwaydiesel fuel in the United States. Over 85% of our sites were located in high-traffic metropolitan and urban areas as of December 31, 2013.We believe that the limited availability of undeveloped real estate particularly in the northeastern U.S. presents a high barrier to entry forthe development of competing sites. 5 Table of Contents • Financial flexibility to pursue acquisitions and other expansion opportunities. As of December 31, 2013, we had approximately$165.3 million available under our credit agreement for future acquisitions or working capital purposes, depending on our needs. Weraised $91.4 million of net proceeds in our supplemental offering in December 2013. In addition, we amended and restated our creditfacility in March 2014 to provide additional liquidity as further discussed in Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis ofFinancial Condition and Results of Operations. We believe that our borrowing capabilities available under our credit agreement and ourability to access the public capital markets provide us with the financial flexibility to pursue acquisition and expansion opportunities. • Extensive industry experience of our senior management team. Our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Presidenthave, on average, over 23 years of experience in the ownership and operation of businesses that distribute motor fuel. Furthermore, oursenior management team has extensive relationships with suppliers, customers, brokers and other industry contacts that are crucial to thesuccessful operation and growth of our business.AcquisitionsSince our IPO in October 2012, we have completed five significant acquisitions for a total of 123 fee and leasehold sites for total consideration of $142.9million.Dunmore AcquisitionIn December 2012, we completed the Dunmore acquisition of sites in the Scranton and Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania, region. In connection with thistransaction, we acquired 24 motor fuel stations, 23 of which are fee simple interests and one of which is a leasehold interest, for total consideration of$29.0 million. Incremental rent income for the Dunmore acquisition included in our statements of operations was $2.0 million for 2013.Express Lane AcquisitionIn a series of related transactions in December 2012, we acquired 47 motor fuel service stations, seven as a fee simple interest and 40 as leasehold interests,and two fuel purchase agreements for total consideration of $45.2 million. The Express Lane assets are concentrated in the Tallahassee/Panama Citymetropolitan area and along the Interstate Highway 10 corridor of the “panhandle” region located in northwest Florida. This acquisition provided entry into anew geographic territory for us. Aggregate incremental revenues for the Express Lane acquisition included in our statements of operations were $126.0 millionfor 2013.Rogers AcquisitionIn September and October 2013, we purchased 14 motor fuel stations, three leasehold motor fuel stations, assumed certain third-party supply contracts andpurchased certain other assets located primarily in the Tri-Cities region of Tennessee area for $21.1 million. This acquisition provided entry into a newgeographic territory for us. Aggregate incremental revenues for the Rogers acquisition included in our statements of operations were $17.6 million for 2013.Rocky Top AcquisitionIn September 2013, we purchased one fee property site, three leasehold motor fuel stations, seven third-party supply contracts and certain other assets andequipment for total consideration of $10.7 million. Concurrent with the closing, we entered into a master lease for 29 motor fuel stations, which we willpurchase on or after August 1, 2015, for $26.2 million. The purchased and leasehold sites are located in and around the Knoxville, Tennessee region andalong Interstate Highways 40 and 75. This acquisition is geographically adjacent to the Rogers acquisition and expanded our presence in Tennessee. Aggregateincremental revenues for the Rocky Top acquisition included in our statements of operations were $23.1 million for 2013.Manchester AcquisitionIn December 2013, we purchased 44 independent dealer supply contracts, five sub-wholesale supply contracts, two leasehold motor fuel stations and certainother assets and equipment in Virginia for total consideration of $10.7 million. This acquisition provided entry into a new geographic territory for us.Aggregate incremental revenues for the Manchester acquisition included in our statements of operations were $3.6 million for 2013. 6 Table of ContentsClasses of TradeWe classify our sites based on their operating model as described below.Wholesale Fuel DistributionLessee Dealers • We either own or lease the property and then lease or sublease the site to a dealer. • We collect rent income from the dealer for use of the site. • The dealer owns all fuel and convenience store inventory. • We collect wholesale fuel margins via two types of contracts: a fixed cent per gallon margin (“rack plus”) or a variable cent per gallon margin(“dealer tank wagon” or “DTW”) through the exclusive distribution contract with the dealer. • Exclusive distribution contracts with dealer run concurrent in length to the site lease period (generally three years after an initial one-year trialterm). • Dealer sets the retail price at the pump and owns retail fuel margins and convenience store profits. • Leases are generally triple net leases.Independent Dealers and Sub-Wholesalers • Dealer owns the property, all fuel and convenience store inventory. • We contract to exclusively distribute fuel to the dealer at a fixed cent per gallon margin and, in some cases, DTW. • Distribution contracts with independent dealers are typically 7-10 years in length. • Contracts with the sub-wholesalers are generally 10 years in length.LGO and Affiliates • We own or lease the property and then lease or sublease the site to LGO. • We collect rent income from LGO for use of the site. • We entered into a 15-year master wholesale supply agreement with LGO at the time of the IPO, pursuant to which we distribute to LGO motorfuels at a variable rate mark-up per gallon consistent with market mark-ups. • We enter into 15-year lease agreements with LGO pursuant to which LGO leases sites from us. • LGO owns all fuel and convenience store inventory. • LGO sets the retail price at the pump and owns retail fuel margins and convenience store profits. • Leases are triple net leases.Retail Fuel DistributionCommission Sites • We own or lease the property and lease the site to the commission agent, who pays rent to us and operates all the non-fuel related operations at thesites for their own account. • We own the motor fuel inventory at the sites, set the fuel pricing at the sites, and generate revenue from the retail sale of motor fuels to the endcustomer. • We pay the commission agent a commission for each gallon of fuel sold at the site. • We maintain inventory from the time of the purchase of motor fuels from third party suppliers until the retail sale to the end customer at thecommission sites. The inventory amount at the sites averages about 3-days worth of motor fuels sales at the sites. • Lehigh Gas Wholesale LLC (“LGW”) distributes fuel on a wholesale basis to Lehigh Gas Wholesale Services, Inc. (“LGWS”), which owns themotor fuel inventory and distributes fuel to retail customer. LGW records qualifying wholesale fuel distribution gross income and LGWS recordsthe non-qualifying retail distribution gross income. 7 Table of ContentsWholesale Motor Fuel DistributionGeneralThe following table highlights the aggregate volume of motor fuel distributed by the wholesale distribution operations to each of the principal customer groupsby gallons sold for the periods (in thousands): Lehigh Gas Group (a) Lehigh GasPartners LP Combined Lehigh GasPartners LP Year EndedDecember 31, Period fromJanuary 1 toOctober 30,2012 Period fromOctober 31 toDecember 31,2012 Year EndedDecember 31,2012 Year EndedDecember 31,2013 2009 2010 2011 Gallons of motor fuel distributed to: Lessee dealers 150.0 154.0 124.0 91.6 18.0 109.6 126.5 Independent dealers 123.2 156.1 167.6 139.9 26.9 166.8 189.3 LGO and affiliates 144.2 285.5 269.5 201.1 44.7 245.8 253.5 Commission agents — — — — — — 20.3 Sub-wholesalers (b) 64.1 67.6 74.8 70.1 14.0 84.1 48.2 Total 481.5 663.2 635.9 502.7 103.6 606.3 637.8 (a)The Lehigh Gas Group consists of the combined businesses of our Predecessor and LGO.(b)Includes motor fuel distributed to customers of the Lehigh Gas Group.We purchase branded and unbranded motor fuel from major integrated oil companies, refiners and unbranded fuel suppliers. We distribute motor fuel to lesseedealers, independent dealers, LGO and sub-wholesalers. We are a distributor of various brands of motor fuel as well as unbranded motor fuel. We are one ofthe top ten largest independent distributors by volume of ExxonMobil, BP and Shell-branded motor fuel in the United States, and we also distribute Chevron,Sunoco, Valero, Gulf and Citgo-branded motor fuels. We receive a fixed mark-up per gallon on approximately 39% of our gallons sold (based on fourthquarter volumes), which reduces the overall variability of our financial results. We receive a variable rate mark-up per gallon on the remaining gallons sold.Arrangements with Lessee Dealers and Independent DealersWe distribute motor fuel to lessee dealers and independent dealers under supply agreements. Under our supply agreements, we agree to supply a particularbranded motor fuel or unbranded motor fuel to a site or group of sites and arrange for all transportation. We receive a per gallon margin that is either a fixedmark-up per gallon or a variable rate mark-up per gallon. The initial term of most independent dealer supply agreements is ten years. After a trial period, theinitial term of most lessee dealer supply agreements is three years. These supply agreements require, among other things, dealers to maintain standardsestablished by the applicable brand. We may provide credit terms to our lessee dealers and independent dealers, which are generally one to three days. As ofDecember 31, 2013, the average remaining contract term for our independent dealers and lessee dealers was 5.0 years and 2.6 years, respectively.Arrangements with Sub-WholesalersWe distribute motor fuel to sub-wholesalers under supply agreements. Under our supply agreements, we agree to supply a particular branded motor fuel orunbranded motor fuel to the sub-wholesaler. Motor fuels are sold to the sub-wholesalers at rack plus. The rack price is the price at which a wholesaledistributor generally purchases motor fuel from an integrated oil company or refiner at the terminal. The sub-wholesaler is responsible for arranging andpaying for all transportation, insurance and all other costs and services for the distribution of motor fuels. The initial term of most sub-wholesaler supplyagreements is three to ten years. We may provide credit terms to our sub-wholesalers, which are generally one to three days. As of December 31, 2013, theaverage remaining contract term for our contracts with sub-wholesalers was 5.1 years. 8 Table of ContentsArrangement with LGOPrior to the IPO, our Predecessor’s retail operations were transferred to LGO, a non-contributed entity managed by Joseph V. Topper, Jr. We entered into a 15-year wholesale supply agreement with LGO pursuant to which we distribute to LGO motor fuels at a variable rate mark-up per gallon consistent with marketmark-ups. LGO retains the retail income it earns from the sites and is responsible for operating the sites and for paying expenses incurred in connection withthe operation of the sites including, but not limited to, utilities, insurance, licenses and employee costs. We enter into 15-year lease agreements with LGOpursuant to which LGO leases sites from us. As of December 31, 2013, the remaining term on our wholesale supply agreement with LGO was 13.8 years.Supplier ArrangementsWe distribute branded motor fuel under the ExxonMobil, BP, Shell, Chevron, Sunoco, Valero, Gulf and Citgo brands to our customers. Branded motor fuelsare purchased from major integrated oil companies and refiners under supply agreements. For the year ended December 31, 2013, our wholesale businesspurchased approximately 43%, 25%, 15%, 5% and 4% of its motor fuel from ExxonMobil (a supplier of ours since 2002), BP (a supplier of ours since2009), Motiva (a supplier of ours since 2004), Chevron (a supplier of ours since 2012), and Valero (a supplier of ours since 2003), respectively. We purchasethe motor fuel at the supplier’s applicable terminal rack price, which typically changes daily. In addition, each supply agreement typically contains provisionsrelating to, among other things, payment terms, use of the supplier’s brand names, provisions relating to credit card processing, insurance coverage andcompliance with legal and environmental requirements. As is typical in the industry, a supplier generally can terminate the supply contract if we do notcomply with any material condition of the contract, including if we were to fail to make payments when due, or if we are involved in fraud, criminalmisconduct, bankruptcy or insolvency. Each supply agreement has provisions that obligates the supplier, subject to certain limitations, to sell up to an agreedupon number of gallons. Any amount in excess is subject to availability. Certain suppliers offer volume rebates or incentive payments to drive volumes andprovide an incentive for branding new locations. Certain suppliers require that all or a portion of any such incentive payments be repaid to the supplier in theevent that the sites are rebranded within a stated number of years. We also purchase unbranded motor fuel for distribution at the rack price. As ofDecember 31, 2013, our supply agreements had a weighted-average remaining term of approximately 11.5 years.Selection and Recruitment of Site OperatorsWe constantly evaluate existing and potential site operators based on their creditworthiness and the quality of their site and operation as determined by size andlocation of the site, monthly volumes of motor fuel sold, overall financial performance and previous operating experience. We routinely convert our sitesoperated by LGO to lessee dealer or commission agent operated sites. In addition, we occasionally convert sites from being operated by lessee dealers orcommission agents to LGO.Retail Motor Fuel DistributionPrior to September 1, 2013, we leased certain sites to LGO, which, in turn, subleased certain of these sites (the “Subleases”) to third party commission agentsand entered into commission agreements with the agents to sell motor fuel on behalf of LGO to retail customers (the “Commission Agreements”). In connectionwith the Commission Agreements, LGO also purchased motor fuel from a subsidiary of the Partnership at wholesale prices. Effective September 1, 2013, weassumed the Commission Agreements and Subleases from LGO and terminated our leases with LGO for the Commission Sites. As a result, we now record theretail sale of motor fuels to the end customer and accrue a commission payable to the commission agent at the Commission Sites. We paid LGO $3.5 million(the “Purchase Price”) for the Subleases and Commission Agreements and $2.1 million for the motor fuel inventory. Because the transaction was betweenentities under common control, the assets and liabilities assumed were recorded at LGO’s book value. The Purchase Price is presented as a distribution frompartners’ capital.The commission agent at each site operates all the non-fuel operations at the site for its own account, pays rent to us for the use of the site and receives acommission for each gallon of motor fuel sold at the site. At the Commission Sites, we own the motor fuel inventory, determine the retail pricing of motor fueland generate revenue from the sale of motor fuel to the retail consumer. We maintain inventory from the time of the purchase of motor fuels from third partysuppliers until the retail sale to the end customer at these sites. The retail fuel margin at the Commission Sites is non-qualifying income for federal income taxpurposes and is recorded in LGWS, our taxable C-Corp subsidiary. LGW sells fuel on a wholesale basis to LGWS for the Commission Sites and this incomeis qualifying income for federal income tax purposes and included in the results of the Wholesale segment in our consolidated financial statements. 9 Table of ContentsReal EstateSite LocationsAs of December 31, 2013, we owned or leased 556 sites located in Pennsylvania, New Jersey, Massachusetts, Ohio, Tennessee, Florida, New Hampshire,New York, Maine, Kentucky, Virginia, Maryland and Delaware. Of those, 254 are owned fee simple and 302 sites we leased from third-party landlords. Over85% of our sites are located in high-traffic metropolitan and urban areas. Our emphasis on acquiring, by purchase or lease, sites primarily in prime locationswith strong motor fuel demand allows us to benefit from high traffic counts and customers seeking convenient fueling locations. We believe that sites in hightraffic areas are highly desirable to other gas station operators as well as attractive locations for other entities that may use the land for alternative purposes. Asa result of the limited availability of undeveloped real estate in these areas, particularly in the northeastern U.S., we believe the locations of our sites presenthigh barriers of entry for new retail gas station operators to compete with the operators of our sites.The following table shows the geographic distribution by state of the aggregate number of sites we owned or lease at December 31, 2013: Number ofOwned SitesAs ofDecember 31,2013 Number ofLeased SitesAs ofDecember 31,2013 Number ofTotal SitesAs ofDecember 31,2013 Percentage ofTotal Sitesas ofDecember 31,2013 Pennsylvania 73 71 144 26% New Jersey 61 51 112 20% Massachusetts 3 74 77 14% Ohio 57 19 76 14% Tennessee 43 6 49 9% Florida 9 38 47 8% New Hampshire — 21 21 4% New York 4 5 9 2% Maine — 9 9 2% Kentucky 3 4 7 1% Virginia 1 2 3 * Maryland — 1 1 * Delaware — 1 1 * Total 254 302 556 100% • Less than 1%In aggregate for fee and lease sites, the average remaining term as of December 31, 2013 for our leases with lessee dealers, commission agents and LGO was2.6 years, 5.3 years and 14.1 years, respectively.Sites OwnedWe owned 254 sites as of December 31, 2013. We generally have focused on selectively acquiring sites within or contiguous to our existing market areas. Inevaluating potential acquisition candidates, we consider a number of factors, including strategic fit, desirability of location, cost efficiency of serving the sitewith our wholesale business, price and our ability to improve the productivity and cash flow potential of a site. We consider acquiring ownership of sites thatare not within or contiguous to our current markets if the opportunity meets certain criteria including, among others, the availability of other sites in the area,motor traffic, potential sales volumes and cash flow potential.We derive our rent income from sites we own that provide convenient fueling locations primarily in areas that are densely populated. We collect rent from thelessee dealers and LGO pursuant to lease agreements we have with the lessee dealers and LGO. Substantially all of our owned sites are leased to lessee dealersor LGO. The average remaining lease term for our lessee dealers, commission agents and LGO at our owned sites as of December 31, 2013 was 2.2 years, 4.8years and 14.2 years, respectively. 10 Table of ContentsSites LeasedAs of December 31, 2013, we also leased 302 sites from third parties and then sub-leased these sites to lessee dealers, commission agents and LGO. Theaverage remaining lease term for sites we lease from third parties, excluding the sale-leasebacks further discussed below, is 9.3 years as of December 31, 2013.Our sub-leases with the lessee dealers typically have three-year terms. The average remaining sub-lease term for sites we sub-lease to lessee dealers, commissionagents and LGO was 2.8 years, 6.8 years and 13.9 years as of December 31, 2013, respectively.Personal Property Rent IncomeThe rent income we earn from sites we own or lease includes rent income associated with the personal property located on these sites, such as undergroundstorage tanks and motor fuel pumps. The rent income we earn from leasing the personal property we own or lease may not be a qualified source of income. Asa result, our wholly-owned subsidiary, Lehigh Gas Wholesale Services, Inc., a taxable C corporation, owns and leases (or leases and then sub-leases) certainof our personal property. Accordingly, rent income earned by Lehigh Gas Wholesale Services, Inc. on the personal property is taxed at the applicable corporateincome tax rate.Site DispositionsWe continually evaluate the performance of each of our sites to determine whether any particular site should be closed or sold based on profitability, trends andour competition in the surrounding area, as well as whether the site may be attractive to a buyer that may use it for an alternative purpose. The majority of thesites we have acquired were purchased from major integrated oil companies and other industry participants undertaking a process to divest large numbers ofsites in single-sale transactions where potential buyers typically are not permitted to make offers on single or selected sites. Accordingly, we historically havepurchased a number of sites that may not fit our strategic and geographic plans. We have, however, been successful at selling sites, which may not fit ourstrategic and geographic plans, at prices that we deem attractive under the circumstances. As part of the sale process for these sites, we attempt to enter intosupply agreements with the purchasers of these sites so that we can distribute motor fuel to them after we sell them. Typically, we seek to use the proceedsfrom the sale of these sites to buy additional sites that better fit our strategic and geographic model.SeasonalityDue to the nature of our business and our customer’s reliance, in part, on consumer travel and spending patterns, we experience more demand for motor fuelduring the late spring and summer months than during the fall and winter. Travel and recreational activities are typically higher in these months in thegeographic areas in which we operate, increasing the demand for motor fuel that we distribute. Therefore, our distribution volumes are typically higher in thesecond and third quarters of the year and our results from operations may vary from quarter to quarter. However, the impact of seasonality has lessened withthe recent acquisitions in new markets.CompetitionOur wholesale distribution operation primarily competes with other motor fuel distributors. We do not compete with major integrated oil companies as theyhave exited the wholesale distribution business in the markets in which we operate. We may encounter more significant competition if major integrated oilcompanies alter their current business strategy and decide to re-enter the wholesale distribution business, thereby reducing and/or eliminating their need to relyon wholesale distributors. In addition, independent dealers or sub-wholesalers may choose to purchase their motor fuel supplies directly from the majorintegrated oil companies. Major competitive factors for our wholesale operations include, among others, customer service, price and quality of service.EnvironmentalEnvironmental Laws and RegulationsWe are subject to various federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations, including those relating to underground storage tanks, the release ordischarge of hazardous materials into the air, water and soil, the generation, storage, handling, use, transportation and disposal of hazardous materials, theexposure of persons to hazardous materials, and the health and safety of our employees.Environmental laws and regulations can restrict or impact our business activities in many ways, such as: • requiring remedial action to mitigate releases of hydrocarbons, hazardous substances or wastes caused by our operations or attributable toformer operators; 11 Table of Contents • requiring capital expenditures to comply with environmental control requirements; and • enjoining the operations of facilities deemed to be in noncompliance with environmental laws and regulations.Failure to comply with environmental laws and regulations may trigger a variety of administrative, civil and criminal enforcement measures, including theassessment of monetary penalties, the imposition of remedial requirements and the issuance of orders enjoining future operations. Certain environmentalstatutes impose strict, joint and several liability for costs required to clean up and restore sites where hydrocarbons, hazardous substances or wastes have beenreleased or disposed of. Moreover, neighboring landowners and other third parties may file claims for personal injury and property damage allegedly causedby the release of hydrocarbons, hazardous substances or other wastes into the environment.The trend in environmental regulation is to place more restrictions and limitations on activities that may affect the environment. As a result, there can be noassurance as to the amount or timing of future expenditures for environmental compliance or remediation, and actual future expenditures may be different fromthe amounts we currently anticipate. We try to anticipate future regulatory requirements that might be imposed and plan accordingly to remain in compliancewith changing environmental laws and regulations and minimize the costs of such compliance.We do not believe that compliance with federal, state or local environmental laws and regulations will have a material adverse effect on our financial position,results of operations or cash available for distribution to our unitholders. We can provide no assurance, however, that future events, such as changes inexisting laws (including changes in the interpretation of existing laws), the promulgation of new laws, or the development or discovery of new facts orconditions will not cause us to incur significant costs.Hazardous Substances and ReleasesIn most instances, the environmental laws and regulations affecting our business relate to the release of hazardous wastes into the water or soils, and includemeasures to control pollution of the environment. For instance, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act, as amended,also known as CERCLA or the Superfund law, and comparable state laws impose liability, without regard to fault or the legality of the original conduct, oncertain classes of persons who are considered to be responsible for the release of a hazardous substance into the environment. These persons include the owneror operator of the site where the release occurred and companies that disposed or arranged for the disposal of the hazardous substances. Under the Superfundlaw, these persons may be subject to joint and several liability for the costs of cleaning up the hazardous substances that have been released into theenvironment, for damages to natural resources and for the costs of certain health studies. The Superfund law also authorizes the EPA, and in some instancesthird parties, to act in response to threats to the public health or the environment and to seek to recover from the responsible persons the costs they incur. It ispossible for neighboring landowners and other third parties to file claims for personal injury and property damage allegedly caused by hazardous substancesor other pollutants released into the environment. In the course of our ordinary operations, we may generate waste that falls within the Superfund law’sdefinition of a hazardous substance, and as a result, we may be jointly and severally liable under the Superfund law for all or part of the costs required toclean up sites at which those hazardous substances have been released into the environment.We currently own or lease sites where motor fuels are or have been handled for many years. Although we and our consultants have utilized operating anddisposal practices in accordance with industry standards, wastes produced from remediation efforts require disposal at sites owned/operated by third partieswhose treatment and disposal practices are not under our control. These sites and wastes disposed thereon may be subject to the Superfund law or other federaland state laws. Under these laws, we could be required to remove or remediate previously disposed wastes, including wastes disposed of or released by priorowners or operators, to clean up contaminated property.LGC is in the process of investigating and remediating contamination at a number of our sites as a result of recent or historic releases of petroleum products. Atmany sites, LGC is entitled to reimbursement from third parties for certain of these costs under third-party contractual indemnities, state trust funds andinsurances policies, in each case, subject to specified deductibles, per incident, annual and aggregate caps and specific eligibility requirements. Although LGCwill be required to indemnify us for these costs to the extent third parties (including insurers) fail to pay for remediation as LGC anticipates, insurance andindemnification are unavailable, and/or the state trust funds cease to exist or become insolvent, we may be obligated to pay these additional costs. 12 Table of ContentsWater DischargesThe federal Clean Water Act imposes restrictions regarding the discharge of pollutants into navigable waters. This law and comparable state laws requirepermits for discharging pollutants into state and federal waters and impose substantial liabilities for noncompliance. EPA regulations also require us to obtainpermits to discharge certain storm water runoff. Storm water discharge permits also may be required by certain states in which we operate. We believe that wehold the required permits and operate in material compliance with those permits. While we have experienced permit discharge exceedences, we do not expect anynon-compliance with existing permits and foreseeable new permit requirements to have a material adverse effect on our financial position or results ofoperations.Air EmissionsUnder the federal Clean Air Act and comparable state and local laws, permits are typically required to emit regulated air pollutants into the atmosphere. Webelieve that we currently hold or have applied for all necessary air permits and that we are in substantial compliance with applicable air laws and regulations.Although we can give no assurances, we are aware of no changes to air quality regulations that will have a material adverse effect on our financial condition,results of operations or cash available for distribution to our unitholders.Various federal, state and local agencies have the authority to prescribe product quality specifications for the motor fuels that we sell, largely in an effort toreduce air pollution. Failure to comply with these regulations can result in substantial penalties. Although we can give no assurances, we believe we arecurrently in substantial compliance with these regulations.Efforts at the federal and state level are currently underway to reduce the levels of greenhouse gas (“GHG”) emissions from various sources in the UnitedStates. Even in the absence of new federal legislation, GHG emissions have begun to be regulated by the EPA pursuant to the Clean Air Act. For example, inApril 2010, the EPA set a new emissions standard for motor vehicles to reduce GHG emissions. New federal or state restrictions on emissions of GHGs thatmay be imposed in areas of the United States in which we conduct business and that apply to our operations could adversely affect the demand for ourproducts.Environmental Insurance and Escrow AccountsWe are protected as an additional named insured by insurance which may cover in whole or in part certain expenditures to investigate, monitor and otherwiserespond to releases of hazardous materials including petroleum products. We maintain insurance policies with insurers in amounts and with coverage anddeductibles as our General Partner believes are reasonable and prudent. Before acquiring the property underlying a site, we use an environmental consultant toperform due diligence regarding the site to assess the exposure to risk of contamination, if any, at each site. Generally, when acquired sites require remediation,either the seller funds an escrow account for the cost to remediate the property, or the seller retains the obligation to remediate the property. In the circumstanceswhere monies are placed in escrow to cover the estimated cost of remediation for known contamination, the accounts are used to pay for the appropriateremediation tasks, which are contracted out to remediation firms. In certain circumstances, insurance policies have also been procured to protect againstremediation cost overruns.With each acquisition, pollution insurance was procured to cover risks associated with unknown historic contamination that might not be identified duringdue diligence. In addition, we also participate in state insurance programs or obtain insurance policies in states that do not have programs to cover newcontamination that arises post-acquisition. As of December 31, 2013, LGC had an aggregate of $6.7 million in escrow funds available to cover knowncontaminations at our existing sites. In addition to the escrow accounts, LGC maintains pollution insurance policies with total aggregate limits in excess of$100 million.In addition to the foregoing, on October 29, 2012, a “master” pollution policy was procured covering new conditions at all properties, including remediationand third-party liabilities. This policy treats any pollution condition that arose subsequent to the acquisition of the property by the predecessor entities as“new.” This policy also affords excess coverage to our underground storage tank policies and state programs and was written on a 5-year term with$10.0 million in aggregate limits. Furthermore, in keeping with our practice of maintaining insurance for all of our acquisitions, upon completion of eachacquisition, new “transactional” pollution policies are procured with limits of at least $5.0 million (for significant acquisitions). These policies typically arewritten as “retroactive” coverage, meaning they provide coverage (for remediation costs and third party claims) arising from unknown, historic pollutionconditions. For any smaller or single-site acquisitions, coverage for such sites is typically endorsed on the “master” policy identified above. Thus, in additionto the insurance protection afforded under the LGC pollution policies identified above, as of December 31, 2013, the Partnership maintains pollution insurancepolicies with total aggregate limits in excess of $25 million and continues to grow its pollution insurance portfolio with each acquisition. 13 Table of ContentsIt should be noted that while the Partnership generally views its pollution insurance portfolio as an excellent balance against the inherent risk associated withacquiring and maintaining a portfolio of gas stations, these policies and escrow amounts may not cover all environmental risks and costs, and may notprovide sufficient coverage in the event an environmental claim is made against us.Security RegulationSince the September 11, 2001 terrorist attacks on the United States, the U.S. government has issued warnings that energy infrastructure assets may be futuretargets of terrorist organizations. These developments have subjected our operations to increased risks. Increased security measures taken by us as aprecaution against possible terrorist attacks have resulted in increased costs to our business. Any global and domestic economic repercussions from terroristactivities could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash available for distribution to our unitholders. For instance, terroristactivity could lead to increased volatility in prices for motor fuels and other products we sell.Insurance carriers are currently required to offer coverage for terrorist activities as a result of the Terrorism Risk Insurance Act (TRIA). We purchased thiscoverage under our property and casualty insurance programs, which resulted in additional insurance premiums. Pursuant to the Terrorism Risk InsuranceProgram Reauthorization Act of 2007, TRIA has been extended through December 31, 2014. Although we cannot determine the future availability and cost ofinsurance coverage for terrorist acts, we do not expect the availability and cost of such insurance to have a material adverse effect on our financial condition,results of operations or cash available for distribution to our unitholders.Employee SafetyNeither we, our subsidiaries, nor our General Partner have any employees. All of our executive management personnel are employees of LGC. LGC willprovide us with the management and labor sufficient to carry on our business. LGC is subject to the requirements of the Occupational Safety and Health Act,or “OSHA,” and comparable state statutes that regulate the protection of the health and safety of workers. In addition, OSHA’s hazard communicationstandards require that information be maintained about hazardous materials used or produced in operations and that this information be provided toemployees, state and local government authorities and citizens. We believe that LGC is in substantial compliance with the applicable OSHA requirements.Title to Properties, Permits and LicensesWe believe we have all of the assets needed, including leases, permits and licenses, to operate our business in all material respects. With respect to anyconsents, permits or authorizations that have not been obtained, we believe that the failure to obtain these consents, permits or authorizations will have nomaterial adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash available for distribution to our unitholders.We believe we have satisfactory title to all of our assets. Title to property may be subject to encumbrances, including repurchase rights and use, operating andenvironmental covenants and restrictions, including restrictions on branded motor fuels that may be sold at such sites. We believe that none of theseencumbrances will materially detract from the value of our sites or from our interest in these sites, nor will they materially interfere with the use of these sites inthe operation of our business. These encumbrances may, however, impact our ability to sell the site to an entity seeking to use the land for alternativepurposes.FacilitiesOur principal executive offices are in Allentown, Pennsylvania in an office space leased by LGC. The management fee charged by LGC to the Partnershipincorporates a rental charge. The lease expires on June 30, 2029.EmployeesOur General Partner will manage our operations and activities on our behalf. However, neither we, nor our subsidiaries, nor our General Partner haveemployees. All of our executive management personnel are employees of LGC. We and our General Partner have entered into an omnibus agreement with LGCpursuant to which LGC provides to us and our General Partner management services and manages our business and affairs.As of December 31, 2013, LGC had 155 employees, none of which are represented by a collective bargaining agreement. 14 Table of ContentsITEM 1A. RISK FACTORSIf any of the following risks were to occur, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. In that case,we might not be able to pay distributions on our common units, the trading price of our common units could decline and you could lose all or part of yourinvestment. Also, please read “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” in this prospectus supplement.Limited partner interests are inherently different from the capital stock of a corporation although many of the business risks to which we are subject aresimilar to those that would be faced by a corporation engaged in a similar business.Risks Inherent in Our BusinessWe may not have sufficient cash from operations to enable us to pay the minimum quarterly distribution following establishment of cash reservesand payment of fees and expenses.We may not have sufficient cash each quarter to pay the minimum quarterly distribution of at least $0.4375 per unit, or $1.75 per unit per year. Theminimum quarterly distribution is an amount that must be paid to holders of our common units, including any arrearages, before any distributions may bemade to holders of our subordinated units, to the extent that any distributions are made.The amount of cash we can distribute on our units principally depends upon the amount of cash we generate from our operations, which will fluctuate fromquarter to quarter based on, among other things: • demand for motor fuel products in the markets we serve and the margin per gallon we earn selling and distributing motor fuel; • the industries in which we operate are subject to seasonal trends, which may cause our operating costs to fluctuate, affecting our earnings; • severe storms could adversely affect our business by damaging our suppliers’ operations or lowering our sales volumes; • competition from other companies that sell motor fuel products in our targeted market areas; • the inability to identify and acquire suitable sites or to negotiate acceptable leases for such sites; • the potential inability to obtain adequate financing to fund our expansion; • the level of our operating costs, including payments to LGC; and • prevailing economic conditions.In addition, the actual amount of cash we will have available for distribution will depend on other factors such as: • the level of capital expenditures we make; • the restrictions contained in our credit agreements; • our debt service requirements; • the cost of acquisitions; • fluctuations in our working capital needs; • our ability to borrow under our credit agreements to make distributions to our unitholders; and • the amount, if any, of cash reserves established by our General Partner in its discretion. 15 Table of ContentsWe do not have a legal obligation to pay quarterly distributions at our minimum quarterly distribution rate or at any other rate. There is no guarantee that wewill distribute quarterly cash distributions to our unitholders in any quarter. See Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related StockholderMatters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities—Cash Distribution Policy.The amount of cash we have available for distribution to unitholders depends primarily on our cash flow rather than on our profitability, whichmay prevent us from making cash distributions, even during periods when we record net income.The amount of cash we have available for distribution depends primarily on our cash flow, and not solely on profitability, which will be affected by non-cashitems. As a result, we may make cash distributions during periods when we record losses for financial accounting purposes and may not make cashdistributions during periods when we record net income for financial accounting purposes.The industries in which we operate are subject to seasonal trends, which may affect our earnings and ability to make distributions.We experience more demand for motor fuel during the late spring and summer months than during the fall and winter. Travel, recreational activities andconstruction are typically higher in these months in certain of the geographic areas in which we operate, increasing the demand for motor fuel that wedistribute. Therefore, our revenues are typically higher in the second and third quarters of our fiscal year. As a result, our results from operations may varywidely from period to period, affecting our earnings and ability to make cash distributions.Decreases in consumer spending, travel and tourism in the areas we serve could adversely impact our wholesale distribution business.In the retail motor fuel industry, customer traffic is generally driven by consumer preferences and spending trends, growth rates for automobile andcommercial truck traffic and trends in travel, tourism and weather. Changes in economic conditions generally or in our targeted markets specifically couldadversely impact consumer spending patterns and travel and tourism in our markets, which could have a material adverse effect on business, results ofoperations and our ability to make distributions.Our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make quarterly distributions to our unitholders are influenced by changesin demand for, and changes in the prices of, motor fuels, which could adversely affect our margins and our customers’ financial condition,contract performance and trade credit.Financial and operating results from our wholesale distribution and retail operations are influenced by price volatility and demand for motor fuels. Whenprices for motor fuels rise, some of our wholesale customers may have insufficient credit to purchase supply from us at their historical purchase volumes,and their retail customers or our retail customers, in turn, may reduce consumption, thereby reducing demand for product.Furthermore, when prices are increasing, we may be unable to fully pass our additional costs to our wholesale or retail customers, resulting in lower marginsfor us which could adversely affect our results of operations.Both the wholesale motor fuel distribution and the retail motor fuel industries are characterized by intense competition and fragmentation andour failure to effectively compete could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and ability to make distributions.The market for distribution of wholesale motor fuel and the sale of retail motor fuel are highly competitive and fragmented, which results in narrow margins.We have numerous competitors, some of which may have significantly greater resources and name recognition than we do. We rely on our ability to providevalue added reliable services and to control our operating costs to maintain our margins and competitive position. If we were to fail to maintain the quality ofour services, wholesale customers could choose alternative distribution sources and retail customers could purchase from other retailers, each decreasing ourmargins. Furthermore, there can be no assurance that major integrated oil companies will not decide to distribute their own products in direct competition withus or that large wholesale customers will not attempt to buy directly from the major integrated oil companies. The occurrence of any of these events could havea material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and our ability to make distributions. 16 Table of ContentsWe are exposed to risks of loss in the event of nonperformance by our customers and suppliers.A tightening of credit in the financial markets or an increase in interest rates may make it more difficult for wholesale customers and suppliers to obtainfinancing and, depending on the degree to which it occurs, there may be a material increase in the nonpayment or other nonperformance by our customers andsuppliers. Even if our credit review and analysis mechanisms work properly, we may experience financial losses in our dealings with these third parties. Amaterial increase in the nonpayment or other nonperformance by our wholesale customers and/or suppliers could adversely affect our business, financialcondition, results of operations and ability to make quarterly distributions to our unitholders.Historical prices for motor fuel have been volatile and significant changes in such prices in the future may adversely affect our business, resultsof operations and ability to make distributions.Crude oil and domestic wholesale motor fuel markets are volatile. General political conditions, acts of war or terrorism and instability in oil producing regions,particularly in the Middle East, Russia, Africa and South America, could significantly impact crude oil supplies and wholesale motor fuel costs. Significantincreases and volatility in wholesale motor fuel costs could result in significant increases in the retail price of motor fuel products and in lower margin pergallon. Increases in the retail price of motor fuel products could impact consumer demand for motor fuel. This volatility makes it extremely difficult to predictthe impact future wholesale cost fluctuations will have on our operating results and financial condition. Dramatic increases in crude oil prices squeeze fuelmargins because fuel costs typically increase faster than we are able to pass along the increases to customers. Higher fuel prices trigger higher credit cardexpenses, because credit card fees are calculated as a percentage of the transaction amount, not as a percentage of gallons sold. A significant change in any ofthese factors could materially impact our customer’s motor fuel gallon volumes, gross profit and overall customer traffic, which in turn could have a materialadverse effect on our business, results of operations and ability to make distributions.Energy efficiency and new technology may reduce the demand for our motor fuel and adversely affect our operating results.Increased conservation and technological advances, including the development of improved gas mileage vehicles and the increased usage of electrically poweredcars have adversely affected the demand for motor fuel. Future conservation measures or technological advances in fuel efficiency might reduce demand andadversely affect our operating results.We depend on five principal suppliers for the majority of our motor fuel. A disruption in supply or a change in our relationship with any one ofthem could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and cash available for distribution.ExxonMobil, BP, Motiva, Chevron and Valero collectively supplied over 90% of our motor fuel purchases in 2013. Our wholesale business purchasedapproximately 43%, 25%, 15%, 5% and 4% of its respective motor fuel from ExxonMobil (a supplier of ours since 2002), BP (a supplier of ours since 2009),Motiva (a supplier of ours since 2004), Chevron (a supplier of ours since 2012) and Valero (a supplier of ours since 2003), respectively. A change of motorfuel suppliers, a disruption in supply or a significant change in our pricing with any of these suppliers could have a material adverse effect on our business,results of operations and cash available for distribution.We rely on our suppliers to provide trade credit terms to adequately fund our on-going operations.Our business is impacted by the availability of trade credit to fund motor fuel purchases. An actual or perceived downgrade in our liquidity or operationscould cause our suppliers to seek credit support in the form of additional collateral, limit the extension of trade credit or otherwise materially modify theirpayment terms. Any material changes in the payments terms, including payment discounts, or availability of trade credit provided by our principal supplierscould impact our liquidity, results of operations and cash available for distribution to our unitholders.If we do not make acquisitions on economically acceptable terms, our future growth may be limited.Our ability to grow substantially depends on our ability to make acquisitions that result in an increase in operating surplus per unit. We may be unable tomake such accretive acquisitions for any of the following reasons: • we are unable to identify attractive acquisition candidates or negotiate acceptable purchase contracts for them; • we are unable to raise financing for such acquisitions on economically acceptable terms; or • we are outbid by competitors. 17 Table of ContentsIn addition, we may consummate acquisitions, which at the time of consummation we believe will be accretive, but which ultimately may not be accretive. Ifany of these events occurred, our future growth would be limited.Our success and future growth depends in part on our ability to purchase or lease additional sites. Our acquisition strategy involves risks thatmay adversely affect our business.Any acquisition involves potential risks, including: • the inability to identify and acquire suitable sites or to negotiate acceptable leases or subleases for such sites; • difficulties in adapting our distribution and other operational and management systems to an expanded network of sites; • performance from the acquired assets and businesses that is below the forecasts we used in evaluating the acquisition; • a significant increase in our indebtedness and working capital requirements; • the inability to timely and effectively integrate the operations of recently acquired businesses or assets, particularly those in newgeographic areas or in new lines of business; • the incurrence of substantial unforeseen environmental and other liabilities arising out of the acquired businesses or assets, includingliabilities arising from the operation of the acquired businesses or assets prior to our acquisition, for which we are not indemnified or forwhich the indemnity is inadequate; • competition in our targeted market areas; • customer or key employee loss from the acquired businesses; and • diversion of our management’s attention from other business concerns.Any of these factors could adversely affect our ability to achieve anticipated levels of cash flows from our acquisitions and realize other anticipated benefits.Our debt levels may limit our flexibility in obtaining additional financing and in pursuing other business opportunities.We have a significant amount of debt. As of December 31, 2013, we had $146.3 million outstanding on our existing $324 million revolving credit facility,with the ability to increase our borrowing capacity by an additional $100 million. See “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Conditionand Results of Operations – Liquidity – Long-term Debt” for a discussion of our amended and restated credit facility entered into in March 2014. Our level ofindebtedness could have important consequences to us, including the following: • our ability to obtain additional financing, if necessary, for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions or other purposes may beimpaired or such financing may not be available on favorable terms; • covenants contained in our credit agreement will require us to meet financial tests that may affect our flexibility in planning for andreacting to changes in our business, including possible acquisition opportunities; • we will need a substantial portion of our cash flow to make interest payments on our indebtedness, reducing the funds that wouldotherwise be available for operations, future business opportunities and distributions to unitholders; • our debt level will make us more vulnerable than our competitors with less debt to competitive pressures or a downturn in our business orthe economy generally; and • our debt level may limit our flexibility in responding to changing business and economic conditions. 18 Table of ContentsOur ability to service our indebtedness will depend upon, among other things, our future financial and operating performance, which will be affected byprevailing economic conditions and financial, business, regulatory and other factors, some of which are beyond our control. If our operating results are notsufficient to service our current or future indebtedness, we will be forced to take actions, such as reducing distributions, reducing or delaying our businessactivities, acquisitions, investments and/or capital expenditures, selling assets, restructuring or refinancing our indebtedness, or seeking additional equitycapital or bankruptcy protection. We may not be able to effect any of these actions on satisfactory terms, or at all.Our new Credit Facility contains operating and financial restrictions that may limit our business and financing activities.The operating and financial restrictions and covenants in our credit agreement and any future financing agreements could adversely affect our ability tofinance future operations or capital needs or to engage, expand or pursue our business activities. For example, our credit agreement may restrict our ability to: • make distributions if any potential default or event of default occurs; • incur additional indebtedness or guarantee other indebtedness; • grant liens or make certain negative pledges; • make certain loans or investments; • make any material change to the nature of our business, including mergers, consolidations, liquidations and dissolutions; • make capital expenditures in excess of specified levels; • acquire another company; or • enter into a sale-leaseback transaction or sale of assets.Our ability to comply with the covenants and restrictions contained in our credit agreement may be affected by events beyond our control, including prevailingeconomic, financial and industry conditions. If market or other economic conditions deteriorate, our ability to comply with these covenants may be impaired.If we violate any of the restrictions, covenants, ratios or tests in our credit agreement, the debt issued under the credit agreement may become immediately dueand payable, and our lenders’ commitment to make further loans to us may terminate. We might not have, or be able to obtain, sufficient funds to make theseaccelerated payments. In addition, our obligations under our credit agreement will be secured by substantially all of our assets, and if we are unable to repayour indebtedness under our credit agreement, the lenders could seek to foreclose on such assets.We may not be able to lease sites we own or sub-lease sites we lease on favorable terms and any such failure could adversely affect our results ofoperations and cash available for distribution to our unitholders.We may lease and/or sub-lease certain sites to Lessee Dealers or to LGO where the rent expense is more than the lease payments. If we are unable to obtaintenants on favorable terms for sites we own or lease, the lease payments we receive may not be adequate to cover our rent expense for leased sites and may notbe adequate to ensure that we meet our debt service requirements. We cannot provide any assurance that the margins on our wholesale distribution of motorfuels to these sites will be adequate to off-set unfavorable lease terms. The occurrence of these events could adversely affect our results of operations and cashavailable for distribution to our unitholders.The operations at sites we own or lease are subject to inherent risk, operational hazards and unforeseen interruptions and insurance may notadequately cover any such exposure. The occurrence of a significant event or release that is not fully insured could have a material adverse effecton our business, results of operations and cash available for distribution.The presence of flammable and combustible products at our sites provides the potential for fires and explosions that could destroy both property and humanlife. Furthermore, our operations are subject to unforeseen interruptions such as natural disasters, adverse weather and other events beyond our control. Motorfuels also have the potential to cause environmental damage if improperly handled or released. If any of these events were to occur, we could incur substantiallosses and/or curtailment of related operations because of personal injury or loss of life, severe damage to and destruction of property and equipment, andpollution or other environmental damage. 19 Table of ContentsWe are not fully insured against all risks incident to our business. We may be unable to maintain or obtain insurance of the type and amount we desire atreasonable rates. As a result of market conditions, premiums and deductibles for certain of our insurance policies have increased and could escalate further. Insome instances, certain insurance could become unavailable or available only for reduced amounts of coverage. If we were to incur a significant liability forwhich we were not fully insured, it could have a material adverse effect on our financial position and ability to make distributions to unitholders.We are relying on LGC to indemnify us for any costs or expenses that we incur for environmental liabilities and third-party claims, regardless ofwhen a claim is made, that are based on environmental conditions in existence prior to the closing of the IPO at our predecessor’s sites. To theextent escrow accounts, insurance and/or payments from LGC are not sufficient to cover any such costs or expenses, our business, liquidity andresults of operations could be adversely affected.The omnibus agreement provides that LGC must indemnify us for any costs or expenses that we incur for environmental liabilities and third-party claims,regardless of when a claim is made, that are based on environmental conditions in existence prior to the closing of the IPO at our Predecessor Entity’s sites.LGC is the beneficiary of escrow accounts created to cover the cost to remediate certain environmental liabilities. In addition, LGC maintains insurancepolicies to cover environmental liabilities and/or, where available, participates in state programs that may also assist in funding the costs of environmentalliabilities. There are certain sites that were acquired by us in the IPO with existing environmental liabilities that are not covered by escrow accounts, state fundsor insurance policies. As of December 31, 2013, LGC had an aggregate of approximately $2.9 million of environmental liabilities on sites acquired by us thatare not covered by escrow accounts, state funds or insurance policies. To the extent escrow accounts, insurance and/or payments from LGC are not sufficientto cover any such costs or expenses, our business, liquidity and results of operations could be adversely affectedOur wholesale motor fuel sales are generated under contracts that must be renegotiated or replaced periodically. If we are unable to successfullyrenegotiate or replace these contracts, then our results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.Our wholesale motor fuel sales are generated under contracts that must be periodically renegotiated or replaced. As these contracts expire, they must berenegotiated or replaced. We may be unable to renegotiate or replace these contracts when they expire, and the terms of any renegotiated contracts may not be asfavorable as the contracts they replace. Whether these contracts are successfully renegotiated or replaced is often times subject to factors beyond our control.Such factors include fluctuations in motor fuel prices, counterparty ability to pay for or accept the contracted volumes and a competitive marketplace for theservices offered by us. If we cannot successfully renegotiate or replace our contracts or must renegotiate or replace them on less favorable terms, sales fromthese arrangements could decline and our ability to make distributions to our unitholders could be adversely affected.We are subject to federal, state and local laws and regulations that govern the product quality specifications of the motor fuel that we distributeand sell.Various federal, state and local agencies have the authority to prescribe specific product quality specifications to the sale of commodities. Our businessincludes such commodities. Changes in product quality specifications, such as reduced sulfur content in refined petroleum products, or other more stringentrequirements for fuels, could reduce our ability to procure product and our sales volume, require us to incur additional handling costs, and/or require theexpenditure of capital. If we are unable to procure product or to recover these costs through increased sales, our ability to meet our financial obligations couldbe adversely affected. Failure to comply with these regulations could result in substantial penalties.Our operations are subject to federal, state and local laws and regulations pertaining to environmental protection or operational safety that mayrequire significant expenditures or result in liabilities that could have a material adverse effect on our business.Our business is subject to various federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations, including those relating to underground storage tanks, therelease or discharge of regulated materials into the air, water and soil, the generation, storage, handling, use, transportation and disposal of hazardousmaterials, the exposure of persons to regulated materials, and the health and safety of our employees. We believe we are in material compliance with applicableenvironmental requirements; however, we cannot assure you that violations of these requirements will not occur in the future. We also cannot assure you thatwe will not be subject to legal actions brought by third parties for actual or alleged violations of or responsibility under environmental laws associated withreleases of or exposure to motor fuel products. A violation of, liability under or compliance with these laws or regulations or any future environmental laws orregulations, could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.Where releases of refined petroleum products, renewable fuels and crude oil have occurred, federal and state laws and regulations require that such releases beassessed and remediated to meet applicable standards. The costs associated with the investigation and remediation of any such releases, as well as anyassociated third-party claims, could be substantial, and could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations and our ability to makedistributions to our unitholders. 20 Table of ContentsNew, stricter environmental laws and regulations could significantly increase our costs, which could adversely affect our results of operationsand financial condition.Our operations are subject to federal, state and local laws and regulations regulating environmental matters. The trend in environmental regulation is towardsmore restrictions and limitations on activities that may affect the environment. Our business may be adversely affected by increased costs and liabilitiesresulting from such stricter laws and regulations. We try to anticipate future regulatory requirements that might be imposed and plan accordingly to remain incompliance with changing environmental laws and regulations and to minimize the costs of such compliance. However, there can be no assurances as to thetiming and type of such changes in existing laws or the promulgation of new laws or the amount of any required expenditures associated therewith.We depend on transportation providers for the transportation of substantially all of our motor fuel. Thus, a change of providers or a significantchange in our relationship could have a material adverse effect on our business.Substantially all of the motor fuel we distribute is transported from refineries to gas stations by third party carriers. A change of transportation providers, adisruption in service or a significant change in our relationship with these transportation carriers could have a material adverse effect on our business, resultsof operations and cash available for distribution.We rely heavily on our information technology systems to manage our business, and a disruption of these systems or an act of cyber-terrorismcould adversely affect our business.We depend on our information technology systems to manage numerous aspects of our business transactions, in particular with respect to our cashmanagement and disbursements, and provide analytical information to management. Our information systems are an essential component of our business,and a serious disruption to our information systems could significantly limit our ability to manage and operate our business efficiently. These systems arevulnerable to, among other things, damage and interruption from power loss or natural disasters, computer system and network failures, loss oftelecommunications services, physical and electronic loss of data, cyber-security breaches or cyber-terrorism, and computer viruses. Any disruption couldadversely affect our business.Any terrorist attacks aimed at our facilities, and any global and domestic economic repercussions from terrorist activities and the government’sresponse could adversely affect our business.Since the September 11, 2001 terrorist attacks on the United States, the U.S. government has issued warnings that energy infrastructure assets may be futuretargets of terrorist organizations. These developments have subjected our operations to increased risks. Terrorist attacks aimed at our facilities and any globaland domestic economic repercussions from terrorist activities could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash available fordistribution to our unitholders. For instance, terrorist activity could lead to increased volatility in prices for motor fuels and other products we sell.Insurance carriers are currently required to offer coverage for terrorist activities as a result of the federal Terrorism Risk Insurance Act of 2002, which we referto as “TRIA.” We purchased this coverage with respect to our property and casualty insurance programs, which resulted in additional insurance premiums.Pursuant to the Terrorism Risk Insurance Program Reauthorization Act of 2007, TRIA has been extended through December 31, 2014. Although we cannotdetermine the future availability and cost of insurance coverage for terrorist acts, we do not expect the availability and cost of such insurance to have a materialadverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash available for distribution to our unitholders. 21 Table of ContentsRisks Inherent in an Investment in UsJoseph V. Topper, Jr., controls our General Partner which has sole responsibility for conducting our business and managing our operations.Our General Partner and its affiliates, including the Topper Group, have conflicts of interest with us and limited fiduciary duties and they mayfavor their own interests to the detriment of us and our unitholders.The Topper Group, including LGC, owns a significant limited partner interest in us and owns and controls our General Partner and has the ability to appointall of the directors of our General Partner. Although our General Partner has a legal duty to manage in good faith, the executive officers and directors of ourGeneral Partner have a fiduciary duty to manage our General Partner in a manner beneficial to its owner, LGC, which is owned solely by Joseph V. Topper, Jr.Furthermore, certain officers of our General Partner are directors or officers of affiliates of our General Partner. Therefore, conflicts of interest may arise in thefuture between us and our unitholders, on the one hand, and our General Partner and its affiliates, including the Topper Group and LGC, on the other hand.In resolving these conflicts of interest, our General Partner may favor its own interests and the interests of its affiliates, including the Topper Group and LGC,over the interests of our common unitholders. These conflicts include the following situations, among others: • our General Partner is allowed to take into account the interests of parties other than us, such as the Topper Group, including LGC, inresolving conflicts of interest, which has the effect of limiting its fiduciary duty to our unitholders; • neither our partnership agreement nor any other agreement requires the Topper Group, including LGC, to pursue a business strategy thatfavors us; • some officers of our General Partner who will provide services to us will devote time to affiliates of our General Partner and may becompensated for services rendered to such affiliate; • our partnership agreement limits the liability of and reduces fiduciary duties owed by our General Partner and also restricts the remediesavailable to unitholders for actions that, without the limitations, might constitute breaches of fiduciary duty; • except in limited circumstances, our General Partner has the power and authority to conduct our business without unitholder approval; • our General Partner determines the amount and timing of asset purchases and sales, borrowings, issuances of additional partnershipsecurities and the creation, reductions or increases of cash reserves, each of which can affect the amount of cash that is available fordistribution to our unitholders, including distributions on our subordinated units, and to the holders of the incentive distribution rights,as well as the ability of the subordinated units to convert to common units; • our General Partner determines the amount and timing of any capital expenditures and whether a capital expenditure is classified as amaintenance capital expenditure, which reduces operating surplus. Such determination can affect the amount of cash available fordistribution to our unitholders, including distributions on our subordinated units, and to the holders of the incentive distribution rights,as well as the ability of the subordinated units to convert to common units; • we have entered into lease agreements and a wholesale supply agreement with LGO pursuant to which LGO leases sites from us andoperates the retail motor fuel distribution business of our Predecessor Entity. LGO purchases motor fuels from us at a variable rate mark-up; • our General Partner may cause us to borrow funds in order to permit the payment of cash distributions, even if the purpose or effect of theborrowing is to make a distribution on the subordinated units, to make incentive distributions or to accelerate the expiration of thesubordination period; • our partnership agreement permits us to distribute up to $15 million as operating surplus, even if it is generated from asset sales, non-working capital borrowings or other sources that would otherwise constitute capital surplus. This cash may be used to fund distributionson our subordinated units or the incentive distribution rights; • our partnership agreement does not restrict our General Partner from causing us to pay it or its affiliates for any services rendered to us orentering into additional contractual arrangements with its affiliates on our behalf; • our General Partner intends to limit its liability regarding our contractual and other obligations; 22 Table of Contents • our General Partner may exercise its right to call and purchase common units if it and its affiliates own more than 80% of the commonunits; • our General Partner controls the enforcement of obligations that it and its affiliates owe to us; • our General Partner decides whether to retain separate counsel, accountants or others to perform services for us; • the holders of our incentive distribution rights may transfer their incentive distribution rights without unitholder approval; and • Joseph V. Topper, Jr., as the trustee of a trust that owns a majority of our incentive distribution rights, may elect to cause us to issuecommon units to the holders of our incentive distribution rights in connection with a resetting of the target distribution levels related to theincentive distribution rights without the approval of the conflicts committee of the board of directors of our General Partner or theunitholders. This election may result in lower distributions to the common unitholders in certain situations.In addition, the Topper Group and its affiliates currently hold substantial interests in other companies that engage in the wholesale motor fuel distributionbusiness and/or own sites. Except as set forth in the omnibus agreement, we may compete directly with entities in which the Topper Group or its affiliates havean interest for acquisition opportunities and potentially will compete with these entities for new business or extensions of the existing services provided by us.The board of directors of our General Partner may modify or revoke our cash distribution policy at any time at its discretion. Our partnershipagreement does not require us to pay any distributions at all.The board of directors of our General Partner has adopted a cash distribution policy pursuant to which we intend to distribute quarterly an amount at leastequal to the minimum quarterly distribution of $0.4375 per unit on all of our units to the extent we have sufficient cash from our operations after theestablishment of reserves and the payment of our expenses. However, the board may change such policy at any time at its discretion and could elect not to paydistributions for one or more quarters. In addition, our New Credit Facility includes certain restrictions on our ability to make distributions.In addition, our partnership agreement does not require us to pay any distributions at all. Accordingly, investors are cautioned not to place undue reliance onthe permanence of such a policy in making an investment decision. Any modification or revocation of our cash distribution policy could substantially reduceor eliminate the amounts of distributions to our unitholders. The amount of distributions we make, if any, and the decision to make any distribution at all willbe determined by the board of directors of our General Partner, whose interests may differ from those of our common unitholders. Our General Partner haslimited duties to our unitholders, which may permit it to favor its own interests or the interests of the Topper Group, including LGC, to the detriment of ourcommon unitholders.Neither we nor our General Partner have any employees and we rely solely on the employees of LGC to manage our business. If our omnibusagreement with LGC is terminated, we may not find suitable replacements to perform management services for us.Neither we nor our General Partner have any employees and we rely solely on LGC to operate our assets. We and our General Partner have entered into anomnibus agreement with LGC pursuant to which LGC performs services for us and our General Partner, including the operation of our wholesale distributionbusiness and our properties. We are subject to the risk that our omnibus agreement will be terminated and no suitable replacement will be found.The liability of LGC is limited under our omnibus agreement and we have agreed to indemnify LGC against certain liabilities, which may exposeus to significant expenses.The omnibus agreement provides that we must indemnify LGC for any liabilities incurred by LGC attributable to the operating and administrative servicesprovided to us under the agreement, other than liabilities resulting from LGC’s bad faith or willful misconduct. 23 Table of ContentsOur General Partner intends to limit its liability regarding our obligations.Our General Partner intends to limit its liability under contractual arrangements between us and third parties so that the counterparties to such arrangementshave recourse only against our assets, and not against our General Partner or its assets. Our General Partner may therefore cause us to incur indebtedness orother obligations that are nonrecourse to our General Partner. Our partnership agreement provides that any action taken by our General Partner to limit itsliability is not a breach of our General Partner’s fiduciary duties, even if we could have obtained more favorable terms without the limitation on liability. Inaddition, we are obligated to reimburse or indemnify our General Partner to the extent that it incurs obligations on our behalf. Any such reimbursement orindemnification payments would reduce the amount of cash otherwise available for distribution to our unitholders.If we distribute a significant portion of our cash available for distribution to our partners, our ability to grow and make acquisitions could belimited.We may determine to distribute a significant portion of our cash available for distribution to our unitholders. In addition, we expect to rely primarily uponexternal financing sources, including commercial bank borrowings and the issuance of debt and equity securities, to fund our acquisitions and expansioncapital expenditures. To the extent we are unable to finance growth externally, distributing a significant portion of our cash available for distribution mayimpair our ability to grow.In addition, if we distribute a significant portion of our cash available for distribution, our growth may not be as fast as that of businesses that reinvest theircash available for distribution to expand ongoing operations. To the extent we issue additional units in connection with any acquisitions or expansion capitalexpenditures, the payment of distributions on those additional units may increase the risk that we will be unable to maintain or increase our per unitdistribution level. There are no limitations in our partnership agreement or our new credit agreement on our ability to issue additional units, provided there isno default under the credit agreement, including units ranking senior to the common units. The incurrence of additional commercial borrowings or other debtto finance our growth strategy would result in increased interest expense, which, in turn, may impact the cash available for distribution to our unitholders.There are no limitations in our partnership agreement on our ability to issue units ranking senior to the common units.In accordance with Delaware law and the provisions of our partnership agreement, we may issue additional partnership interests that are senior to the commonunits in right of distribution, liquidation and voting. The issuance by us of units of senior rank may (i) reduce or eliminate the amount of cash available fordistribution to our common unitholders; (ii) diminish the relative voting strength of the total common units outstanding as a class; or (iii) subordinate theclaims of the common unitholders to our assets in the event of our liquidation.Our partnership agreement replaces our General Partner’s fiduciary duties to holders of our units.Our partnership agreement contains provisions that eliminate and replace the fiduciary standards to which our General Partner would otherwise be held bystate fiduciary duty law. For example, our partnership agreement permits our General Partner to make a number of decisions in its individual capacity, asopposed to in its capacity as our General Partner, or otherwise free of fiduciary duties to us and our unitholders. This entitles our General Partner to consideronly the interests and factors that it desires and relieves it of any duty or obligation to give any consideration to any interest of, or factors affecting, us, ouraffiliates or our limited partners. Examples of decisions that our General Partner may make in its individual capacity include: • how to allocate business opportunities among us and its affiliates; • whether to exercise its call right; • how to exercise its voting rights with respect to the units it owns; • whether to exercise its registration rights; • whether to elect to reset target distribution levels; and • whether or not to consent to any merger or consolidation of the partnership or amendment to the partnership agreement.By purchasing a common unit, a unitholder is treated as having consented to the provisions in the partnership agreement, including the provisions discussedabove. 24 Table of ContentsOur partnership agreement restricts the remedies available to holders of our units for actions taken by our General Partner that might otherwiseconstitute breaches of fiduciary duty.Our partnership agreement contains provisions that restrict the remedies available to unitholders for actions taken by our General Partner that might otherwiseconstitute breaches of fiduciary duty under state fiduciary duty law. For example, our partnership agreement: • provides that whenever our General Partner makes a determination or takes, or declines to take, any other action in its capacity as ourGeneral Partner, our General Partner is required to make such determination, or take or decline to take such other action, in good faith,and will not be subject to any other or different standard imposed by our partnership agreement, Delaware law, or any other law, rule orregulation, or at equity; • provides that our General Partner will not have any liability to us or our unitholders for decisions made in its capacity as a General Partnerso long as it acted in good faith, meaning that it believed that the decision was in the best interest of our partnership; • provides that our General Partner and its officers and directors will not be liable for monetary damages to us or our limited partnersresulting from any act or omission unless there has been a final and non-appealable judgment entered by a court of competent jurisdictiondetermining that our General Partner or its officers and directors, as the case may be, acted in bad faith or, in the case of a criminalmatter, acted with knowledge that the conduct was criminal; and • provides that our General Partner will not be in breach of its obligations under the partnership agreement or its fiduciary duties to us or ourlimited partners if a transaction with an affiliate or the resolution of a conflict of interest is: (1)approved by the conflicts committee of the board of directors of our General Partner, although our General Partner is notobligated to seek such approval; or (2)approved by the vote of a majority of the outstanding common units, excluding any common units owned by our GeneralPartner and its affiliates.In connection with a situation involving a transaction with an affiliate or a conflict of interest, any determination by our General Partner must be made in goodfaith. If an affiliate transaction or the resolution of a conflict of interest is not approved by our common unitholders or the conflicts committee, then it will bepresumed that, in making its decision, taking any action or failing to act, the board of directors acted in good faith, and in any proceeding brought by or onbehalf of any limited partner or the partnership, the person bringing or prosecuting such proceeding will have the burden of overcoming such presumption.Our General Partner’s affiliates may compete with us.Our partnership agreement provides that our General Partner will be restricted from engaging in any business activities other than acting as our General Partnerand those activities incidental to its ownership interest in us. Except as provided in the omnibus agreement, affiliates of our General Partner are not prohibitedfrom engaging in other businesses or activities, including those that might be in direct competition with usPursuant to the terms of our partnership agreement, the doctrine of corporate opportunity, or any analogous doctrine, does not apply to our General Partner,LGO or any of their affiliates, including their executive officers, directors and the Topper Group and LGC. Any such person or entity that becomes aware of apotential transaction, agreement, arrangement or other matter that may be an opportunity for us will not have any duty to communicate or offer suchopportunity to us. Any such person or entity will not be liable to us or to any limited partner for breach of any fiduciary duty or other duty by reason of thefact that such person or entity pursues or acquires such opportunity for itself, directs such opportunity to another person or entity or does not communicatesuch opportunity or information to us. This may create actual and potential conflicts of interest between us and affiliates of our General Partner and result inless than favorable treatment of us and our unitholders.The Topper Group and LGO are subject to a right of first refusal provision in the omnibus agreement that prohibits them from acquiring any assets or anybusiness having assets that are primarily involved in the wholesale motor fuel distribution or retail gas station operation businesses without first offering suchacquisition opportunity to us. However, the omnibus agreement does not prohibit affiliates of our General Partner and LGO, including the Topper Group andLGC, from owning certain assets or engaging in certain businesses that compete directly or indirectly with us. Conflicts of interest may arise in the futurebetween us and our unitholders, on the one hand, and the affiliates of our General Partner and LGO, including the Topper Group and LGC, on the other hand.In resolving these conflicts, the Topper Group and LGO may favor their own interests over the interests of our unitholders. 25 Table of ContentsJoseph V. Topper, Jr., as a trustee of a trust that owns a majority our incentive distribution rights, may elect to cause us to issue common units tothe holders of our incentive distribution rights in connection with a resetting of the target distribution levels related to the incentive distributionrights, without the approval of the conflicts committee of its board of directors or the holders of our common units. This could result in lowerdistributions to holders of our common units.Joseph V. Topper, Jr., as a trustee of a trust that owns a majority our incentive distribution rights, has the right, at any time when there are no subordinatedunits outstanding and the holders of our incentive distribution rights have received incentive distributions at the highest level to which they are entitled(50%) for each of the prior four consecutive fiscal quarters, to reset the initial target distribution levels at higher levels based on our distributions at the time ofthe exercise of the reset election. Following such a reset election, the minimum quarterly distribution will be adjusted to equal the reset minimum quarterlydistribution and the target distribution levels will be reset to correspondingly higher levels based on percentage increases above the reset minimum quarterlydistribution.If Mr. Topper elects to reset the target distribution levels, the holders of our incentive distribution rights will be entitled to receive a number of common units.The number of common units to be issued to the holders of our incentive distribution rights will equal the number of common units which would have entitledthe holders to an aggregate quarterly cash distribution in the prior quarter equal to the distributions to the holders of our incentive distribution rights on theincentive distribution rights in the prior quarter. It is possible that, Mr. Topper could exercise this reset election at a time when he is experiencing, or expects toexperience, declines in the cash distributions the holders of our incentive distribution rights receive related to their incentive distribution rights and may,therefore, desire to be issued common units rather than retain the right to receive incentive distributions based on the initial target distribution levels. This riskcould be elevated if our incentive distribution rights are transferred to another party. As a result, a reset election may cause our common unitholders toexperience a reduction in the amount of cash distributions that our common unitholders would have otherwise received had we not issued new common units tothe holders of our incentive distribution rights in connection with resetting the target distribution levels.Holders of our common units have limited voting rights and are not entitled to elect our General Partner or its directors, which could reduce theprice at which the common units will trade.Unlike the holders of common stock in a corporation, unitholders have only limited voting rights on matters affecting our business and, therefore, limitedability to influence management’s decisions regarding our business. Unitholders will have no right on an annual or ongoing basis to elect our General Partneror its board of directors. The board of directors of our General Partner, including the independent directors, is chosen entirely by Joseph V. Topper, Jr., as aresult of his indirect ownership of our General Partner, and not by our unitholders. Unlike publicly traded corporations, we will not conduct annual meetingsof our unitholders to elect directors or conduct other matters routinely conducted at annual meetings of stockholders of corporations. As a result of theselimitations, the price at which the common units will trade could be diminished because of the absence or reduction of a takeover premium in the trading price.Even if holders of our common units are dissatisfied, they may not be able to remove our General Partner without its consent.If our unitholders are dissatisfied with the performance of our General Partner, they will have limited ability to remove our General Partner. The vote of theholders of at least 662/3% of all outstanding common and subordinated units voting together as a single class is required to remove our General Partner. TheTopper Group, including LGC, owns approximately 5.00% of our outstanding common units and 90.19% of our subordinated units Also, if our GeneralPartner is removed without cause during the subordination period and no units held by the holders of the subordinated units or their affiliates are voted infavor of that removal, all remaining subordinated units will automatically be converted into common units and any existing arrearages on the common unitswill be extinguished. Cause is narrowly defined in our partnership agreement to mean that a court of competent jurisdiction has entered a final, non-appealablejudgment finding our General Partner liable for acting in bad faith, or in the case of a criminal matter, acting with knowledge that the conduct was criminal, ineach case in its capacity as our General Partner. Cause does not include most cases of charges of poor management of the business.Our General Partner interest or the control of our General Partner may be transferred to a third party without unitholder consent.Our General Partner may transfer its General Partner interest to a third party in a merger or in a sale of all or substantially all of its assets without the consentof our unitholders. Furthermore, our partnership agreement does not restrict the ability of the members of our General Partner to transfer their respectivemembership interests in our General Partner to a third party. The new members of our General Partner would then be in a position to replace the board ofdirectors and executive officers of our General Partner with their own designees and thereby exert significant control over the decisions taken by the board ofdirectors and executive officers of our General Partner. This effectively permits a “change of control” without the vote or consent of the unitholders. 26 Table of ContentsOur General Partner has a call right that may require unitholders to sell their common units at an undesirable time or price.If at any time our General Partner and its affiliates own more than 80% of the common units, our General Partner will have the right, but not the obligation,which it may assign to any of its affiliates or to us, to acquire all, but not less than all, of the common units held by unaffiliated persons at a price equal to thegreater of (1) the average of the daily closing price of the common units over the 20 trading days preceding the date three days before notice of exercise of thecall right is first mailed and (2) the highest per-unit price paid by our General Partner or any of its affiliates for common units during the 90-day periodpreceding the date such notice is first mailed. As a result, unitholders may be required to sell their common units at an undesirable time or price and may notreceive any return or a negative return on their investment. Unitholders may also incur a tax liability upon a sale of their units. Our General Partner is notobligated to obtain a fairness opinion regarding the value of the common units to be repurchased by it upon exercise of the call right. There is no restriction inour partnership agreement that prevents our General Partner from issuing additional common units and exercising its call right. If our General Partner exercisedits call right, the effect would be to take us private and, if the units were subsequently deregistered, we would no longer be subject to the reporting requirementsof the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the Exchange Act. As of December 31, 2013, the Topper Group, including LGC, owns approximately 5.00% of ouroutstanding common units and 90.19% of our subordinated units. At the end of the subordination period, assuming no additional issuances of units (otherthan upon the conversion of the subordinated units), the Topper Group, including LGC, will own 39.15% of our common units.The market price of our common units could be adversely affected by sales of substantial amounts of our common units in the public or privatemarkets, including sales by the Topper Group, LGC or other large holders.As of March 3, 2014, we had 11,097,348 common units and 7,525,000 subordinated units outstanding. At the end of the subordination period, all of thesubordinated units will convert into an equal number of common units. Sales by affiliates of our General Partner or other large holders of a substantial numberof our common units in the public markets, or the perception that such sales might occur, could have a material adverse effect on the price of our commonunits or could impair our ability to obtain capital through an offering of equity securities. In addition, we have agreed to provide registration rights to theTopper Group including LGC. Under our partnership agreement and pursuant to a registration rights agreement that we have entered into, our General Partnerand its affiliates have registration rights relating to the offer and sale of any units that they hold, subject to certain limitations.We may issue unlimited additional units without unitholder approval, which would dilute existing unitholder ownership interests.Our partnership agreement does not limit the number of additional limited partner interests, including limited partner interests that rank senior to the commonunits that we may issue at any time without the approval of our unitholders. The issuance of additional common units or other equity interests of equal orsenior rank could have the following effects: • our existing unitholders’ proportionate ownership interest in us will decrease; • the amount of cash available for distribution on each unit may decrease; • because a lower percentage of total outstanding units will be subordinated units, the risk that a shortfall in the payment of the minimumquarterly distribution will be borne by our common unitholders will increase; • the ratio of taxable income to distributions may increase; • the relative voting strength of each previously outstanding unit may be diminished; • the claims of the common unitholders to our assets in the event of our liquidation may be subordinated; and • the market price of the common units may decline.Our General Partner’s discretion in establishing cash reserves may reduce the amount of cash available for distribution to unitholders.The partnership agreement requires our General Partner to deduct from operating surplus cash reserves that it determines are necessary to fund our futureoperating expenditures. The General Partner may reduce cash available for distribution by establishing cash reserves for the proper conduct of our business, tocomply with applicable law or agreements to which we are a party or to provide funds for future distributions to partners. These cash reserves will affect theamount of cash available for distribution to unitholders. 27 Table of ContentsOur partnership agreement restricts the voting rights of unitholders owning 20% or more of our common units.Our partnership agreement restricts unitholders’ voting rights by providing that any units held by a person or group that owns 20% or more of any class ofunits then outstanding, other than our General Partner and its affiliates, their transferees and persons who acquired such units with the prior approval of theboard of directors of our General Partner, cannot vote on any matter.Restrictions in our credit agreement could limit our ability to pay distributions upon the occurrence of certain events.Our payment of principal and interest on our debt will reduce cash available for distribution on our units. Our credit agreement will limit our ability to paydistributions upon the occurrence of the following events, among others: • failure to pay any principal when due or any interest, fees or other amounts when due; • failure of any representation or warranty to be true and correct in any material respect; • failure to perform or otherwise comply with the covenants in our credit agreement or in other loan documents beyond the applicable noticeand grace period; • any default in the performance of any obligation or condition beyond the applicable grace period relating to any other indebtedness of morethan $7.5 million; • failure of the lenders to have a perfected first priority security interest in the collateral pledged by any loan party; • the entry of a judgment in excess of $20.0 million, to the extent any payments pursuant to the judgment are not covered by insurance; • a change in management or ownership control; • a violation of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, or “ERISA”; and • a bankruptcy or insolvency event involving us or any of our subsidiaries.Any subsequent refinancing of our debt or any new debt could have similar restrictions.Management fees and cost reimbursements due to our General Partner and its affiliates for services provided to us or on our behalf will reducecash available for distribution to our unitholders. The amount and timing of such reimbursements will be determined by our General Partner.Prior to making any distribution on the common units, we will pay LGC the management fee and reimburse our General Partner and LGC for all out-of-pocketthird-party expenses they incur and payments they make on our behalf. Our partnership agreement provides that our General Partner will determine in goodfaith the expenses that are allocable to us. In addition, pursuant to an omnibus agreement, the Topper Group, including LGC, will be entitled to reimbursementfor certain expenses that they incur on our behalf. Our partnership agreement does not limit the amount of expenses for which our General Partner and itsaffiliates may be reimbursed. The reimbursement of expenses and payment of fees, if any, to our General Partner and its affiliates will reduce the amount ofcash available to pay distributions to our unitholders.Unitholders may have liability to repay distributions and in certain circumstances may be personally liable for the obligations of the partnership.Under certain circumstances, unitholders may have to repay amounts wrongfully returned or distributed to them. Under Section 17-607 of the DelawareRevised Uniform Limited Partnership Act, or the Delaware Act, we may not make a distribution to our unitholders if the distribution would cause ourliabilities to exceed the fair value of our assets. Delaware law provides that for a period of three years from the date of the impermissible distribution, limitedpartners who received the distribution and who knew at the time of the distribution that it violated Delaware law will be liable to the limited partnership for thedistribution amount. Liabilities to partners on account of their partnership interests and liabilities that are non-recourse to the partnership are not counted forpurposes of determining whether a distribution is permitted. 28 Table of ContentsIt may be determined that the right, or the exercise of the right by the limited partners as a group, to (i) remove or replace our General Partner, (ii) approve someamendments to our partnership agreement or (iii) take other action under our partnership agreement constitutes “participation in the control” of our business. Alimited partner that participates in the control of our business within the meaning of the Delaware Act may be held personally liable for our obligations underthe laws of Delaware, to the same extent as our General Partner. This liability would extend to persons who transact business with us under the reasonablebelief that the limited partner is a General Partner. Neither our partnership agreement nor the Delaware Act specifically provides for legal recourse against ourGeneral Partner if a limited partner were to lose limited liability through any fault of our General Partner.The New York Stock Exchange, or “NYSE,” does not require a publicly traded partnership like us to comply with certain of its corporategovernance requirements.Our common units are listed on the NYSE. Because we are a publicly traded partnership, the NYSE does not require us to have a majority of independentdirectors on our General Partner’s board of directors. Additionally, while we have established a compensation committee and a nominating and corporategovernance committee, the NYSE does not require us as a publicly traded partnership to maintain a compensation committee or a nominating and corporategovernance committee. Accordingly, unitholders will not have the same protections afforded to certain corporations that are subject to all of the NYSE corporategovernance requirements. Please read “Management—Management of Lehigh Gas Partners LP.”An increase in interest rates may cause the market price of our common units to decline and a significant increase in interest rates could adverselyaffect our ability to service our indebtedness.Like all equity investments, an investment in our common units is subject to certain risks. Borrowings under the credit facility will bear interest at variablerates. If market interest rates increase, such variable-rate debt will create higher debt service requirements, which could adversely affect our cash flow andability to make cash distributions. In exchange for accepting these risks, investors may expect to receive a higher rate of return than would otherwise beobtainable from lower-risk investments. Accordingly, as interest rates rise, the ability of investors to obtain higher risk-adjusted rates of return by purchasinggovernment-backed debt securities may cause a corresponding decline in demand for riskier investments generally, including yield-based equity investmentssuch as publicly traded limited partnership interests. Reduced demand for our common units resulting from investors seeking other more favorable investmentopportunities may cause the trading price of our common units to decline.The interest rate on our credit agreement is variable; therefore, we have exposure to movements in interest rates. A significant increase in interest rates couldadversely affect our ability to service our indebtedness. The increased cost could make the financing of our business activities more expensive. These addedexpenses could have an adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash available for distribution to our unitholders.Tax RisksOur U.S. federal (and state and local) income tax treatment depends in large part on our status as a partnership for U.S. federal income taxpurposes and our otherwise not being subject to a material amount of U.S. federal, state and local income or franchise tax. If we were required tobe treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes or if we were to otherwise be subject to a material amount of additionalentity-level income, franchise or other taxation for U.S. federal, state or local tax purposes, then our cash available for distribution to you wouldbe substantially reduced. We currently have a subsidiary that is treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes and is subject toentity-level U.S. federal, state and local income and franchise tax.The anticipated after-tax benefit of an investment in our common units depends largely on our being treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income taxpurposes. A publicly traded partnership, such as us, may be treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes unless 90% or more of its grossincome for every taxable year it is publicly traded consists of qualifying income. Based on our current operations we believe that we will be able to satisfy thisrequirement and, thus, be able to be treated as a partnership, rather than a corporation, for U.S. federal income tax purposes.However, a change in our business, or a change in current law, could also cause us to be treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes orotherwise subject us to entity-level taxation. We have not requested, and do not plan to request, a ruling from the IRS with respect to our treatment as apartnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes or any other tax matter affecting us. 29 Table of ContentsIf we were required to be treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, then we would pay U.S. federal income tax on our taxable income at thecorporate tax rate which, under current law, is a maximum of 35%. We would also likely pay state and local income tax at varying rates. Distributions to youwould generally be taxed again as either a dividend (to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits) and/or as taxable gain after recovery ofyour U.S. federal income tax basis in your units, and no income, gains, losses, deductions or credits would flow through to you. Because a U.S. federalincome tax would be imposed upon us as a corporation, our cash available for distribution to you would be substantially reduced. Thus, treatment of us as acorporation would result in a material reduction in the anticipated cash flow and after-tax return to you, likely causing a substantial reduction in the value ofour common units.Moreover, we conduct a portion of our operations and business through one or more direct and indirect subsidiaries, including through LGWS, ourwholly-owned taxable C-corporation for U.S. federal, state and local income tax purposes. As LGWS is a taxable C corporation for U.S. federal, state andlocal income tax purposes, it is subject to an entity-level U.S. federal, state and local tax on its taxable income and gain, which is currently mostly associatedwith the leasing of certain personal property. Thus, the amount of cash that LGWS has available to distribute to us and, thus, the amount of cash that we willthen have available to distribute to you, could be reduced. Furthermore, if, for example, the IRS were to successfully assert that LGWS (or any other direct orindirect taxable C corporation subsidiary through which we may operate in the future) has more tax liability than we anticipate or legislation were enacted thatincreased the U.S. federal, state and/or local corporate tax rate, our cash available for distribution to you could be further reduced.Current law may change so as to cause us to be treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes or otherwise subject us to entity-level taxation. Forexample, from time to time, members of the U.S. Congress propose and consider substantive changes to the U.S. federal income tax laws that affect publiclytraded partnerships. One such relatively recent legislative proposal would have eliminated the qualifying income exception upon which we rely for ourtreatment as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. We are unable to predict whether any of these changes, or other proposals, will be considered(or reconsidered) or ultimately enacted. Any such changes could negatively impact the amount of cash available for distribution to you. In addition, changes incurrent state and/or local law may subject us to additional entity-level taxation by individual states and/or localities. For example, because of widespread stateand local government budget deficits, several states and localities are evaluating ways to subject partnerships to entity-level taxation through the imposition ofstate and/or local income, franchise and/or other forms of taxation. If any state or locality were to impose a tax upon us as an entity, our cash available fordistribution to you would be reduced.A significant amount of our income is attributable to our leasing of real property to LGO. If Lehigh Gas-Ohio Holdings LLC, or “LGOHoldings,” a Delaware limited liability company and the sole member of LGO, were to become related to us for U.S. federal income tax purposes,the real property rents that we receive from LGO would no longer constitute qualifying income and we would likely be treated as a corporation forU.S. federal income tax purposes.A significant amount of our qualifying income is comprised of real property rents from LGO attributable to the 270 sites that LGO leases from us. In general,any real property rents that we receive from a tenant or sub-tenant of ours in which we, directly or indirectly, own or are treated as owning by reason of theapplication of certain constructive ownership rules: (a) at least 10% of such tenant’s or sub-tenant’s stock (voting power or value) in the case where such tenantor sub-tenant is a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, or (b) an interest of at least 10% of such tenant’s or sub-tenant’s assets or net profits in thecase where such tenant or sub-tenant is not a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes (as would be the case with respect to LGO), would notconstitute qualifying income. After applying certain constructive ownership rules, we will be treated as owning the 5% interest in the assets and net profits ofLGO Holdings that Joseph V. Topper, Jr. actually and constructively own. If we were considered to directly or indirectly own an interest of 10% or more of theassets or net profits of LGO Holdings, then the real property rents that we receive from LGO would no longer constitute qualifying income in which case,based on our current operations, we would likely no longer qualify to be treated as a “partnership” (and instead would be treated as a corporation) for U.S.federal income tax purposes.Our and LGO Holdings’ governing documents contain transfer restrictions designed to prevent us from being treated as directly or indirectly owning by reasonof the application of the constructive ownership rules an interest of 10% or more of LGO Holdings’ assets or net profits. We received an opinion of counsel at,and dated as of, the closing of the IPO that, subject to certain customary exceptions, such transfer restrictions are enforceable under Delaware law, but a courtcould determine that these restrictions are inapplicable or unenforceable. 30 Table of ContentsThe U.S. federal (and/or state or local) income tax treatment of publicly traded partnerships or an investment in our common units could besubject to potential legislative, judicial or administrative changes and differing interpretations, possibly on a retroactive basis.The present U.S. federal (and/or state or local) income tax treatment of publicly traded partnerships, including us, or an investment in our common units maybe modified by administrative, legislative or judicial changes or differing interpretation at any time. For example, from time to time, members of Congresspropose and consider substantive changes to the existing U.S. federal income tax laws that affect publicly traded partnerships. One such relatively recentlegislative proposal would have eliminated the qualifying income exception upon which we rely for our treatment as a partnership for U.S. federal income taxpurposes. Any modification to the U.S. federal income tax laws and interpretations thereof may or may not be applied retroactively and could make it moredifficult or impossible to meet the qualifying income exception for us to be treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, affect or cause us tochange our business activities, affect the tax considerations of an investment in us, change the character or treatment of portions of our income or gain andadversely affect an investment in our common units. We are unable to predict whether any of these changes, or other proposals, will be introduced or willultimately be enacted. Any such changes could negatively impact the value of an investment in our common units.Our partnership agreement provides that if a law is enacted or existing law is modified or interpreted in a manner that results in us becoming subject to either:(a) entity-level taxation for U.S. federal, state, local and/or foreign income and/or withholding tax purposes to which we were not subject prior to suchenactment, modification or interpretation, and/or (b) an increased amount of any such one or more of such taxes (including as a result of an increase in taxrates), then the minimum quarterly distribution amounts and the target distribution amounts may be adjusted (i.e., reduced) to reflect the impact of that law onus.If the IRS contests the U.S. federal income tax positions we take, the market for our common units may be adversely impacted and the costs of any contestwill reduce our cash available for distribution to you.We have not requested any ruling from the IRS with respect to our treatment as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes or any other U.S. federalincome tax matter affecting us. The IRS may adopt positions that differ from the positions we take. It may be necessary to resort to administrative or courtproceedings to sustain some or all of the positions we take. A court may not agree with some or all of the positions we take. Any contest with the IRS maymaterially and adversely impact the market for our common units and the price at which they trade. In addition, the costs of any contest with the IRS, whichwill be borne indirectly by our unitholders and our General Partner, will result in a reduction in cash available for distribution.You may be required to pay taxes on income from us even if you do not receive any cash distributions from us.Because you will be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a partner in us, we will allocate a share of our taxable income and gain to you which couldbe different in amount than the cash we distribute to you. Thus, you may be required to pay U.S. federal income taxes and, in some cases, state and localtaxes, on your allocable share of our taxable income and gain even if you do not receive any cash distributions from us.Tax gain or loss on sale or other taxable disposition of common units could be more or less than the cash that you may receive in such sale orother taxable disposition.If you sell (or otherwise dispose in a taxable disposition) one or more, or all, of your common units, you will recognize a gain or loss for U.S. federal incometax purposes equal to the difference between your amount realized in such sale or other taxable disposition and your U.S. federal income tax basis in thosecommon units. Because distributions that you receive and the aggregate of our losses and deductions that are allocated to you in excess of your allocable shareof the aggregate of our income and gain result in a net reduction in your U.S. federal income tax basis in your common units, the amount, if any, of such priorexcess distributions and loss and deduction allocations with respect to the common units sold (or otherwise disposed of in a taxable disposition) will, in effect,become taxable income and/or gain to you if you sell (or otherwise dispose in a taxable disposition) your common units at a price greater than your U.S. federalincome tax basis in those common units, even if the price you receive is less than or equal to their original cost. Furthermore, for U.S. federal income taxpurposes a substantial portion of the amount realized, whether or not representing gain, may be taxed as ordinary income due to potential recapture ofdepreciation deductions and other recapture items. In addition, because a unitholder’s amount realized would include his, her or its share of our nonrecourseliabilities, if you were to sell your units (or otherwise dispose of your units in a taxable disposition), you may incur a tax liability in excess of the amount ofcash you receive from the sale or other taxable disposition. 31 Table of ContentsTax-exempt organizations and non-U.S. persons face unique tax issues from owning common units that may result in adverse tax consequencesto them.Investment in our common units by an organization that is exempt from U.S. federal income tax, or a tax-exempt organization, such as employee benefit plans,individual retirement accounts, which we refer to as “IRAs,” and non-U.S. persons raises issues unique to them. For example, a substantial amount (if notmost) of our U.S. federal taxable income and gain would constitute gross income from an unrelated trade or business and the amount thereof allocable to a tax-exempt organization would be taxable to such organization as unrelated business taxable income. Distributions to a non-U.S. person that holds our commonunits will be reduced by U.S. federal withholding taxes imposed at the highest applicable U.S. federal income tax rate and such non-U.S. person will berequired to file U.S. federal income tax returns and pay U.S. federal income tax, to the extent not previously withheld, on his, her or its allocable share of ourtaxable income and gain. If you are a tax-exempt organization or a non-U.S. person, you should consult your tax advisor before investing in our common units.You will likely be subject to state and local income taxes and return filing requirements in states and localities where you do not live as a result ofinvesting in our common unitsIn addition to U.S. federal income taxes, you will likely be subject to other taxes, such as foreign, state and local income taxes, unincorporated business taxesand estate, inheritance or intangible taxes that are imposed by the various jurisdictions in which we do business or own property, even if you do not live in anyof those jurisdictions. You will likely be required to file state and local income tax returns and pay state and local income taxes in some or all of these variousjurisdictions. Further, you may be subject to penalties for failure to comply with those requirements. We currently conduct business in Pennsylvania, NewJersey, Tennessee, Georgia, Ohio, New York, Massachusetts, Kentucky, New Hampshire, Maine, Florida, Maryland, Delaware and Virginia. Each of thesestates (other than Florida) currently imposes a personal income tax on individuals (except that Tennessee only imposes a personal income tax on interest anddividends and New Hampshire only imposes a personal income tax on interest, dividends and gambling winnings) as well as an income, business profitsand/or a franchise tax on corporations and other entities. We may own property or conduct business in other states, localities or foreign countries in the future.It is your responsibility to file all U.S. federal, state, local and foreign tax returns. Our counsel has not rendered an opinion on the state, local or non U.S. taxconsequences of an investment in our common units.We will treat each purchaser of our common units as having the same tax benefits without regard to the actual common units purchased. The IRSmay challenge this treatment, which could adversely affect the value of the common units.Because we cannot match transferors and transferees of common units, we will adopt depreciation and amortization positions that may not conform to allaspects of existing Treasury Regulations. A successful IRS challenge to those positions could adversely affect the amount of U.S. federal income tax benefitsavailable to you. Our counsel is unable to opine as to the validity of such filing positions. It also could affect the timing of these tax benefits or the amount ofgain for U.S. federal income tax purposes from your sale of common units and could have a negative impact on the value of our common units or result inaudit adjustments to your U.S. federal income tax returns.We prorate our items of income, gain, loss and deduction for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and allocate them, between transferors andtransferees (and the other holders) of our common units each month based upon the ownership of our common units on the first business day ofeach month and as of the opening of the applicable exchange on which our common units are listed, instead of on the basis of the date aparticular common unit is transferred. The IRS may challenge this treatment, which could change the allocation of items of income, gain, lossand deduction among our unitholders.We generally prorate our items of income, gain, loss and deduction for U.S. federal income tax purposes between transferors and transferees of our commonunits each month based upon the ownership of our common units on the first day of each month, instead of on the basis of the date a particular common unitis transferred. The use of this proration method may not be permitted under existing Treasury Regulations. Recently, the U.S. Treasury Department issuedproposed Treasury Regulations that provide a safe harbor pursuant to which publicly traded partnerships may use a similar monthly simplifying conventionto allocate tax items among transferor and transferee unitholders. Nonetheless, the proposed Treasury Regulations are not final and do not specificallyauthorize the use of the proration method we have adopted. If the IRS were to challenge our proration method or new Treasury Regulations were to be issued, wemay be required to change the allocation of items of income, gain, loss and deduction among our unitholders. 32 Table of ContentsIf you loan your common units to a short seller to cover a short sale of common units, you may be considered to have disposed of those commonunits for U.S. federal income tax purposes. If so, you would no longer be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a partner with respect tothose common units during the period of the loan and you may recognize gain or loss from such deemed disposition.During the period of the loan of your common units to the short seller, any of our income, gain, loss or deduction with respect to such common units may notbe reportable by you and any cash distributions received by you as to those common units could be fully taxable to you as ordinary income. Our counsel hasnot rendered an opinion regarding the treatment of a unitholder where common units are loaned to a short seller to cover a short sale of common units. Thus,unitholders should consult their tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax effect of loaning their common units to a short seller.We have adopted certain valuation methodologies for U.S. federal income tax purposes that may result in a shift of income, gain, loss anddeduction between our General Partner and our unitholders. The IRS may challenge this treatment, which could adversely affect the value of thecommon units.When we issue additional units or engage in certain other transactions, our General Partner will determine the fair market value of our assets and allocate anyunrealized gain or loss attributable to our assets to the capital accounts of our unitholders and our General Partner. Although we may from time to time consultwith professional appraisers regarding valuation matters, including the valuation of our assets, our General Partner will make many (and possibly all) of thefair market value determinations of our assets (including by using a method based on the market value of our common units as a means to measure such fairmarket value(s)). The IRS may challenge any one or more of such determinations, or our allocation of the adjustment under Section 743(b) of the U.S. InternalRevenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, attributable to our various assets, and allocations of income, gain, loss and deduction between our GeneralPartner and certain of our unitholders.A successful IRS challenge to these methods or allocations could adversely affect the amount of taxable income, gain or loss being allocated to our unitholdersfor U.S. federal income tax purposes. It also could affect the amount of taxable gain from our unitholders’ sale of common units and could have a negativeimpact on the value of the common units or result in audit adjustments to our unitholders’ U.S. federal income tax returns without the benefit of additionaldeductions.The sale or exchange of 50% or more of the total interest in our capital and profits within a twelve-month period will result in the termination ofour partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes.We will be considered to have technically terminated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes if there is a sale or exchange of 50% or more of thetotal interest in our capital and profits within a twelve-month period. For purposes of determining whether a technical tax termination has occurred, a sale orexchange of 50% or more of the total interests in our capital and profits could occur if, for example, the Topper Group, which will own collectively 50% ormore of the total interest in our capital and profits at the time of the IPO, were to sell or exchange their collective interest in us within a period of twelve months.For purposes of determining whether the 50% threshold has been met, multiple sales of the same interest will be counted only once. Our technical terminationwould, among other things, result in the closing of our taxable year for all unitholders, which could result in us filing two U.S. federal income tax returns (andunitholders receiving two Schedule K-1s) for one calendar year. However, pursuant to an IRS relief procedure the IRS may allow, among other things, aconstructively terminated partnership to provide a single Schedule K-1 for the calendar year in which a termination occurs. Our technical termination couldalso result in the re-starting of the recovery period for our assets (and, thus, result in a significant deferral of depreciation and amortization deductionsallowable in computing our U.S. federal taxable income). In the case of a unitholder reporting on a taxable year other than a calendar year, the closing of ourtaxable year may also result in more than twelve months of our taxable income or loss being includable in his taxable income for the year of termination. Ourtechnical termination, however, would not affect our classification as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes but instead we would be treated as anew partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. If we were treated as a new partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, we would be required tomake new tax elections and could be subject to penalties if we were unable to determine that a technical termination occurred.ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTSNoneITEM 2. PROPERTIESA description of our properties is included in “Item 1. Business.” Our principal executive offices are in Allentown, Pennsylvania in an office space leased byLGC. The management fee charged by LGC to the Partnership incorporates a rental charge. The lease expires on June 30, 2029. 33 Table of ContentsITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGSFrom time to time, we are involved in litigation incidental to the conduct of our business. We do not expect that any of this litigation, individually or in theaggregate, will have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flow. We do not believe any legal proceeding involving ourPredecessor will have a material adverse impact on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.Additional information regarding legal proceedings is included in Note 14 of the notes to the financial statements.ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURESNonePart IIITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OFEQUITY SECURITIESAs of March 3, 2014, we had 11,097,348 common units, held by approximately four holders of record outstanding. Our common units are listed and tradeon the NYSE under the symbol “LGP.”The following table sets forth the range of the daily high and low sales prices for our common units, as reported on the NYSE, and cash distributions paid percommon unit, beginning on October 25, 2012, the date our units began trading, for the periods indicated. The last reported sales price of our common unitson the NYSE on March 3, 2014 was $26.61 per common unit. Price Ranges Cash Distributionsper unit (a) High Low Year ended December 31, 2013 Fourth Quarter $29.07 $26.16 $0.5125 Third Quarter 29.18 24.61 0.5025 Second Quarter 26.25 21.25 0.4775 First Quarter 23.88 18.74 0.4525 Year ended December 31, 2012 Fourth Quarter (from October 25, 2012) $21.65 $16.66 $0.2948(b) (a)Represents cash distributions attributable to the quarter. Cash distributions declared in respect of a calendar quarter are paid in the following calendarquarter.(b)The distribution of $0.2948 per common unit corresponds to the minimum quarterly distribution of $0.4375 per unit prorated for the portion of thequarter after October 30, 2012, the closing date of our IPO.As of March 3, 2014, we had 7,525,000 subordinated units outstanding. These subordinated units are owned, directly or indirectly, by Joseph V. Topper, Jr.and John B. Reilly, III, and are not listed or traded on a public exchange. See “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and RelatedUnitholder Matters.”Cash Distribution PolicyGeneralThe board of directors of our General Partner has adopted a policy that requires us to make cash distributions each quarter, in an amount determined by theboard of directors of our General Partner following the end of such quarter. In general, we expect that cash distributed for each quarter will equal cash generatedfrom operations less cash needed for maintenance capital expenditures, accrued but unpaid expenses, including the management fee to LGC, reimbursement ofexpenses incurred by our General Partner, debt service and other contractual obligations and reserves for future operating and capital needs or for futuredistributions to our partners. We expect that the board of directors of our General Partner will reserve excess cash, from time to time, in an effort to sustain orpermit gradual or consistent increases in quarterly distributions. Restrictions in our credit agreement could limit our ability to pay distributions upon theoccurrence of certain events. See “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity andCapital Resources—Credit Facility.” The board of directors of our General Partner may also determine to borrow to fund distributions in quarters when wegenerate less cash available for distribution than necessary to sustain or grow our cash distributions per unit. The factors that we believe will be the primarydrivers of our cash generated from operations are changes in demand for motor fuels, the number of sites to which we distribute motor fuels, the margin pergallon we are able to generate at such sites and the profitability of sites we own and lease. 34 Table of ContentsOur cash distribution policy, established by our General Partner, is to distribute each quarter an amount at least equal to the minimum quarterly distributionof $0.4375 per unit on all units ($1.75 per unit on an annualized basis). We increased our distribution to $0.4525 per unit (or $1.81 per unit on anannualized basis) effective with the June 2013 distribution, $0.4775 per unit (or $1.91 per unit on an annualized basis) effective with theSeptember distribution, and $0.5025 per unit (or $2.01 per unit on an annualized basis) effective with the December distribution. In March 2014, weincreased our distribution to $0.5125 per unit (or $2.05 per unit on an annualized basis) effective with the March 2014 distribution. Our General Partner maydetermine at any time that it is in the best interest of our Partnership to modify or revoke our cash distribution policy. Modification of our cash distributionpolicy may result in distributions of amounts less than, or greater than, our minimum quarterly distribution, and revocation of our cash distribution policycould result in no distributions at all. In addition, our New Credit Facility includes certain restrictions on our ability to make cash distributions.General Partner InterestOur General Partner owns a non-economic General Partner interest in us and thus will not be entitled to distributions that we make prior to our liquidation inrespect of such interest.Incentive Distribution RightsIncentive distribution rights represent the right to receive an increasing percentage (15.0%, 25.0% and 50.0%) of our quarterly distributions from operatingsurplus after the minimum quarterly distribution and the target distribution levels (as described below) have been achieved. A trust, the trustee of which isJoseph V. Topper, Jr., holds 85% of our incentive distribution rights and a trust, the trustee of which is John B. Reilly, III, holds the remaining 15%. Theholders of our incentive distribution rights may transfer these rights at any time. The distribution declared in March 2014 exceeded the threshold and IDRs willparticipate in this distribution.Minimum Quarterly DistributionOur partnership agreement provides that, during the subordination period (which we describe below), the common units will have the right to receivedistributions from operating surplus each quarter in an amount equal to $0.4375 per common unit, which amount is defined in our partnership agreement asthe minimum quarterly distribution, plus any arrearages in the payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units from prior quarters,before any distributions of cash from operating surplus may be made on the subordinated units. The practical effect of the subordination period is to increasethe likelihood that during such period there will be sufficient cash from operating surplus to pay the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units.We will pay quarterly distributions, if any, each quarter in the following manner: • first, to the holders of common units, until each common unit has received a minimum quarterly distribution of $0.4375 plus anyarrearages from prior quarters; • second, to the holders of subordinated units, until each subordinated unit has received a minimum quarterly distribution of $0.4375; and • third, to all unitholders, pro rata, until each unit has received a distribution of $0.5031.If cash distributions to our unitholders exceed $0.5031 per unit in any quarter, our unitholders and the holders of our incentive distribution rights, will receivedistributions according to the following percentage allocations: Total QuarterlyDistribution PerCommon andSubordinated Unit Marginal Percentage Interestin Distribution Target Amount Unitholders Holders of IDRs above $0.5031 up to $0.5469 85% 15% above $0.5469 up to $0.6563 75% 25% above $0.6563 50% 50% Subordination PeriodExcept as described below, the subordination period will expire on the first business day after the distribution to unitholders in respect of any quarter,beginning with the quarter ending December 31, 2015, if each of the following has occurred: 35 Table of Contents • distributions of cash from operating surplus on each of the outstanding common and subordinated units equaled or exceeded theminimum quarterly distribution of $0.4375 per unit for each of the three consecutive, non-overlapping four-quarter periods immediatelypreceding that date; • the “adjusted operating surplus” (as defined in our partnership agreement) generated during each of the three consecutive, non-overlappingfour-quarter periods immediately preceding that date equaled or exceeded the sum of the minimum quarterly distribution on all of theoutstanding common and subordinated units during those periods on a fully diluted weighted average basis; and • there are no arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units.Early Termination of Subordination PeriodNotwithstanding the foregoing, the subordination period will automatically terminate on the first business day after the distribution to unitholders in respect ofany quarter, beginning with the quarter ending December 31, 2013, if each of the following has occurred: • distributions of cash from operating surplus on each of the outstanding common and subordinated units equaled or exceeded $2.6250(150.0% of the annualized minimum quarterly distribution) in the four-quarter period immediately preceding that date; • the adjusted operating surplus generated during the four-quarter period immediately preceding that date equaled or exceeded the sum of$2.6250 (150.0% of the annualized minimum quarterly distribution) on all of the outstanding units on a fully diluted weighted averagebasis and the related distribution on the IDRs; and • there are no arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units.Expiration upon Removal of the General PartnerIn addition, if the unitholders remove our General Partner other than for cause: • the subordinated units held by any person will immediately and automatically convert into common units on a one-for-one basis, provided(1) neither such person nor any of its affiliates voted any of its units in favor of the removal and (2) such person is not an affiliate of thesuccessor General Partner; and • if all of the subordinated units convert pursuant to the foregoing, all cumulative arrearages on the common units will be extinguished andthe subordination period will end.Expiration of the Subordination PeriodWhen the subordination period ends, each outstanding subordinated unit will convert into one common unit and will then participate pro-rata with the othercommon units in cash distributions.Recent Sales of Unregistered SecuritiesNone.Issuer Purchases of Equity SecuritiesWe did not repurchase any of our common units during the quarter ended December 31, 2013.ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATAThe following table presents our summary historical financial and operating data for the periods and as of the dates indicated, which has been derived fromour or our predecessor’s consolidated and combined financial statements. On October 30, 2012, we completed our IPO. At the closing of our IPO, a portion ofthe business of our predecessor and its subsidiaries and affiliates was contributed to Lehigh Gas Partners LP. As such, the results of our predecessor are notcomparable to our results as certain assets were not contributed to us as they did not meet our strategic and geographic plans. 36 Table of ContentsPlease read the following data in connection with Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations andItem 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, included in this Annual Report. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of results to beexpected in future periods.The following table presents the non-GAAP financial measures EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Distributable Cash Flow, which we use in our business asthey are important supplemental measures of our performance and liquidity. We explain these measures in “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysisof Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Non-GAAP Financial Measures” and reconcile them to their most directly comparable financialmeasures calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. 37 Table of Contents ConsolidatedLehigh GasPartners LPFor the YearEndedDecember 31,2013 ConsolidatedLehigh GasPartners LPPeriod fromOctober 31 toDecember 31,2012 CombinedLehigh GasEntities(Predecessor)Period fromJanuary 1 toOctober 30,2012 CombinedLehigh GasEntities(Predecessor)For the YearEndedDecember 31,2011 CombinedLehigh GasEntities(Predecessor)For the YearEndedDecember 31,2010 CombinedLehigh GasEntities(Predecessor)For the YearEndedDecember 31,2009 Income Statement Data: Revenues: Revenues from fuel sales $980,177 $161,319 $935,241 $1,236,644 $841,204 $490,261 Revenues from fuel sales to affiliates 912,629 145,168 621,139 365,106 329,974 310,794 Rent income 16,240 1,950 10,336 12,633 11,792 10,508 Rent income from affiliates 25,337 3,228 5,708 7,792 7,169 10,324 Revenues from retail merchandise and other — — 14 1,389 1,939 59 Total revenues 1,934,383 311,665 1,572,438 1,623,564 1,192,078 821,946 Costs and Expenses: Cost of revenues from fuel sales 960,518 156,815 914,221 1,204,440 815,221 472,359 Cost of revenues from fuel sales to affiliates 887,804 139,736 609,371 359,005 324,963 305,335 Cost of revenues from retail merchandise andother — — — 1,066 1,774 7 Rent expense 15,509 2,045 9,563 9,402 6,422 4,494 Operating expenses 4,577 541 4,734 6,608 4,173 4,407 Depreciation and amortization 20,963 2,551 13,773 11,996 11,998 8,172 Selling, general and administrative expense (a) 16,558 9,676 9,811 12,709 13,099 13,389 (Gain) loss on sales of assets, net (47) (471) (3,119) (3,188) 272 (752) Total costs and operating expenses 1,905,882 310,893 1,558,354 1,602,038 1,177,922 807,411 Operating income 28,501 772 14,084 21,526 14,156 14,535 Interest expense, net (14,182) (1,926) (11,369) (12,082) (15,691) (10,453) Gain (loss) on extinguishment of debt — — (571) — 1,200 — Other income, net 2,035 140 661 1,245 1,904 1,685 Income (loss) from continuing operations beforeincome taxes 16,354 (1,014) 2,805 10,689 1,569 5,767 Income tax expense (benefit) from continuingoperations (1,716) 342 — — — — Income (loss) from continuing operations after incometaxes 18,070 (1,356) 2,805 10,689 1,569 5,767 Income (loss) from discontinued operations — — 309 (779) (6,599) 311 Net income (loss) and comprehensive income (loss) $18,070 $(1,356) $3,114 $9,910 $(5,030) $6,078 Limited partners’ interest in net income (loss) fromcontinuing operations after income taxes $18,070 $(1,356) n/a n/a n/a n/a Net income (loss) per common and subordinated unit-basic $1.18 $(0.09) Net income (loss) per common and subordinated unit-diluted $1.18 $(0.09) Weighted average limited partners’ units outstanding Common units-basic 7,731,471 7,525,000 Common units-diluted 7,780,357 7,525,000 Subordinated units-basic and diluted 7,525,000 7,525,000 Operating Data: Sites owned and leased 556 511 477 368 332 320 Fuel margin 44,484 9,936 32,788 38,305 30,994 23,361 Gallons of motor fuel distributed (in millions) (b) 637.8 103.6 501.6 530.5 516.3 437.7 Selling price per gallon $2.968 $2.959 $3.103 $3.019 $2.269 $1.830 Fuel margin per gallon (c) $0.070 $0.096 $0.065 $0.072 $0.060 $0.053 Cash Flow Data: Net cash provided by (used in): Operating activities $29,622 $3,249 $4,158 $11,560 $30,892 $23,673 Investing activities (47,019) (72,069) 2,473 (18,875) 14,518 (62,234) Financing activities 16,744 73,588 (7,237) 6,409 (42,743) 36,161 Other Financial Data (unaudited) EBITDA 51,499 3,463 28,352 34,420 26,909 27,850 Adjusted EBITDA 54,894 2,992 25,804 31,232 25,981 27,098 Distributable Cash Flow 39,437 999 (d) (d) (d) (d) Distributable Cash Flow per unit-diluted 2.58 0.07 (d) (d) (d) (d) Distribution 1.9450 0.2948 (d) (d) (d) (d) Distribution coverage-diluted 1.3x 0.2x (d) (d) (d) (d) 38 Table of Contents (a)Selling, general and administrative expenses for the period October 31, 2012 through December 31, 2012 includes approximately $6.3 million inexpenses related to our IPO and formation transactions.(b)Excludes gallons of motor fuel distributed to sites classified as discontinued operations with respect to the periods presented for our predecessor.(c)Fuel margin per gallon represents (1) total revenues from fuel sales, less total cost of revenues from fuel sales, divided by (2) total gallons of motor fueldistributed.(d)Results for these periods were not presented as these non-GAAP financial measurers were not used at that time. ConsolidatedLehigh GasPartners LPas ofDecember 31,2013 ConsolidatedLehigh GasPartners LPas ofDecember 31,2012 CombinedLehigh GasEntities(Predecessor)as ofDecember 31,2011 CombinedLehigh GasEntities(Predecessor)as ofDecember 31,2010 CombinedLehigh GasEntities(Predecessor)as ofDecember 31,2009 Balance Sheet Data: Cash and cash equivalents $4,115 $4,768 $2,082 $2,988 $321 Total current assets 35,496 22,974 27,982 38,040 19,989 Total assets 391,621 317,851 271,136 257,415 293,641 Total current liabilities 38,857 32,153 44,515 56,267 22,212 Long-term debt, excluding current portion 173,509 183,751 177,529 156,940 208,859 Total liabilities 296,950 303,306 303,823 285,593 314,933 Partners’ capital / owners’ deficit 94,671 14,545 (32,687) (28,178) (21,292) 39 Table of ContentsITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONSExplanatory NoteOn October 30, 2012 (“Closing Date”), the Partnership completed its initial public offering of a total of 6,000,000 common units representing limited partnerinterests, and on November 9, 2012 issued an additional 900,000 common units pursuant to the full exercise by the underwriters (the “Underwriters”) of theirover-allotment option, all at a price of $20.00 per unit (the “IPO”). The Partnership received aggregate proceeds of $125.7 million from the sale, net ofunderwriting discounts and structuring fees, and $2.6 million of IPO expenses. As previously disclosed, of this amount the net proceeds of approximately$16.7 million, pursuant to the over-allotment option, were distributed to Joseph V. Topper, Jr., the Chief Executive Officer of the Partnership, and to certain ofMr. Topper’s affiliates and family trusts, and John B. Reilly, III, a member of the board of directors of the General Partner of the Partnership.References in this Annual Report to “our Predecessor”, or “Predecessor Entity”, refer to the portion of the business of Lehigh Gas Corporation, or “LGC,” andits subsidiaries and affiliates that were contributed to Lehigh Gas Partners LP in connection with the IPO. Unless the context requires otherwise, references inthis Annual Report to “Lehigh Gas Partners LP,” “the Partnership,” “we,” “our,” “us,” or like terms, when used in the context of the periods following thecompletion of the IPO refer to Lehigh Gas Partners LP and its subsidiaries and, when used in the context of the periods prior to the completion of the IPO, referto the portion of the business of our Predecessor, the wholesale distribution business of Lehigh Gas—Ohio, LLC and real property and leasehold interestscontributed to us in connection with the IPO by Joseph V. Topper, Jr., the Chief Executive Officer and the Chairman of the board of directors of our GeneralPartner and/or his affiliates.References to “our General Partner” or “Lehigh Gas GP” refer to Lehigh Gas GP LLC, the General Partner of Lehigh Gas Partners LP and a wholly ownedsubsidiary of LGC. References to “LGO” refer to Lehigh Gas—Ohio, LLC, an entity managed by Joseph V. Topper, Jr., the Chief Executive Officer and theChairman of the board of directors of our General Partner. All of LGO’s wholesale distribution business was contributed to us in connection with the IPO.References to the “Topper Group” refer to Joseph V. Topper, Jr., collectively with those of his affiliates and family trusts that have ownership interests in ourPredecessor. A trust of which Joseph V. Topper, Jr. is a trustee owns all of the outstanding stock of LGC. The Topper Group, including LGC, will hold asignificant portion of the limited partner interests in us. Through his control of LGC, Joseph V. Topper, Jr. controls our General Partner.Unless otherwise indicated, 2012 full year-to-date financial results contained in this Annual Report contain the audited consolidated financial results of thePartnership for the period October 31, 2012 through December 31, 2012, and the audited combined financial results for the Predecessor Entity period for theperiod January 1, 2012 through October 30, 2012.The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with the Partnership and PredecessorEntity audited consolidated and combined financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this Annual Report. 40 Table of ContentsOverviewWe are a Delaware limited partnership formed to engage in the distribution of motor fuels, consisting of gasoline and diesel fuel, and to own and lease realestate used in the retail distribution of motor fuels. Since our Predecessor was founded in 1992, we have generated revenues from the wholesale distribution ofmotor fuels to retail sites and from real estate leases. In the third quarter of 2013, we also began generating revenues, on a select basis, through the retaildistribution of motor fuels at the Commission Sites.Our primary business objective is to make quarterly cash distributions to our unitholders and, over time, to increase our quarterly cash distributions. Weintend to make minimum quarterly distributions of at least $0.4375 per unit, per quarter (or $1.75 per unit on an annualized basis). We increased ourdistribution to $0.4525 per unit (or $1.81 per unit on an annualized basis) effective with the June 2013 distribution, $0.4775 per unit (or $1.91 per unit onan annualized basis) effective with the September distribution, and $0.5125 per unit (or $2.05 per unit on an annualized basis) effective with the Decemberdistribution. In March 2014, we increased our distribution to $0.5125 per unit (or $2.05 per unit on an annualized basis) effective with the March 2014distribution. The amount of any distributions is subject to the discretion of the board of directors of our General Partner which may modify or revoke our cashdistribution policy at any time. Our partnership agreement does not require us to pay any distributions at all.We believe consistent demand for motor fuels in the areas where we operate and the contractual nature of our rent income provides a stable source of cash flow.Cash flows from the wholesale distribution of motor fuels will be generated primarily by a per gallon margin that is either a fixed or variable mark-up pergallon, depending on our contract terms. By delivering motor fuels through independent carriers on the same day we purchase the motor fuels from suppliers,we seek to minimize the commodity price risks typically associated with the purchase and sale of motor fuels. We also generate cash flows from rent incomeprimarily by collecting rent from lessee dealers and LGO pursuant to lease agreements. Our lease agreements with lessee dealers had an average remaining leaseterm of 2.5 years as of December 31, 2013.For the year ended December 31, 2013, we distributed an aggregate of approximately 638 million gallons of motor fuels to 812 sites, comprised of thefollowing classes of business: • 256 sites operated by independent dealers; • 270 sites owned or leased by us and operated by LGO; • 232 sites owned or leased by us and operated by lessee dealers; and • 54 Commission Sites (see “Recent Developments – Commission Sites” for additional discussion).In addition, we distribute motor fuels to 16 sub-wholesalers who distribute to additional sites.Over 65% of the sites to which we distribute motor fuels are owned or leased by us. In addition, we have agreements requiring the operators of these sites topurchase motor fuels from us.We are focused on owning and leasing sites primarily located in prime locations with strong motor fuel demand. We own and lease sites located inPennsylvania, New Jersey, Ohio, New York, Massachusetts, Kentucky, New Hampshire, Maine, Florida, Maryland, Delaware, and with our Rogers, RockyTop and Manchester acquisitions further discussed below, Tennessee and Virginia. We also distribute motor fuel in Georgia. Based on 2012 data availablefrom the Energy Information Agency, of the 14 states in which we distribute motor fuel, five are among the top ten consumers of gasoline and on-highwaydiesel fuel in the United States. Over 85% of our sites are located in high-traffic metropolitan and urban areas as of December 31, 2013. We believe the limitedavailability of undeveloped real estate particularly in the northeastern U.S. presents a high barrier to entry for new or existing retail gas station owners todevelop competing sites.Recent DevelopmentsSupplemental OfferingIn December 2013, we issued 3,565,000 common units, inclusive of the underwriter’s over-allotment option, for $26.90 per unit, resulting in proceeds of$91.4 million, net of underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses. We used the proceeds to reduce indebtedness outstanding under ourcredit facility and for general purposes. 41 Table of ContentsRogers AcquisitionIn September 2013, we purchased 13 motor fuel stations, four leasehold motor fuel stations, assumed certain third-party supply contracts and purchasedcertain other assets, which were held or used by the sellers in connection with their motor fuels business and related convenience store business located in theTri-Cities region of Tennessee area, for $20.0 million. One of the sites initially leased was purchased on October 23, 2013, for $1.1 million.Simultaneously, LGO completed its purchase of certain assets to acquire retail assets (including fuel and merchandise inventory). The income that these assetsgenerate is non-qualifying for federal income tax purposes. Subsequent to the closing, we and LGO entered into a sublease agreement for all of the sites and afuel distribution agreement for the purchase and sale of wholesale fuel. The conflicts committee of the General Partner determined that the apportionment of theconsideration payable by each of us and LGO and the terms and conditions of the agreements with LGO were fair and reasonable to us.Aggregate incremental revenues for this acquisition included in our statements of operations were $17.6 million for 2013.Rocky Top AcquisitionIn September 2013, we purchased one motor fuel station, three leasehold motor fuel stations, assumed certain third-party supply contracts and purchasedcertain other assets, which were held or used by the sellers in connection with their motor fuels business and related convenience store business located in theKnoxville, Tennessee area. Concurrent with the closing, we entered into a lease for 29 motor fuel stations that we are obligated to purchase, at the election of thesellers, either (a) in whole for $26.2 million on or about August 1, 2015, or (b) in approximately equal parts over a 5 year period for an average of $5.3million per year beginning in 2016. Due to the obligation to purchase the sites under the lease, the lease is accounted for as a financing. We recorded $26.2million of debt, which was preliminarily determined to be its fair value, and the payments made until the purchase will be classified as interest expense. Wepaid $10.7 million in cash at closing.Simultaneously, LGO completed its purchase of certain assets to acquire retail assets (including fuel and merchandise inventory). The income that these assetsgenerate is non-qualifying for federal income tax purposes. Subsequent to the closing, we and LGO entered into a sublease agreement for all of the sites and afuel distribution agreement for the purchase and sale of wholesale fuel. The conflicts committee of the General Partner determined that the apportionment of theconsideration payable by each of us and LGO and the terms and conditions of the agreements with LGO were fair and reasonable to us.Aggregate incremental revenues for this acquisition included in our statements of operations were $23.1 million for 2013.Manchester AcquisitionIn December 2013, we purchased 44 independent dealer supply contracts, five sub-wholesale supply contracts, two leasehold motor fuel stations and certainassets and equipment, which were held or used by the sellers in connection with their motor fuels business and related convenience store business located inthe Richmond, Virginia area, for $10.7 million.Aggregate incremental revenues for this acquisition included in our statements of operations were $3.6 million for 2013.Commission SitesPrior to September 1, 2013, we leased certain sites to LGO, which, in turn, subleased certain of these sites (the “Subleases”) to third party commission agentsand entered into the Commission Agreements with the agents to sell motor fuel on behalf of LGO to retail customers. In connection with the CommissionAgreements, LGO also purchased motor fuel from a subsidiary of the Partnership at wholesale prices. Effective September 1, 2013, we assumed theCommission Agreements and Subleases from LGO and terminated our leases with LGO for the Commission Sites. As a result, we now record the retail sale ofmotor fuels to the end customer and accrue a commission payable to the commission agent at the Commission Sites. We paid LGO $3.5 million (the“Purchase Price”) for the Subleases and Commission Agreements and $2.1 million for the motor fuel inventory. Because the transaction was between entitiesunder common control, the assets and liabilities assumed were recorded at LGO’s book value. The Purchase Price is presented as a distribution from partners’capital. 42 Table of ContentsThe commission agent at each site operates all the non-fuel operations at the site for its own account, pays rent to us for the use of the site and receives acommission for each gallon of motor fuel sold at the site. At the Commission Sites, we own the motor fuel inventory, determine the retail pricing of motor fueland generate revenue from the sale of motor fuel to the retail consumer. We maintain inventory from the time of the purchase of motor fuels from third partysuppliers until the retail sale to the end customer at these sites. The retail fuel margin at the Commission Sites is non-qualifying income for federal income taxpurposes and is recorded in LGWS, our taxable C-Corp subsidiary. LGW sells fuel on a wholesale basis to LGWS for the Commission Sites and this incomeis qualifying income for federal income tax purposes and included in the results of the Wholesale segment.With the addition of the retail business described above, we engage in: • the wholesale distribution of motor fuels (using unrelated third party transportation service providers) to sub-wholesalers, independent dealers,lessee dealers, LGO, and others; • the retail distribution of motor fuels t6o end customers at Commission Sites; and, • the owning or leasing of sites used in the retail distribution of motor fuels and, in turn, generating rent income from the lease or sublease of thesites to third parties or LGO.Given this change, we conduct ours business in two segments: 1) the wholesale segment and 2) the retail segment. See “Results of Operations” for additionalinformation.Subsequent EventsIn March 2014, we entered into an amended and restated credit agreement (the “New Credit Facility”). The New Credit Facility is a senior secured revolvingcredit facility maturing March 4, 2019 with a total borrowing capacity of $450 million, under which swingline loans may be drawn up to $10.0 million andstandby letters of credit may be issued up to an aggregate of $45.0 million. The New Credit Facility may be increased, from time to time, upon thePartnership’s written request, subject to certain conditions, up to an additional $100.0 million. All obligations under the New Credit Facility are secured bysubstantially all of the assets of the Partnership and its subsidiaries. See “Liquidity – Long-term Debt” for additional information.OutlookThe Partnership expects its total fuel volume to increase in 2014, driven by the inclusion of a full year’s worth of results from the Rogers, Rocky Top andManchester acquisitions, offset by a decrease in volume as a result of market conditions. Based on current market conditions, we would expect our motor fuelgross margins to be consistent with historical results. We expect rent income to increase in 2014 as a result of recent acquisitions. We expect to lower ourinterest expense in 2014 based on our reduced leverage and overall lower cost of debt capital as a result of our recent credit facility refinancing.Earnings in future periods are subject to various risks and uncertainties. See “Forward-Looking Information,” “Item 1. Business,” “Item 1A. Risk Factors,”the rest of this Item 7, and Note 14 to the financial statements for a discussion of the risks, uncertainties and factors that may impact future results.Results of OperationsEvaluating Our Results of OperationsThe primary drivers of our operating results are the volume of motor fuel we distribute, the margin per gallon we are able to generate on the motor fuel wedistribute and the rent income we earn on the sites we own or lease. For owned or leased sites, we seek to maximize the overall profitability of our operations,balancing the contributions to profitability of motor fuel distribution and rent income. Our Omnibus Agreement, under which LGC provides management,administrative and operating services for us, enables us to manage a significant component of our operating expenses. Our management relies on financial andoperational metrics designed to track the key elements that contribute to our operating performance. To evaluate our operating performance, our managementconsiders gross profit from fuel sales, motor fuel volumes, margin per gallon, rent income for sites we own or lease, EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA andDistributable Cash Flow.Gross Profit, Volume and Margin per Gallon - Gross profit from fuel sales represents the excess of revenues from fuel sales, including revenues from fuelsales to affiliates, over cost of revenues from fuel sales, including cost of revenues from fuel sales to affiliates. Volume of motor fuel represents the gallons ofmotor fuel we distribute to sites. Margin per gallon represents gross profit from fuel sales divided by total gallons of motor fuels distributed. We use volumesof motor fuel we distribute to a site and margin per gallon to assess the effectiveness of our pricing strategies, the performance of a site as compared to othersites we own or lease, and our margins as compared to the margins of sites we seek to acquire or lease. 43 Table of ContentsRent Income - We evaluate our sites’ performance based, in part, on the rent income we earn from them. For leased sites, we consider the rent income afterpayment of our lease obligations for the site. We use this information in combination with the fuel-related metrics noted previously to assess the effectiveness ofpricing strategies for our leases, the performance of a site as compared to other sites we own or lease, and compare rent income of sites we seek to acquire orlease.EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Distributable Cash Flow - Our management uses EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Distributable Cash Flow to analyzeour performance as more fully described in “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” below.Factors Affecting the Comparability of Our Financial ResultsFor the reasons described below, our future results of operations may not be comparable to the historical results of operations for the periods presented belowfor our Predecessor Entity.Publicly Traded Partnership Expenses - Our selling, general and administrative expenses include certain third-party costs and expenses resulting frombecoming a publicly traded limited partnership. These costs and expenses include legal, accounting and costs associated with the generation and distributionof Form K-1s to the unitholders, as well as other costs associated with being a public company, such as director compensation, director and officer insurance,NYSE listing fees and transfer agent fees. Our financial statements reflect the impact of these costs and expenses and will affect the comparability of ourfinancial statements with periods prior to the closing of the IPO.Omnibus Agreement - As a result of the services provided to us by LGC under the Omnibus Agreement, we do not directly incur a substantial portion of thegeneral and administrative expenses that the Predecessor Entity had historically incurred. Instead, we pay LGC a management fee in an amount equal to(1) $420,000 per month plus (2) $0.0025 for each gallon of motor fuel we distribute per month for such servicesImpact of the IPO and Related Transactions on Our Revenues - LGO operates certain sites we own and distributes motor fuels, on a retail basis, at thesesites. LGO is not one of our predecessor entities. Until December 31, 2011, LGO purchased motor fuel on a wholesale basis from major integrated oilcompanies and distributed this motor fuel on a retail basis at the sites it operated. After December 31, 2011, LGO began purchasing motor fuel from LGC,rather than from these major integrated oil companies, and distributing this fuel on a retail basis at these sites. As a result, historical operating results throughDecember 31, 2011 do not include the operating results of motor fuel distribution by LGC to LGO; however, for periods after December 31, 2011, operatingresults reflect the wholesale distribution of motor fuel by LGC to LGO. In addition, prior to the IPO, LGO did not pay rent on certain sites it leased from us.Upon completion of the IPO, LGO began paying us rent on these sites.Income Taxes - Our Predecessor Entity consists of pass-through entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes and has not been subject to U.S. federal incometaxes. In order to be treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, we must generate 90% or more of our gross income from certain qualifyingsources. As a result, LGWS owns and leases (or leases and subleases) certain of our personal property, as well as provides maintenance and other services tolessee dealers and other customers (including LGO). Except to the extent offset by deductible expenses, income earned by LGWS on the rental of the personalproperty and from maintenance and other services is taxed at the applicable corporate income tax rate. 44 Table of ContentsComparison of Years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012The following table sets forth our statements of operations for the periods indicated (in thousands): ConsolidatedLehigh GasPartners LPFor the YearEndedDecember 31,2013 ConsolidatedLehigh GasPartners LPPeriod fromOctober 31 toDecember 31,2012 CombinedLehigh GasEntities(Predecessor)Period fromJanuary 1 toOctober 30,2012 TotalConsolidatedandCombinedLehigh GasPartners LPandLehigh GasEntities(Predecessor)For the YearEndedDecember 31,2012 $Variance %Variance Revenues: Revenues from fuel sales $980,177 $161,319 $935,241 $1,096,560 $(116,383) (10.6) Revenues from fuel sales to affiliates 912,629 145,168 621,139 766,307 146,322 19.1 Rent income 16,240 1,950 10,336 12,286 3,954 32.2 Rent income from affiliates 25,337 3,228 5,708 8,936 16,401 183.5 Revenues from retail merchandise and other — — 14 14 (14) (100.0) Total revenues 1,934,383 311,665 1,572,438 1,884,103 50,280 2.7 Costs and Expenses: Cost of revenues from fuel sales 960,518 156,815 914,221 1,071,036 (110,518) (10.3) Cost of revenues from fuel sales to affiliates 887,804 139,736 609,371 749,107 138,697 18.5 Rent expense 15,509 2,045 9,563 11,608 3,901 33.6 Operating expenses 4,577 541 4,734 5,275 (698) (13.2) Depreciation and amortization 20,963 2,551 13,773 16,324 4,639 28.4 Selling, general and administrative expenses 16,558 9,676 9,811 19,487 (2,929) (15.0) Gains on sales of assets, net (47) (471) (3,119) (3,590) 3,543 (98.7) Total costs and operating expenses 1,905,882 310,893 1,558,354 1,869,247 36,635 2.0 Operating income 28,501 772 14,084 14,856 13,645 91.8 Interest expense, net (14,182) (1,926) (11,369) (13,295) (887) 6.7 Loss on extinguishment of debt — — (571) (571) 571 (100.0) Other income, net 2,035 140 661 801 1,234 154.1 Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes 16,354 (1,014) 2,805 1,791 14,563 813.1 Income tax expense (benefit) from continuing operations (1,716) 342 — 342 (2,058) (601.8) Income (loss) from continuing operations after income taxes 18,070 (1,356) 2,805 1,449 16,621 1,147.1 Income from discontinued operations — — 309 309 (309) (100.0) Net income (loss) and comprehensive income (loss) $18,070 $(1,356) $3,114 $1,758 $16,312 927.9 45 Table of ContentsAs noted previously, the Partnership began operating in two reportable segments commencing September 1, 2013. Unallocated costs consist primarily ofinterest expense associated with the Credit Facility, selling, general and administrative expenses, income taxes and the elimination of the retail segment’sintersegment cost of revenues from fuel sales against the wholesale segment’s intersegment revenues from fuel sales. The profit in ending inventory generatedby the intersegment fuel sale is also eliminated. The table below presents our results for the year ended December 31, 2013 by segment. Year Ended December 31, 2013 Wholesale Retail Unallocated Consolidated Revenues from fuel sales to external customers $1,824,568 $68,238 $— $1,892,806 Intersegment revenues from fuel sales 57,988 — (57,988) — Rent income 40,210 1,367 — 41,577 Revenues from retail merchandise and other — — — — Total revenues 1,922,766 69,605 (57,988) 1,934,383 Cost of revenues from fuel sales 1,838,706 67,586 (57,970) 1,848,322 Rent expense 15,350 159 — 15,509 Operating expenses 4,174 403 — 4,577 Depreciation and amortization 20,288 675 — 20,963 Selling, general and administrative expenses — — 16,558 16,558 Gains on sales of assets, net (47) — — (47) Total costs and expenses 1,878,471 68,823 (41,412) 1,905,882 Operating income (loss) 44,295 782 (16,576) 28,501 Interest expense, net (4,479) (169) (9,534) (14,182) Other income, net 2,025 10 — 2,035 Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes 41,841 623 (26,110) 16,354 Income tax expense (benefit) — — (1,716) (1,716) Net income (loss) $41,841 $623 $(24,394) $18,070 Revenues and Costs from Fuel SalesOur aggregate revenues from fuel sales, which include revenues from fuel sales to affiliates, and aggregate cost of revenues from fuel sales, which include thecost of revenues from fuel sales to affiliates, are principally derived from the purchase and sale of gasoline and diesel fuel with the resulting changes inaggregate revenues from fuel sales, and aggregate cost of revenues from fuel sales, being attributable to the combination of volume of gallons of fuel distributedand/or fluctuations in market prices for crude oil and petroleum products, which are generally passed onto our customers. ConsolidatedLehigh GasPartners LPFor the YearEndedDecember 31,2013 ConsolidatedLehigh GasPartners LPPeriod fromOctober 31 toDecember 31,2012 CombinedLehigh GasEntities(Predecessor)Period fromJanuary 1 toOctober 30,2012 TotalConsolidatedandCombinedLehigh GasPartners LPandLehigh GasEntities(Predecessor)For the YearEndedDecember 31,2012 $Variance %Variance Revenues from fuel sales $1,892,806 $306,487 $1,556,380 $1,862,867 $29,939 1.6 Cost of revenues from fuel sales $1,848,322 $296,551 $1,523,592 $1,820,143 $28,179 1.5 Gross margin from fuel sales $44,484 $9,936 $32,788 $42,724 $1,760 4.1 Volume 637,845 103,591 501,571 605,162 32,683 5.4 Sales price per gallon $2.968 $2.959 $3.103 $3.078 $(0.111) (3.6) Gross margin per gallon $0.070 $0.096 $0.065 $0.071 $(0.001) (1.2) 46 Table of ContentsThe increase in gross margin was driven by an increase in volume of gallons distributed offset by a lower margin per gallon.The increase in aggregate revenues from fuel sales resulted from an increase of $100.6 million related to an increase in volume of gallons distributed offset by adecrease of $70.7 million related to lower selling prices per gallon. The increase in the volume of gallons distributed was principally related to our ExpressLane acquisition, which accounted for 39.6 million gallons, the commencement of distributing motor fuels to the newly leased Getty sites, which accountedfor 22.5 million gallons, 14.3 million gallons related to the Rogers and Rocky Top acquisitions, and 1.3 million gallons related to the Manchester acquisition.These increases were partially offset by decreases of 36.3 million gallons related to marketplace competition, 6.4 million gallons related to terminated dealersupply agreements and 2.4 million gallons associated with the temporary closure of sites.Rent IncomeAggregate rent income for 2013, including rent income from affiliates, was $41.6 million compared to $21.2 million for 2012, resulting in an increase of$20.4 million. This increase was a result of incremental rent income primarily attributable to the Express Lane and Dunmore acquisitions and 2013acquisitions, resulting in a total increase of $13.3 million. Also contributing to the increase was incremental rent income of $3.1 million related to our leasesites with Getty. In addition, rent income for certain sites was recorded by an affiliate not included in the Predecessor Entity through October 30, 2012. Thesesites were contributed to the Partnership, resulting in an increase in rent income of $4.8 million. Offsetting these increases was a $2.5 million decrease relatedto sites not contributed by the Predecessor Entity. In addition, the termination of leases with LGO at the Commission Sites and other closed sites resulted in awriteoff of deferred rent income of $0.4 million.Rent ExpenseRent expense for 2013 was $15.5 million, an increase of $3.9 million, as compared to $11.6 million for 2012, with the increase primarily driven by anincreased number of leasehold locations. Specifically, the Express Lane acquisition resulted in an increase of $2.7 million and the Getty leases resulted in anincrease of $2.1 million. Offsetting these increases was a $1.0 million decrease related to sites not contributed by the Predecessor Entity. In addition, the sitesterminated from the Getty lease resulted in a $0.2 million gain on settlement of the capital lease obligation, which was recorded as a credit to rent expense.Operating ExpensesOperating expenses decreased $0.7 million to $4.6 million for 2013, compared with $5.3 million for 2012. The decrease was primarily due to theclassification of the management fee charged by the Predecessor Entity to the Partnership. The Partnership classifies the management fee as a general andadministrative expense whereas the Predecessor classified certain costs incorporated into the management fee within operating expenses. In addition, our new orrenewed leases with LGO and lessee dealers have generally been structured as triple-net leases whereby LGO or the lessee dealer is responsible for real estatetaxes, utilities, and certain other costs. Prior to the IPO, the Predecessor Entity had more sites for which it was responsible for real estate taxes, utilities, andcertain other costs.Depreciation and AmortizationDepreciation and amortization for 2013 was $21.0 million compared to $16.3 million for 2012. The increase of $4.7 million, or 28%, was principally due tosites acquired in the Dunmore, Express Lane, Rogers and Rocky Top acquisitions as well as the Getty lease transactions, which resulted in an increase of$8.6 million. Partially offsetting this increase was the impact of non-contributed sites, which resulted in a decrease in depreciation of $2.8 million. Inaddition, a $0.4 million impairment charge was recorded in 2013, as compared to $1.2 million of impairment charges in 2012. Also, there was a decrease inamortization of wholesale fuel supply contracts of $0.3 million due to the accelerated amortization for those intangible assets.Selling, General and Administrative ExpensesSelling, general and administrative expenses for 2013 were $16.6 million compared with $19.5 million for 2012, a decrease of $2.9 million. The decreasewas primarily attributable to $6.3 million of non-recurring expenses incurred in 2012 related to the IPO. As noted previously, the Partnership classifies themanagement fee as a general and administrative expense whereas the Predecessor classified certain costs incorporated into the management fee within operatingexpenses. In addition, there was an increase in public company expenses, primarily $3.1 million in equity-based incentive compensation, $0.3 million intransfer taxes associated with the contribution of certain sites to the Partnership at the time of the IPO, $0.4 million in director compensation and increasedprofessional fees.Acquisition costs incurred during 2013 and 2012 were $1.2 million and $1.3 million, respectively, which are included in selling, general and administrativeexpenses. 47 Table of ContentsGains on Sales of Assets, netNet gains on sales of assets that did not meet the criteria to be classified as discontinued operations for 2012 amounted to $3.6 million. Net gains on sales ofassets for 2013 were not material.Other Income, netOther income, net, increased $1.2 million to $2.0 million for 2013, compared with $0.8 million for 2012. This increase is primarily attributable to a$1.0 million charge associated with the 2012 cancellation of the mandatorily redeemable preferred equity.Interest Expense, netInterest expense, net, increased $0.9 million to $14.2 million for 2013, compared with $13.3 million for 2012. Additional borrowings resulted in an increase ininterest of $2.2 million, partially offset by the redemption of the mandatorily redeemable preferred equity in October 2012, which resulted in a decrease ininterest of $1.3 million.Income Tax Benefit from Continuing OperationsNo provision for income taxes was recorded for the period January 1 through October 30, 2012 as the Predecessor Entity was not a taxable entity. However, ourwholly owned, C-corporation subsidiary, LGWS, is a taxable entity. Accordingly, we have recorded a tax provision for LGWS for the period from October 31,2012 through December 31, 2012. LGP recorded a $0.3 million current tax provision. In addition, we recorded a $0.3 million deferred tax benefit with a fullvaluation allowance against the deferred tax asset.For 2013, we recorded a current tax provision of $1.2 million, a deferred tax benefit of $1.4 million, and a valuation allowance release of $1.5 million,resulting in a net income tax benefit of $1.7 million.During 2013, based on updates to the purchase price allocation for the 2012 and 2013 acquisitions and the assignment of property and equipment by thePartnership to LGWS, the Partnership recorded a net deferred tax liability of $7.8 million.At December 31, 2012, net deferred tax assets totaling $9.9 million were fully reserved against with a valuation allowance. Concurrent with the recognition ofthe $7.8 million net deferred tax liability noted above, and based on the expected reversal of the cumulative temporary differences and anticipated futureearnings, the Partnership released $1.5 million of the valuation allowance in 2013. 48 Table of ContentsComparison of Years Ended December 31, 2012 and 2011The following table sets forth our combined statements of operations for the periods indicated: ConsolidatedLehigh GasPartners LPPeriod fromOctober 31 toDecember 31,2012 CombinedLehigh GasEntities(Predecessor)Period fromJanuary 1 toOctober 30,2012 TotalConsolidatedandCombinedLehigh GasPartners LPandLehigh GasEntities(Predecessor)For the YearEndedDecember 31,2012 CombinedLehigh GasEntities(Predecessor) Forthe Year EndedDecember 31,2011 $Variance %Variance Revenues: Revenues from fuel sales $161,319 $935,241 $1,096,560 $1,236,644 $(140,084) (11.3) Revenues from fuel sales to affiliates 145,168 621,139 766,307 365,106 401,201 109.9 Rent income 1,950 10,336 12,286 12,633 (347) (2.7) Rent income from affiliates 3,228 5,708 8,936 7,792 1,144 14.7 Revenues from retail merchandise and other — 14 14 1,389 (1,375) (99.0) Total revenues 311,665 1,572,438 1,884,103 1,623,564 260,539 16.0 Costs and Expenses: Cost of revenues from fuel sales 156,815 914,221 1,071,036 1,204,440 (133,404) (11.1) Cost of revenues from fuel sales to affiliates 139,736 609,371 749,107 359,005 390,102 108.7 Cost of revenues for retail merchandise and other — — — 1,066 (1,066) (100.0) Rent expense 2,045 9,563 11,608 9,402 2,206 23.5 Operating expenses 541 4,734 5,275 6,608 (1,333) (20.2) Depreciation and amortization 2,551 13,773 16,324 11,996 4,328 36.1 Selling, general and administrative expenses 9,676 9,811 19,487 12,709 6,778 53.3 (Gain) loss on sale of assets, net (471) (3,119) (3,590) (3,188) (402) 12.6 Total costs and operating expenses 310,893 1,558,354 1,869,247 1,602,038 267,209 16.7 Operating income 772 14,084 14,856 21,526 (6,670) (31.0) Interest expense, net (1,926) (11,369) (13,295) (12,082) (1,213) 10.0 Loss on extinguishment of debt — (571) (571) — (571) n/a Other income, net 140 661 801 1,245 (444) (35.7) (Loss) income from continuing operations before income taxes (1,014) 2,805 1,791 10,689 (8,898) (83.2) Income tax expense from continuing operations 342 — 342 — 342 n/a (Loss) income from continuing operations after income taxes (1,356) 2,805 1,449 10,689 (9,240) (86.4) Income (loss) from discontinued operations — 309 309 (779) 1,088 (139.7) Net (loss) income and comprehensive (loss) income $(1,356) $3,114 $1,758 $9,910 $(8,152) (82.3) Revenues and Costs from Fuel SalesOur aggregate revenues from fuel sales, which include revenues from fuel sales to affiliates, and aggregate cost of revenues from fuel sales, which include thecost of revenues from fuel sales to affiliates, are principally derived from the purchase and sale of gasoline and diesel fuel with the resulting changes inaggregate revenues from fuel sales, and aggregate cost of revenue from fuel sales, being attributable to a combination of volume of gallons of fuel distributedand /or fluctuation in market prices for crude oil and petroleum products, which is generally passed onto our customers. 49 Table of Contents ConsolidatedLehigh GasPartners LPPeriod fromOctober 31 toDecember 31,2012 CombinedLehigh GasEntities(Predecessor)Period fromJanuary 1 toOctober 30,2012 TotalConsolidatedandCombinedLehigh GasPartners LPandLehigh GasEntities(Predecessor)For the YearEndedDecember 31,2012 CombinedLehigh GasEntities(Predecessor)For the YearEndedDecember 31,2011 $Variance %Variance Revenues from fuel sales $306,487 $1,556,380 $1,862,867 $1,601,750 $261,117 16.3 Cost of revenues from fuel sales $296,551 $1,523,592 $1,820,143 $1,563,445 $256,698 16.4 Gross margin from fuel sales $9,936 $32,788 $42,724 $38,305 $4,419 11.5 Volume 103,591 501,571 605,162 530,523 74,639 14.1 Sales price per gallon $2.959 $3.103 $3.078 $3.019 $0.059 2.0 Gross margin per gallon $0.096 $0.065 $0.071 $0.072 $(0.002) (2.2) The increase in gross profit was principally driven by an increase in volume of gallons distributed, partially offset by slightly lower margin per gallon.The increase in aggregate revenues from fuel sales resulted from an increase of $225.3 million related to an increase in volume of gallons distributed along withan increase of $35.8 million related to higher selling prices per gallon. The increase in volume of gallons distributed was principally due to distributing motorfuels to LGO beginning in 2012, which accounted for 98.8 million gallons, along with an increase of 42.6 million gallons associated with commencement ofdistributing motor fuels to the newly leased Getty sites and an increase of 1.0 million gallons related to the Express Lane acquisition, offset by decreases of anaggregate of 57.6 million gallons resulting from lost business. The decrease from lost business consisted primarily of decreases of 38.0 million gallons due tothe expiration of our lease to distribute motor fuels at Ohio Turnpike plazas, 12.3 million gallons related to terminated dealer supply agreements and7.3 million gallons related to marketplace competition. The increase in volume distributed for the year ended December 31, 2012, was offset further bydecreases of 7.1 million gallons related to the divesture of Sunoco sites and 3.0 million gallons associated with closing of low volume sites.Rent IncomeAggregate rent income, including rent income from affiliates, for 2012 was $21.2 million compared to $20.4 million in 2011, resulting in a net increase of$0.8 million. This increase is a result of incremental rent income primarily attributable to rent income from the Getty lease sites in New England andPennsylvania, which were entered into in May 2012, and the additional Getty sites in New Jersey, which were entered into in December 2012, resulting in atotal increase of $2.4 million. Also contributing to the increase was incremental net rent income of $1.3 million related to the Shell acquisitions (second andthird quarters of 2011) and the additional December 2012 acquisitions. In addition, rent income for certain sites was recorded by an affiliate not included inthe Predecessor Entity through October 30, 2012. These sites were contributed to the Partnership, resulting in an increase in rent income of $1.1 million.Offsetting these increases was $2.5 million related to LGO in connection with a transition, starting in 2012 to align rent income from affiliates with the rentincome to be received by us from LGO pursuant to the contractual arrangement entered into with LGO. Also, closed sites resulted in a decrease of rent incomeof $1.3 million.Rent ExpenseRent expense for 2012 was $11.6 million, an increase of $2.2 million, as compared to $9.4 million in 2011, with the increase primarily driven by anincreased number of leasehold locations.Operating ExpensesOperating expenses decreased $1.3 million to $5.3 million for 2012 compared with $6.6 million in 2011. The decrease was primarily due to the classificationof the management fee charged by the Predecessor Entity to LGP. LGP classifies the management fee as a general and administrative expense whereas thePredecessor classified certain costs incorporated into the management fee within operating expenses. The total management fee charged by LGC to LGP was$1.1 million for the period from October 31, 2012 through December 31, 2012. Also partially offsetting this decrease was the increased costs from operatingthe Shell sites acquired in the second and third quarters of 2011 and Getty sites from the May and December 2012 transactions. 50 Table of ContentsDepreciation and AmortizationDepreciation and amortization for 2012, was $16.3 million compared to $12.0 million for 2011. The increase of $4.3 million or 36.1% was principally due toan increase in depreciation expense of $4.0 million. The depreciation expense increase was due to sites acquired in our Shell acquisitions in the second andthird quarters of 2011, which accounted for $1.0 million of the increase, an impairment charge due to assets held for sale, which accounted for $1.2 millionof the increase, and the May 2012 transaction involving our Getty sites which accounted for $1.8 million of the increase. The remaining increase is primarilydriven by purchases of capital equipment during 2012.Selling, General and Administrative ExpensesSelling, general and administrative expenses for 2012 were $19.5 million compared with $12.7 million in 2011, an increase of $6.8 million. The increasewas primarily attributable to $6.3 million of non-recurring expenses related to the IPO.Gain/Loss on Sale of AssetsGain on sale of assets that did not meet the criteria to be classified as discontinued operations for 2012 was $3.6 million compared with $3.2 million in 2011.This change is the result of more favorable negotiated agreements with third parties.Interest Expense, NetInterest expense, net for 2012 was $13.3 million compared with $12.1 million in 2011. The increase of $1.2 million was primarily due to additional financingobligations entered into during 2011, additional borrowings in connection with the Shell acquisition in the second and third quarters of 2011, the capital leasetransactions involving our Getty sites in May 2012 and increases in the amortization of deferred financing fees and debt discount. These increases werepartially offset by $0.8 million attributable to principal prepayments on our mortgage notes in 2011, and payments on the revolving term loan facility in 2012.Extinguishment of DebtUpon the second amendment of our credit facility, financing costs of $4.1 million paid for the amendment as well as financing costs of $3.1 millionassociated with the Predecessor Entity’s credit facility, were deferred and are being amortized to interest expense over the life of the credit facility. Approximately$0.6 million of the deferred financing costs associated with the Predecessor Entity’s credit facility was also written off at this time in accordance with theapplicable accounting guidance for debt modifications and extinguishments and was included in the Consolidated Statements of Operations as a loss onextinguishment of debt.Other Income, NetOther income, net for 2012 was $0.8 million compared with $1.2 million in 2011. This decrease of $0.4 million is primarily attributable to a $1.0 millioncharge associated with the termination fees associated with the cancellation of the mandatorily redeemable preferred equity, partially offset by termination feesreceived from dealers electing to early terminate their supply contracts.Income Tax Expense from Continuing OperationsNo provision for income taxes was recorded in 2011 as the Predecessor Entity was not a taxable entity. However, our wholly owned, C-corporation subsidiary,LGWS, is a taxable entity. Accordingly, we have recorded a tax provision for LGWS for the period from October 31, 2012 through December 31, 2012. LGPrecorded a $0.3 million current tax provision. In addition, we recorded a $0.3 million deferred tax benefit with a full valuation allowance against the deferredtax asset.(Loss) Income from Discontinued OperationsDiscontinued operations generated income of $0.3 million in 2012 compared with a loss of $0.8 million in 2011. The primary driver of this change was a gainon sale of assets of $0.2 million in 2012 versus a loss on sale of assets of $0.5 million in 2011. 51 Table of ContentsLiquidity and Capital ResourcesLiquidityOur principal liquidity requirements are to finance current operations, fund acquisitions from time-to-time, and to service our debt. We expect our ongoingsources of liquidity to include cash generated by our operations and borrowings under the New Credit Facility and, if available to us on acceptable terms,issuances of equity and debt securities. We expect that these sources of funds will be adequate to provide for our short-term and long-term liquidity needs. Ourability to meet our debt service obligations and other capital requirements, including capital expenditures, as well as make acquisitions, will depend on ourfuture operating performance which, in turn, will be subject to general economic, financial, business, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other conditions,many of which are beyond our control. As a normal part of our business, depending on market conditions, we will, from time-to-time, consider opportunitiesto repay, redeem, repurchase or refinance our indebtedness. Changes in our operating plans, lower than anticipated sales, increased expenses, acquisitions orother events may cause us to seek additional debt or equity financing in future periods.We intend to pay a minimum quarterly distribution of $0.4375 per unit per quarter, which equates to approximately $8.1 million per quarter, or$32.6 million per year, based on the current number of common units and subordinated units outstanding. We do not have a legal obligation to pay thisdistribution and our New Credit Facility includes certain restrictions on our ability to make distributions.We believe that we will have sufficient cash flow from operations, borrowing capacity under the New Credit Facility and the ability to issue additionalcommon units and/or debt securities to meet our financial commitments, debt service obligations, contingencies and anticipated capital expenditures. However,we are subject to business and operational risks that could adversely affect our cash flow. A material decrease in our cash flows would likely produce anadverse effect on our borrowing capacity as well as our ability to issue additional common units and/or debt securities.Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 ConsolidatedLehigh GasPartners LPFor the YearEndedDecember 31,2013 ConsolidatedLehigh GasPartners LPPeriod fromOctober 31 toDecember 31,2012 CombinedLehigh GasEntities(Predecessor)Period fromJanuary 1toOctober 30,2012 TotalConsolidated andCombinedLehigh GasPartners LP andLehigh GasEntities(Predecessor)For the YearEndedDecember 31,2012 CombinedLehigh GasEntities(Predecessor)For the YearEndedDecember 31,2011 Net cash provided by operating activities $29,622 $3,249 $4,158 $7,407 $11,560 Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities $(47,019) $(72,069) $2,473 $(69,596) $(18,875) Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities $16,744 $73,588 $(7,237) $66,351 $6,409 Net cash provided by operating activities includes balance sheet changes arising from wholesale motor fuel purchasing patterns, the timing of collections onour accounts receivable, the seasonality of our business, fluctuations in wholesale motor fuel prices, our working capital requirements and general marketconditions.Net cash provided by operating activities was $29.6 million for 2013, compared to $7.4 million for 2012, an increase of $22.2 million. The increase resultedfrom an increase in net income of $16.3 million and an increase in net non-cash charges of $9.3 million, partially offset by a decrease in the change inworking capital and other assets and liabilities of $3.4 million.Net non-cash charges were higher in 2013 as a result of higher depreciation and amortization, higher non-cash interest expense, higher equity-basedcompensation and lower gains on the sales of assets. Partially offsetting these increases was the net deferred tax benefit associated primarily with rent andproperty and equipment as well as the release of the valuation allowance discussed previously.Net cash used in investing activities was $47.0 million for 2013, compared to $69.6 million for 2012, a decrease of $22.6 million. The decrease resultedfrom a decrease in cash paid in connection with acquisitions, partially offset by an increase in purchases of property and equipment and a decrease inproceeds from sales of property and equipment. 52 Table of ContentsNet cash provided by financing activities was $16.7 million for 2013, compared to $66.4 million for 2012, a decrease of $49.7 million. The decreaseresulted from net repayments of debt in 2013 totaling $37.4 million as compared to $16.3 million in 2012. Also, proceeds from the issuance of common unitswere $34.3 million lower in the supplemental offering in 2013 as compared to the IPO in 2012.Net cash provided by operating activities was $7.4 million for 2012, compared to $11.6 million for 2011, a decrease of $4.2 million. The decrease resultedfrom a decrease in net income of $8.2 million and a decrease in the change in working capital and other assets and liabilities of $1.2 million, partially offsetby an increase in net non-cash charges of $5.2 million.Net non-cash charges were higher in 2012 as a result of higher depreciation and amortization, higher non-cash interest expense and lower gains on derivativeinstruments, partially offset by higher gains on sales of assets.Net cash used in investing activities was $69.6 million for 2012, compared to $18.9 million for 2011, a decrease of $50.7 million. The decrease resultedfrom an increase in cash paid in connection with acquisitions and a decrease in proceeds from the sales of property and equipment.Net cash provided by financing activities was $66.4 million for 2012, compared to $6.4 million for 2011, an increase of $60.0 million. The increase resultedfrom the issuance of common units in the IPO of $125.7 million, partially offset by an increase in net repayments of debt of $28.5 million and thedistributions paid to common and subordinated unitholders in 2012 of $36.7 million.Capital ExpendituresWe make investments to expand, upgrade and enhance existing assets. We categorize our capital requirements as either maintenance capital expenditures orexpansion capital expenditures. Maintenance capital expenditures are those capital expenditures required to maintain our long-term operating income oroperating capacity. We anticipate maintenance capital expenditures will be funded primarily with cash generated by operations. We had approximately$2.9 million, $2.0 million and $2.8 million in maintenance capital expenditures for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, whichare included in purchases of property and equipment in our statements of cash flows.Expansion capital expenditures are those capital expenditures that we expect will increase our operating income or operating capacity over the long term. Wehave the ability to fund our expansion capital expenditures by additional borrowings under our credit facility or, if available to us on acceptable terms, issuingadditional equity, debt securities or other options, such as the sale of assets. We cannot assure you that we can complete any offering of securities or otheroptions on terms acceptable to us, if at all. We had approximately $45.7 million, $76.0 million and $33.8 million in expansion capital expenditures for theyears ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.Non-GAAP Financial MeasuresWe use the non-GAAP financial measures EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Distributable Cash Flow in this Annual Report. EBITDA represents net incomebefore deducting interest expense, income taxes and depreciation and amortization. Adjusted EBITDA represents EBITDA as further adjusted to exclude gainsor losses on sales of assets, gains or losses on the extinguishment of debt, equity-based incentive compensation, equity-based director compensation and otheritems as deemed appropriate by management. Distributable Cash Flow represents Adjusted EBITDA less cash interest expense, maintenance capitalexpenditures net of any reimbursements and current income tax expense.EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Distributable Cash Flow are used as supplemental financial measures by management and by external users of ourfinancial statements, such as investors and lenders. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are used to assess our financial performance without regard to financingmethods, capital structure or income taxes and our ability to incur and service debt and to fund capital expenditures. In addition, Adjusted EBITDA is used toassess the operating performance of our business on a consistent basis by excluding the impact of sales of our assets which do not result directly from ourwholesale distribution of motor fuel and our leasing of real property. EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Distributable Cash Flow are used to assess our abilityto generate cash sufficient to make distributions to our unit-holders.We believe the presentation of EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Distributable Cash Flow provides useful information to investors in assessing our financialcondition and results of operations. EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Distributable Cash Flow should not be considered alternatives to net income, net cashprovided by operating activities or any other measure of financial performance or liquidity presented in accordance with GAAP. EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDAand Distributable Cash Flow have important limitations as analytical tools because they exclude some but not all items that affect net income and net cashprovided by operating activities. Additionally, because EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Distributable Cash Flow may be defined differently by othercompanies in our industry, our definitions may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies, thereby diminishing their utility. 53 Table of ContentsThe following tables present reconciliations of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA to net income and EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA to net cash provided byoperating activities, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measures, on a historical basis, for each of the periods indicated (in thousands).Reconciliation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA ConsolidatedLehigh GasPartners LPFor the YearEndedDecember 31,2013 ConsolidatedLehigh GasPartners LPPeriod fromOctober 31to December 31,2012 CombinedLehigh GasEntities(Predecessor)Period fromJanuary 1toOctober 30,2012 TotalConsolidatedandCombinedLehigh GasPartners LPand LehighGas Entities(Predecessor)For the YearEndedDecember 31,2012 CombinedLehigh GasEntities(Predecessor)For the YearEndedDecember 31,2011 Reconciliation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA tonet income (loss): Net income (loss) from continuing operations after incometaxes $18,070 $(1,356) $2,805 $1,449 $10,689 Income (loss) from discontinued operations — — 309 309 (779) Net income (loss) 18,070 (1,356) 3,114 1,758 9,910 Plus: Depreciation and amortization 20,963 2,551 13,823 16,374 12,153 Income tax expense (benefit) (1,716) 342 — 342 — Interest expense, net 14,182 1,926 11,415 13,341 12,357 EBITDA 51,499 3,463 28,352 31,815 34,420 Equity-based incentive compensation expense 3,141 — — — — Equity-based director compensation expense 301 — — — — Gains on sales of assets, net (47) (471) (3,119) (3,590) (3,188) Loss on extinguishment of debt — — 571 571 — Adjusted EBITDA $54,894 $2,992 $25,804 $28,796 $31,232 Reconciliation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA tonet cash provided by operating activities: Net cash provided by operating activities $29,622 $3,249 $4,158 $7,407 $11,560 Changes in certain operating assets and liabilities 11,840 (1,799) 10,956 9,157 7,662 Interest expense, net 14,182 1,926 11,415 13,341 12,357 Others items, net (4,145) 87 1,823 1,910 2,841 EBITDA 51,499 3,463 28,352 31,815 34,420 Equity-based incentive compensation expense 3,141 — — — — Equity-based director compensation expense 301 — — — — Gains on sales of assets, net (47) (471) (3,119) (3,590) (3,188) Loss on extinguishment of debt — — 571 571 — Adjusted EBITDA $54,894 $2,992 $25,804 $28,796 $31,232 Reconciliation of Distributable Cash Flow Adjusted EBITDA 54,894 2,992 Less: Cash interest expense (11,375) (1,391) Maintenance capital expenditures (a) (2,850) (260) Current income tax expense (benefit) (1,232) (342) Distributable Cash Flow $39,437 $999 54 Table of Contents(a)Under our partnership agreement, maintenance capital expenditures are capital expenditures made to maintain our long-term operating income oroperating capacity. Examples of maintenance capital expenditures are those made to maintain existing contract volumes, including payments to renewexisting distribution contracts, or to maintain our sites in leasable condition, such as parking lot or roof replacement/renovation, or to replace equipmentrequired to operate our existing business.Contractual ObligationsThe following table sets forth our contractual obligations that are required to be settled in cash as of December 31, 2013 (in thousands): Payments due by period Total Less Than 1 Year 1 - 3 Years 4 - 5 Years More Than5 Years (in thousands) Long-term debt (a) $184,972 $6,504 $177,597 $871 $— Financing obligations (b) 104,652 6,263 12,728 12,699 72,962 Operating lease obligations (c) 123,048 13,682 24,726 20,923 63,717 Management Fees (d) 14,280 5,040 9,240 — — Other long-term liabilities (e) — — — — — Total $426,952 $31,489 $224,291 $34,493 $136,679 (a)The Partnership’s credit facility expires October 30, 2015 and thus the principal balance outstanding at December 31, 2013 is included in the 1-3 yearperiod. Interest, which is based on variable rates, was assumed to remain constant at a weighted-average rate of 3.0%. See “Long-term Debt” below,which discusses the new credit facility entered into in March 2014. The amounts above include $26.2 million of financing issued in connection with theRocky Top acquisition, which is payable in August 2015 at the earliest (as discussed previously).(b)The lease financing obligations consist of principal and interest payments due on sale-leaseback transactions for which the sale was not recognizedbecause our predecessor retained continuing involvement in the underlying sites. Also included are principal and interest payments due on capital leaseobligations, including the portions of the Getty lease agreements being accounted for as capital lease obligations.(c)These operating leases expire through December 2028.(d)Pursuant to the Omnibus Agreement, the Partnership pays LGC a management fee, which was initially an amount equal to (1) $420,000 per month plus(2) $0.0025 for each gallon of motor fuel the Partnership distributes per month. The amounts above include only the fixed portion of the managementfee. The initial term of the agreement is four years and automatically renews for additional one-year terms unless either party provides notice asstipulated in the agreement.(e)Under the terms of various supply agreements, the Partnership is obligated to minimum volume purchases measured in gallons of motor fuel. Futureminimum volume purchase requirements are 314 million gallons in 2014, reducing to 234 million gallons in 2018. Future minimum volume purchaserequirements from 2019 through 2030 total 2.5 billion gallons. The aggregate dollar amount of the future minimum volume purchase requirements isdependent on the future weighted average wholesale cost per gallon charged under the applicable supply agreements. The amounts and timing of therelated payment obligations cannot reasonably be estimated reliably. As a result, payment of these amounts has been excluded from the table above. 55 Table of ContentsLong-term DebtDebt outstanding at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 was as follows: December 31,2013 December 31,2012 Revolving credit facility $146,330 $183,751 Financing associated with Rocky Top acquisition 26,250 — Note payable 980 — Total 173,560 — Current portion – included in accrued expenses and other current liabilities 51 — Total $173,509 $183,751 Credit FacilityConcurrent with our IPO, we entered into a credit facility, which consists of a senior secured revolving credit facility, a swing-line loan and standby letters ofcredit (the “Credit Facility”) .The aggregate amount of the outstanding loans and letters of credit under the Credit Facility cannot exceed the combined revolvingcommitments then in effect. Each of our subsidiaries is a guarantor of all of the obligations under the Credit Facility. All obligations under the Credit Facilityare secured by substantially all of our assets and substantially all of the assets of our subsidiaries. Borrowings under the Credit Facility were paid off with theproceeds of the New Credit Facility.In March 2014, we entered into the New Credit Facility. The New Credit Facility is a senior secured revolving credit facility maturing March 4, 2019 with atotal borrowing capacity of $450 million, under which swingline loans may be drawn up to $10.0 million and standby letters of credit may be issued up to anaggregate of $45.0 million. The New Credit Facility may be increased, from time to time, upon the Partnership’s written request, subject to certain conditions,up to an additional $100.0 million. All obligations under the New Credit Facility are secured by substantially all of the assets of the Partnership and itssubsidiaries.The Partnership is required to comply with certain financial covenants under the New Credit Facility. The Partnership is required to maintain a total leverageratio (as defined) for the most recently completed four fiscal quarters of not greater than 4.50 to 1.00. Such threshold is increased to 5.00 to 1.00 for the twoquarters preceding the closing of a material acquisition (as defined) or upon the issuance of senior notes (as defined). Upon the issuance of senior notes, thePartnership is also required to maintain a senior leverage ratio (as defined) for the most recently completed four fiscal quarters on a pro forma basis of notgreater than 3.50 to 1.00. The Partnership is also required to maintain a consolidated interest coverage ratio (as defined) on a pro forma basis of at least 2.75 to1.00.Borrowings under the New Credit Facility bear interest, at the Partnership’s option, at (1) a rate equal to the London Interbank Offering Rate (“LIBOR”), forinterest periods of one week or one, two, three or six months, plus a margin of 2.00% to 3.25% per annum, depending on the Partnership’s total leverage ratio(as defined) or (2) (a) a base rate equal to the greatest of: (i) the federal funds rate, plus 0.5%, (ii) LIBOR for one month interest periods, plus 1.00% perannum or (iii) the rate of interest established by the agent, from time to time, as its prime rate, plus (b) a margin of 1.00% to 2.25% per annum depending onthe Partnership’s total leverage ratio. In addition, the Partnership incurs a commitment fee based on the unused portion of the revolving credit facility at a rateof 0.35% to 0.50% per annum depending on the Partnership’s total leverage ratio.The New Credit Facility prohibits the Partnership from making distributions to its unitholders if any potential default or event of default occurs or wouldresult from the distribution, or the Partnership is not in compliance with its financial covenants.In addition, the New Credit Facility contains various covenants that may limit, among other things, our ability to: • grant liens; • create, incur, assume or suffer to exist other indebtedness; • make any material change to the nature of our business, including mergers, liquidations and dissolutions; and, • make certain investments, acquisitions or dispositions.If an event of default exists under the New Credit Facility, the lenders will be able to accelerate the maturity of the New Credit Facility and exercise other rightsand remedies. Events of default include, among others, the following: • failure to pay any principal when due or any interest, fees or other amounts when due; 56 Table of Contents • failure of any representation or warranty to be true and correct in any material respect; • failure to perform or otherwise comply with the covenants in the New Credit Facility or in other loan documents without a waiver or amendment; • any default in the performance of any obligation or condition beyond the applicable grace period relating to any other indebtedness of more than$7.5 million; • a judgment default for monetary judgments not covered by insurance exceeding $20.0 million; • bankruptcy or insolvency event involving the Partnership or any of its subsidiaries; • an Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (ERISA) violation; • a change of control without a waiver or amendment; and • failure of the lenders for any reason to have a perfected first priority security interest in the security pledged by us or any of our subsidiaries orany of the security becomes unenforceable or invalid.Financing of Rocky Top AcquisitionIn connection with the Rocky Top acquisition as described in Note 2, the Partnership entered into a lease for certain sites for which the Partnership is obligatedto purchase these sites, at the election of the seller, either (a) in whole on or about August 1, 2015, or (b) in approximately equal parts over a 5 year period foran average of $5.3 million per year beginning in 2016. Due to the obligation to purchase the sites under the lease, the lease is accounted for as a financing.Interest accrues at an annual rate of 7.5% with monthly payments of $0.2 million due until the balance is paid. The Partnership recorded $26.2 million ofdebt, which was preliminarily determined to be its fair value, and the payments made until the purchase will be classified as interest expense.Note PayableIn connection with the acquisition of two sites in Florida, the Partnership issued a $1.0 million note payable with interest at 4.0%. Monthly payments are madebased on a 15-year amortization schedule for the first 5 years commencing August 1, 2013. The 60th payment is a balloon payment for all outstandingprincipal and any unpaid interest. The loan is secured by all the real and personal property at the two sites.Off-Balance Sheet ArrangementsThe Omnibus agreement contingently requires us to perform environmental remediation work as further discussed in Note 13 to the financial statements. Wealso have operating leases and fuel purchase commitments as previously discussed in “Contractual Obligations.”Impact of InflationInflation in the United States has been relatively low in recent years and did not have a material impact on our results of operations for 2013, 2012 and 2011.Critical Accounting PoliciesWe prepare our financial statements in conformity with GAAP. The preparation of the financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions thataffect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements, and the reportedamount of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.Critical accounting policies are those we believe are both most important to the portrayal of our financial condition and results, and require our most difficult,subjective or complex judgments, often as a result of the need to make estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain. Judgments anduncertainties affecting the application of those policies may result in materially different amounts being reported under different conditions or using differentassumptions. We believe the following policies to be the most critical in understanding the judgments that are involved in preparing our financial statements. 57 Table of ContentsRevenue RecognitionWe recognize revenues from wholesale fuel sales when fuel is delivered to the customer. The purchase and delivery of motor fuels generally occurs on the sameday. We recognize revenues from retail fuel sales when fuel is sold to the customer. We record inventory from the time of the purchase of motor fuels from thirdparty suppliers until the retail sale to the end customer.We recognize revenue from leasing arrangements ratably over the term of the underlying lease.Accounts receivable primarily result from the sale of wholesale motor fuels and rental fees for sites to customers. The majority of our accounts receivable relateto wholesale motor fuel sales that can generally be described as high volume and low margin activities. Credit is extended to a customer based on an evaluationof the customer’s financial condition. In certain circumstances collateral may be required from the customer. Receivables are recorded at face value, withoutinterest or discount.The provision for bad debts is generally based upon a specific analysis of aged accounts while also factoring in any new business conditions that mightimpact the historical analysis, such as market conditions and bankruptcies of particular customers. Bad debt provisions are included in selling, general andadministrative expenses.We review all accounts receivable balances on at least a quarterly basis and provide an allowance for doubtful accounts based on historical experience and on aspecific identification basis.LGW collects motor fuel taxes, which consist of various pass through taxes collected from customers on behalf of taxing authorities, and remits such taxesdirectly to those taxing authorities. LGW’s accounting policy is to exclude the tax collected and remitted from wholesale revenues and cost of sales and accountfor them as liabilities. LGWS’s retail sales and cost of sales include motor fuel taxes as the taxes are included in the cost paid for motor fuel to LGW andLGWS has no responsibility to collect or remit such taxes to the taxing authorities.Property and EquipmentWe record property and equipment at cost. We record property and equipment acquired through a business combination at fair value. We recognizedepreciation using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets, including: 10 to 20 years for buildings and improvements and 5to 15 years for equipment. The amortization of leasehold improvements is based upon the shorter of the remaining terms of the leases including renewalperiods that are reasonably assured, or the estimated useful lives, which generally range from 7 to 10 years.We capitalize expenditures for major renewals and betterments that extend the useful lives of property and equipment. We charge maintenance and repairs tooperations as incurred. We record gains or losses on the disposition of property and equipment in the period the sale is recognized.Intangible AssetsWe record intangible assets at fair value upon acquisition. Intangible assets associated with wholesale fuel supply contracts, wholesale fuel distribution rightsand trademarks are amortized over 10 years. Covenants not to compete are amortized over the shorter of the contract term or 5 years. Intangible assetsassociated with above and below market leases are amortized over 5 years.Asset ImpairmentWe review long-lived assets, including property and equipment and intangible assets other than goodwill, for impairment when events or changes incircumstances indicate the carrying amount of the long-lived asset (group) might not be recoverable. Such events and circumstances include, among otherfactors: operating losses; market value declines; changes in the expected physical life of an asset; changes in our business plans or those of our majorcustomers, suppliers or other business partners; changes in competition and competitive practices; uncertainties associated with the U.S. and worldeconomies; changes in the expected level of capital, operating or environmental remediation expenditures; and changes in governmental regulations or actions.Our impairment evaluation is initially based on the projected undiscounted cash flows of the asset (group), including residual value upon eventual disposition.If the projected undiscounted cash flows of the asset (group) are less than its carrying value, the impairment loss is measured by comparing the present valueof the future cash flows associated with the asset (group) to its carrying value and is recorded at that time. We recorded insignificant impairments in 2013 andno impairments during 2012 or 2011. 58 Table of ContentsAssets Held for SaleThe determination to classify a site as held for sale requires significant estimates by us about the asset and the expected market for the site, which are based onfactors including recent sales of comparable sites, recent expressions of interest in the sites and the condition of the site. We must also determine if it will bepossible under those market conditions to sell the site for an acceptable price within one year. When assets are identified by management as held for sale, wediscontinue depreciating the assets and estimate the sales price, net of selling costs, of such assets. We generally consider sites to be held for sale when theymeet criteria such as whether the appropriate level of management has approved the sale transaction and there are no known material contingencies relating tothe sale such that the sale is probable and is expected to be completed within one year. If, in management’s opinion, the expected net sales price of the asset thathas been identified as held for sale is less than the net book value of the asset, the asset is written down to fair value less the cost to sell. We present assetsclassified as held for sale separately in the balance sheet. We recorded insignificant impairments and $0.4 million of impairments related to assets held for theyear ended December 31, 2013 and for the period October 31, 2012 through December 31, 2012, respectively. The Predecessor Entity recorded $0.8 million ofimpairments related to assets held for sale for the period January 1, 2012 through October 30, 2012. No impairments were recorded in 2011.Environmental and Other LiabilitiesWe record a liability for all direct costs associated with the estimated resolution of contingencies at the earliest date at which it is deemed probable that aliability has been incurred and the amount of such liability can be reasonably estimated. We estimate costs accrued based upon an analysis of potentialresults, assuming a combination of litigation and settlement strategies and outcomes. We generally recognize estimated losses from environmental remediationobligations no later than the completion of the remedial feasibility study. We adjust loss accruals as further information becomes available or circumstanceschange. We do not discount costs of future expenditures for environmental remediation obligations to their present value. We recognize recoveries ofenvironmental remediation costs from other parties as assets when their receipt is deemed probable.We are subject to other contingencies, including legal proceedings and claims arising out of our businesses that cover a wide range of matters, including,among others, environmental matters and contract claims. Environmental and other legal proceedings may also include matters with respect to businessespreviously owned. Further, due to the lack of adequate information and the potential impact of present regulations and any future regulations, there are certaincircumstances in which no range of potential exposure may be reasonably estimated.Asset Retirement ObligationsWe are obligated by contractual or regulatory requirements or contingently obligated at the discretion of the lessor to remove certain equipment or perform otherremediation upon retirement of certain assets at sites at which we are the lessee. Determination of the amounts recognized is based on numerous estimates andassumptions, including expected settlement dates and probability of occurrence, future retirement costs, future inflation rates and credit-adjusted risk-freerates.Equity Incentive CompensationIn connection with the IPO, we adopted the Lehigh Gas Partners LP 2012 Incentive Award Plan under which various types of awards may be granted toemployees, consultants and directors of the General Partner or its affiliates who provide services to us. We have granted phantom units to employees of LGCthat vest in one-third increments starting on March 15, 2014 and each March 15 of the two subsequent years, at which time common units will be granted tothese employees. Since we grant phantom units to employees of LGC, the grants are measured at fair value at each balance sheet reporting date based on thefair market value of the Partnership’s common units, and the cumulative compensation cost related to that portion of the awards that have vested is recognizedratably over the vesting term and classified within selling, general and administrative expenses. The liability for the future grant of common units is includedin accrued expenses and other current liabilities on the balance sheet.If there are any modifications of the equity incentive compensation award after the date of grant, regardless of whether the vesting settlement is in commonunits or cash, we may be required to accelerate any remaining unearned equity incentive compensation expense or record additional equity incentivecompensation expense.Income TaxesIncome taxes attributable to our earnings and losses, excluding the earnings and losses of our wholly owned taxable subsidiary, are assessed at the individuallevel of the unitholder. Accordingly, we do not record a provision for income taxes other than for those earnings and losses generated or incurred by its whollyowned taxable subsidiary. 59 Table of ContentsOur wholly owned taxable subsidiary recognizes deferred income tax assets and liabilities for the expected future income tax consequences of temporarydifferences between financial statement carrying amounts and the related income tax basis.The Partnership performed an evaluation of all material tax positions, if any, for the tax years subject to examination by major tax jurisdictions as ofDecember 31, 2013 and 2012. Tax positions not meeting the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold at the financial statement date may not be recognized orcontinue to be recognized under the accounting guidance for income taxes. Based on such evaluation, the Partnership concluded there were no uncertain taxpositions requiring adjustment in its financial statements as of December 31, 2013 and 2012. Where required, the Partnership recognizes interest and penaltiesfor uncertain tax positions in income taxes.Valuation allowances are initially recorded and reevaluated each reporting period by assessing the likelihood of the ultimate realization of a deferred taxasset. We consider a number of factors in assessing the realization of a deferred tax asset, including the reversal of temporary differences, future taxableincome and ongoing prudent and feasible tax planning strategies. The amount of deferred tax assets ultimately realized may differ materially from the estimatesutilized in the computation of valuation allowances and may materially impact the financial statements in the future.ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURE ABOUT MARKET RISKMarket RiskWe purchase gasoline and diesel fuel from several suppliers at costs that are subject to market volatility. These purchases are generally purchased pursuant tocontracts or at market prices established with the supplier. In general, we do not engage in hedging activities for these purchases due to our pricing structurewhich allows us to generally pass on price changes to our customers and affiliates.Interest Rate RiskMarket risk is the potential loss arising from adverse changes in the financial markets, including interest rates. Our exposure to interest rate risk relatesprimarily to our existing revolving credit facility.To manage interest rate risk and limit overall interest cost we may, from time-to-time, employ interest rate swaps to convert a portion of the floating-rate debtunder our existing credit facility asset to a fixed-rate liability. Counterparties to these contracts are major financial institutions. These instruments are not usedfor trading or speculative purposes. The extent to which we use such instruments is dependent upon our access to them in the financial markets. Our objectivein managing our exposure to market risk is to limit the impact on earnings and cash flow.Interest rate differentials that arise under swap contracts are recognized in interest expense over the life of the contracts. If interest rates rise, the resulting cost offunds is expected to be lower than that which would have been available if debt with matching characteristics was issued directly. Conversely, if interest ratesfall, the resulting costs would be expected to be higher. Gains and losses are recognized in net income.As of December 31, 2013, we had $146.3 million outstanding on our revolving credit facility at an average interest rate of 3.3%. A one percentage point changein our average rate would impact annual interest expense by an aggregate of approximately $1.5 million.Commodity Price RiskEffective September 1, 2013, we assumed the lessor position for 50 of the Commission Sites previously operated by LGO. As a result we now record retailsales of motor fuels to the end customer. Further, we now carry inventory on our balance sheet for the period from the purchase of the motor fuels from thethird party suppliers to the retail sale to the end customer. During this period we are exposed to commodity price risk as it relates to motor fuel pricefluctuations. During periods of market volatility the retail segment margins could be significantly impacted. We currently do not hedge against this commodityprice risk but may in the future. As of December 31, 2013, we had $2.1 million of motor fuel inventory. A $0.01 change in motor fuel pricing would not havebeen significant.See “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources” for furtherdiscussion of our debt commitments. 60 Table of ContentsITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATAThe financial statements and schedules referred to in the index contained on page F-1 of this report are incorporated herein by reference.ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURENoneITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURESEvaluation of Disclosure Controls and ProceduresAs of December 31, 2013, management, with the participation of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, performed an evaluation of theeffectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) of the Exchange Act. Ourdisclosure controls and procedures are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act isrecorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms, and that suchinformation is accumulated and communicated to our management, including the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, to allow timelydecisions regarding required disclosures. Any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance ofachieving the desired control objective. Based on this evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of December 31,2013, the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures were effective.Internal Control over Financial ReportingManagement’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial ReportingManagement is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)under the Exchange Act. Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financialreporting and the preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Because ofits inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projection of any evaluation of effectiveness tofuture periods is subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies orprocedures may deteriorate.On September 1, 2013, we assumed certain commission agent sites (the “Commission Sites”) from LGO, which included commission agent agreements andsubleases. We are in the process of incorporating the internal controls related to these Commission Sites into our control structure. We consider the ongoingintegration of these Commission Sites a material change in our internal control over financial reporting. Total revenues for the Commission Sites accounted for3.6% of consolidated total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2013.Management has conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013. In making thisassessment, management used the criteria in Internal Control—Integrated Framework-1992 issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of theTreadway Commission (“COSO”).In connection with management’s assessment of our internal control over financial reporting, management has concluded that our internal control overfinancial reporting was effective at December 31, 2013.Attestation Report of the Independent Registered Public Accounting FirmGrant Thornton LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, has audited our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013.Their report dated March 10, 2014, expressed an unqualified opinion on our internal control over financial reporting, which is included in Item 15 of Part IVof this Annual Report on Form 10-K.Changes in Internal Control over Financial ReportingAs disclosed in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012, in connection with the preparation of the Predecessor Entity’scombined financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, which formed a part of the prospectus for our IPO, managementidentified certain material weaknesses related to the lack of adequate staffing and management review by the appropriate level of senior management during theclosing process that resulted in adjustments to the these financial statements. 61 Table of ContentsOur management has remediated the material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting by: • enhancing the oversight/review of the development of accounting estimates to ensure the key factors/inputs, calculations and themethodologies/assumptions supporting these estimates are consistent and accurate; • redefining the ownership and enhancing the oversight/review of account reconciliations to ensure that reconciliation documentation is consistentand that account balances are accurate and agree to appropriate supporting detail, calculations or other documentation; and • enhancing our policies, procedures and systems to specifically address the deficiencies identified and strengthen our internal controls.Aside from the change in internal control over financial reporting related to the Commission Sites noted previously, there were no other changes in our internalcontrol over financial reporting (as that term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) that occurred during the quarter endedDecember 31, 2013, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATIONNonePart III ITEM 10.DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCEManagementOur General Partner manages our operations and activities on our behalf. Our General Partner is owned by LGC. LGC is controlled by Joseph V. Topper, Jr.Accordingly, our General Partner is indirectly controlled by Mr. Topper. All of our executive management personnel are employees of LGC.Our General Partner has a board of directors that oversees its management, operations and activities. The board of directors has eight members, five of whom,Melinda B. German, John F. Malloy, James H. Miller, John B. Reilly, III and Robert L. Wiss, the board of directors has determined are independent as definedunder the independence standards established by the NYSE and the Exchange Act. These directors, whom we refer to as independent directors, are not officersor employees of our General Partner or its affiliates, and have been determined by the board to be otherwise independent of LGC and its affiliates.Our General Partner is not elected by our unitholders and is not subject to re-election on a regular basis. Unitholders are not entitled to elect the directors of ourGeneral Partner or directly or indirectly participate in our management or operation. LGC appoints all members to the board of directors of our General Partner.Our General Partner owes a fiduciary duty to our unitholders. However, our partnership agreement contains provisions that reduce the fiduciary duties that ourGeneral Partner owes to our unitholders. Our General Partner is liable, as General Partner, for all of our debts (to the extent not paid from our assets), except forindebtedness or other obligations that are made specifically nonrecourse to it. Whenever possible, our General Partner intends to incur indebtedness or otherobligations that are nonrecourse. Except as described in our partnership agreement and subject to its fiduciary duty to act in good faith, our General Partnerhas exclusive management power over our business and affairs.Directors and Executive OfficersAs is commonly the case with publicly traded limited partnerships, the General Partner does not directly employ any of the persons responsible for managingor operating the Partnership. We are managed and operated by the board of directors and executive officers of our General Partner. The following table showsinformation for the directors and executive officers of our General Partner. 62 Table of ContentsDirectors and Executive Officers of the General Partner Name Age Position with our General PartnerJoseph V. Topper, Jr. 58 Chairman of the Board of Directors, Chief Executive OfficerMelinda B. German 58 DirectorWarren S. Kimber, Jr. 80 DirectorJohn F. Malloy 59 DirectorJames H. Miller 65 DirectorJohn B. Reilly, III 52 DirectorMaura E. Topper 28 DirectorRobert L. Wiss 58 DirectorTracy A. Derstine 52 Executive Vice President of AdministrationDavid F. Hrinak 58 PresidentFrank M. Macerato 57 General Counsel, Secretary and Chief Compliance OfficerMark L. Miller 53 Chief Financial OfficerDavid A. Sheaffer 52 Chief Accounting OfficerOur General Partner’s directors hold office until the earlier of their death, resignation, removal or disqualification or until their successors have been electedand qualified. Executive officers of our General Partner serve at the discretion of the board of directors. In selecting and appointing directors to the board ofdirectors, the owners of our General Partner do not intend to apply a formal diversity policy or set of guidelines. However, when appointing new directors, theowners of our General Partner will consider each individual director’s qualifications, skills, business experience and capacity to serve as a director, asdescribed below for each director, and the diversity of these attributes for the board of directors as a whole.Joseph V. Topper, Jr. was appointed Chairman of the board of directors and Chief Executive Officer of our General Partner in December 2011. Mr. Topperhas 26 years of management experience in the wholesale and retail fuel distribution business. In 1987, Mr. Topper purchased his family’s retail fuel businessand five years later founded our predecessor, where he has been the Chief Executive Officer since 1992. Mr. Topper currently serves on the Board of Trusteesfor Villanova University and the Board of Directors for Lehigh Valley PBS. He is the past President of the Board for Lehigh Valley PBS and the Lehigh ValleyPBS Foundation. He also served as a board member for the Good Shepherd Rehabilitation Hospital in Allentown. Mr. Topper holds a master of BusinessAdministration degree from Lehigh University and a Bachelor of Science degree in Accounting from Villanova University. Mr. Topper is also a CertifiedPublic Accountant.Melinda B. German was appointed as a director of our General Partner on March 12, 2013. Ms. German has spent most of her professional career in highereducation as both a faculty member and administrator. Currently, Ms. German is the Associate Dean for Undergraduate Business Programs at VillanovaUniversity where she has been employed for more than 15 years. As Associate Dean, she leads the strategic and academic direction of undergraduate businessprograms as well as program administration. Prior to her role in the undergraduate program, Ms. German was the Assistant Dean for Graduate BusinessPrograms responsible for the development of programs and curricula, marketing and recruiting, and oversight of services for graduate business students.Before joining Villanova University, Ms. German was the Director of Graduate Business Programs at Philadelphia University where she was also a full-timefaculty member before taking on an administrative role. She was also on the faculty at LaSalle University and Temple University. Ms. German worked inmarketing research for several years before pursuing a career in higher education. She is a graduate of the University at Albany-SUNY with a Bachelor ofScience degree in Business Education and earned an MBA from Temple University.Warren S. Kimber, Jr. was appointed as a director of our General Partner in May 2012. Mr. Kimber has been retired since January 2009 and currentlyholds positions as the National Coordinator of Officials for the NCAA for Men’s Lacrosse (since 1990) and the Director of Assigning for the United StatesIntercollegiate Lacrosse Association (since 1986). Prior to his retirement in January 2009, Mr. Kimber held the position of Chief Executive Officer andChairman of the board of directors of Kimber Petroleum Corporation, in which LGC acquired a majority interest in 2008. Mr. Kimber served on the Board ofTrustees for the Pingry School for 20 years with six of those years as Chairman of the Board of Directors. He also served as trustee for Hobart College andwas a member of the board of directors of Chatham Trust Company, Summit Bank Corporation and the United Way. Mr. Kimber holds a degree from HobartCollege. 63 Table of ContentsJohn F. Malloy was appointed as a director of our General Partner in May 2012. Mr. Malloy has been the Chairman of the board of directors, President andChief Executive Officer of Victaulic Company, the world’s largest provider of mechanical joining systems for piping, since 2004. Prior to joining Victaulic,Mr. Malloy worked for 19 years for United Technologies Corporation, or UTC, including time spent as President of Carrier North America, a subsidiary ofUTC. Prior to UTC, Malloy taught economics at Hamilton College. Mr. Malloy is a member of the board of directors of Hubbell Corporation,Hollingsworth & Vose, Cornell Iron Works and Follett Corporation. He is a Trustee of the Lehigh Valley Health Network. He holds a Ph.D. in economics fromSyracuse University, where he was a National Science Foundation Fellow. He holds a Bachelor of Arts degree in economics from Boston College.James H. Miller was appointed as a director of our General Partner in May 2012. Mr. Miller retired in April 2012. Prior to retiring, Mr. Miller was the ChiefExecutive Officer and Chairman of the Board of PPL Corporation, or PPL, from 2006 through March 2012. Mr. Miller has more than 35 years of diverseexperience in the electricity industry. Mr. Miller joined PPL in February 2001 as President of PPL Generation, LLC, a subsidiary of PPL that controls or ownsmore than 11,000 megawatts of electrical generation capacity in competitive U.S. markets. Mr. Miller currently serves on the board of directors ofRayonier, Inc. and Crown Holdings, Inc. In the community, he serves on the Board of Trustees for Lehigh Valley Health Network and the Lehigh ValleyPartnership. Mr. Miller holds a bachelor degree in electrical engineering from the University of Delaware and served in the U.S. Navy nuclear submarineprogram.John B. Reilly, III was appointed as a director of our General Partner in May 2012. Mr. Reilly has also served as the President of City Center Investment Corpsince October 2011. Prior thereto he was President of Landmark Communities and Managing Partner of Traditions of America since 2009. Mr. Reilly hasthirty years of experience in commercial and residential real estate development and planning, finance management and law. Mr. Reilly serves as a trustee ofLafayette College and also served as the Chairman of the Board of Trustees for the Lehigh Valley Health Network. He holds a Juris Doctor degree fromFordham University Law School and a bachelor degree in economics from Lafayette College. He is a Certified Public Accountant and a member of thePennsylvania Bar Association.Maura E. Topper was appointed as a director of our General Partner in May 2012. Ms. Topper is the daughter of Joseph V. Topper Jr., our Chairman of theboard of directors and Chief Executive Officer. From October 2010 to July 2012, Ms. Topper worked as a marketing account executive at MSGPromotions, Inc., an event marketing and management firm based in Allentown, Pennsylvania. Prior to joining MSG Promotions, Ms. Topper worked as asenior accountant in the audit practice of Deloitte & Touche LLP in New York from September of 2008 until September of 2010. In May 2008, Ms. Topperearned a Bachelor of Science degree in Accounting and a Bachelor of Science in Business (Finance) from Villanova University. Ms. Topper is currentlyenrolled in the Masters of Business Administration program at Columbia Business School where she was awarded a merit-based fellowship.Robert L. Wiss was appointed as a director of our General Partner in May 2012. Mr. Wiss retired in December 2009. Prior to retiring, Mr. Wiss was the co-founder and former President of CaseSoft, Inc., the developer of case analysis software tools for litigators and their clients. CaseSoft was sold to LexisNexis, adivision of Reed Elsevier Inc., in 2006. Mr. Wiss was a Vice President of LexisNexis until December 2009. Mr. Wiss began his career at IBM where he heldvarious marketing positions. He holds a Bachelor of Science degree in Accounting from Villanova University.Tracy A. Derstine was appointed Executive Vice President of Administration in May 2012. Ms. Derstine has worked for LGC since 1999. Ms. Derstine hasbeen the Vice President of Human Resources of LGC since February 2009. Prior to that, Ms. Derstine held the positions of Director of Human Resources fromOctober 2006 to February 2009 and Human Resources Administrator and Office Administrator from 1999 to October 2006. In her position as Executive VicePresident of Administration, Ms. Derstine oversees administrative departments for LGC including Human Resources, Safety, Information Technology andInsurance. Ms. Derstine has 14 years of experience in the wholesale and retail fuel distribution business and more than 30 years of human resource experience.She holds a Bachelor of Science/Bachelor of Arts degree in Management from Shippensburg University. Ms. Derstine is a member of Governor appointed PAWorkforce Investment Board.David F. Hrinak was appointed President of our General Partner in May 2012. Mr. Hrinak has been the President of LGC since September 2010. From 2005until September 2010, Mr. Hrinak served as the Vice President of Wholesale for LGC. Mr. Hrinak has 36 years of experience in the wholesale and retail fueldistribution business. Prior to joining LGC, Mr. Hrinak was the Branded Wholesale Manager at ConocoPhillips. In addition to ConocoPhillips, he has heldvarious leadership positions at BP and Mobil including Territory Manager, Sales and Business Consultant, Region Manager, and Wholesaler BusinessManager. 64 Table of ContentsFrank M. Macerato was appointed General Counsel, Secretary and Chief Compliance Officer of our General Partner in March 2013. Mr. Macerato has 19years of legal experience primarily in the areas of securities law, mergers and acquisitions, corporate governance and financial transactions and owned his ownpractice between 2012 and 2013 prior to joining Lehigh Gas. Mr. Macerato worked at Cytec Industries Inc. from 2008 to 2012 as Corporate Counsel andAssistant Secretary, and at EnerSys as Vice President, General Counsel and Assistant Secretary. He was a Shareholder at Stevens & Lee, a law firm inReading, PA and an Associate at Reed Smith, a law firm in Philadelphia, PA. Before becoming an attorney, Mr. Macerato held various management andengineering positions, primarily at Air Products and Chemicals, Inc. He holds a J.D. from the James E. Beasley School of Law at Temple University and anMBA in Management and Bachelor of Science in Chemical Engineering from Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute. He is licensed to practice law in Pennsylvaniaand New Jersey.Mark L. Miller was appointed Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of our General Partner in July 2012. He has been employed by LGC since 2004 as VicePresident of Acquisitions managing LGC’s acquisitions, divestitures, acquisition financing and working capital requirements. Prior to joining LGC,Mr. Miller was the Chief Financial Officer for several middle market companies in various industries. Mr. Miller also spent six years with Deloitte &Touche LLP. Mr. Miller holds a Bachelor of Science degree in Accounting from Northeastern University and is a Certified Public Accountant.David A. Sheaffer was appointed Chief Accounting Officer of our general partner in June 2013, following his employment by LGC as Director of FinancialReporting since November 2012. Prior to joining LGC, Mr. Sheaffer was Senior Manager of Financial Reporting for Graham Packaging Company, Inc., apublicly traded, specialty-packaging company, from June 2008 to November 2012 and was Manager of Technical Accounting and Financial Reporting for RiteAid Corporation, a publicly traded, pharmacy-retail chain, from March 2005 to June 2008. Mr. Sheaffer also has more than nine years of experience withpublic accounting firms. He holds a Bachelor of Science degree in Accounting from Elizabethtown College and is a Certified Public Accountant.Director IndependenceSection 303A of the New York Stock Exchange listed company manual provides that limited partnerships are not required to have a majority of independentdirectors. The Board of Directors has adopted a policy that the Board shall at all times have at least three independent directors or such higher number as maybe necessary to comply with the applicable federal securities law requirements. For the purposes of this policy, “independent director” has the meaning setforth in Section 10A(m) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, any applicable stock exchange rules and the rules and regulations promulgatedin the Partnership governance guidelines available on its webpage www.lehighgaspartners.com. The Board of Directors has determined that Ms. German andMessrs. Malloy, Miller, Reilly and Wiss are independent directors.Composition of the Board of DirectorsOur General Partner’s board of directors consists of eight members. The board of directors holds regular and special meetings at any time as may be necessary.Regular meetings may be held without notice on dates set by the board of directors from time to time. Special meetings of the board of directors or meetings ofany committee thereof may be held at the request of the Chairman of the board of directors or a majority of the board of directors (or a majority of the membersof such committee) upon at least two days (if the meeting is to be held in person) or 24 hours (if the meeting is to be held telephonically) prior oral or writtennotice to the other members of the board or committee or upon such shorter notice as may be approved by the directors or members of such committee. Aquorum for a regular or special meeting will exist when a majority of the members are participating in the meeting either in person or by telephone conference.Any action required or permitted to be taken at a board meeting may be taken without a meeting if such action is evidenced in writing and signed by a majorityof the members of the board of directors.Meeting of Non-Management Directors and Communications with DirectorsAt each of our five regularly scheduled meetings of the board of directors of our General Partner, all of our independent directors intend to meet in an executivesession without participation by management. A non-management director will preside over each executive session of the non-management directors, althoughthe same director is not required to preside over each session. Any non-management director may request that additional executive sessions of the non-management directors be held, and the presiding non-management director for the previous session will determine whether to call any such meeting.Unitholders or interested parties may communicate directly with the board of directors of our General Partner, any committee of the board of directors, anyindependent directors, or any one director, by sending written correspondence by mail addressed to the board, committee or director to the attention of ourSecretary at the following address: c/o Secretary, Lehigh Gas Partners LP, 702 West Hamilton Street, Suite 203, Allentown, PA 18101. Communications aredistributed to the board of directors, committee of the board of directors, or director, as appropriate, depending on the facts and circumstances outlined in thecommunication. Commercial solicitations or communications will not be forwarded. 65 Table of ContentsCommittees of the Board of DirectorsThe board of directors of our General Partner has established an audit committee, and even though not required by the NYSE, a compensation committee, anominating and corporate governance committee, a conflicts committee and an acquisitions committee. The charter for each of the committees is availablewithin the “Corporate Governance” section of our website at http://www.lehighgaspartners.com/investors/corporate-governance/page.aspx?id=1100. The Boardof Directors held six meetings during 2013, and each director attended at least 75% of the Board and respective committee meetings while she or he was adirector.Audit CommitteeMelinda B. German, John B. Reilly, III and Robert L. Wiss are the members of the audit committee. Mr. Reilly is the chair of the audit committee. As requiredby the NYSE, the audit committee is comprised entirely of directors who meet the financial literacy standards required of directors who serve on an auditcommittee in accordance with the rules and regulations established by the NYSE and the Exchange Act. The rules and regulations established by the NYSEand the Exchange Act also generally require that our audit committee consist entirely of independent directors. The board of directors of our General Partner hasdetermined that Ms. German and Messrs. Reilly and Wiss meet the independence standards required of audit committee members by the NYSE and theExchange Act. The board of directors of our General Partner has determined that Mr. Reilly is an “audit committee financial expert” as defined by SEC rules.The audit committee assists the board of directors in its oversight of the integrity of our financial statements and our compliance with legal and regulatoryrequirements and partnership policies and controls. The audit committee may also review and resolve matters that the board determines may involve a conflictof interest. The audit committee held eight meetings during 2013.Compensation CommitteeJohn F. Malloy, James H. Miller and Warren S. Kimber, Jr. are the members of the compensation committee. Mr. Malloy is the chair of the compensationcommittee. As required by the compensation committee charter, the compensation committee is comprised of a majority of independent directors, directors whoqualify as “non-employee directors” for purposes of Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act and “outside directors” for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code. Theboard of directors of our General Partner has determined that Messrs. Malloy and Miller meet the independence, “non-employee director” and “outside director”standards set forth in the compensation committee charter. The compensation committee is responsible for overseeing the compensation paid by us, if any, toour General Partner’s executive officers and directors. The compensation committee is also responsible for administering our long-term incentive plan andoverseeing our other benefit plans. The compensation committee held four meetings during 2013.Nominating and Corporate Governance CommitteeJames H. Miller, John B. Reilly, III and Maura E. Topper are the members of the nominating and corporate governance committee. Mr. Miller is the chair of thenominating and corporate governance committee. As required by the nominating and corporate governance committee charter, the nominating and corporategovernance committee is comprised of a majority of independent directors. The board of directors of our General Partner has determined that Messrs. Millerand Reilly meet the independence standards set forth in the nominating and corporate governance committee charter. The nominating and corporate governancecommittee is responsible for administering the director nominations process for our General Partner and the development and maintenance of our corporategovernance policies. The nominating and corporate governance committee held two meetings during 2013.Conflicts CommitteeMelinda B. German, John F. Malloy and Robert L. Wiss are the members of the conflicts committee. Pursuant to our partnership agreement, the members ofthe conflicts committee may not be officers or employees of our General Partner or directors, officers or employees of its affiliates, and must meet theindependence standards established by the NYSE and the Exchange Act to serve on an audit committee of a board of directors. The board of directors of ourGeneral Partner has determined that Ms. German and Messrs. Malloy and Wiss qualify to serve on the conflicts committee. The conflicts committee isresponsible for reviewing specific matters that the board of directors of our General Partner believes may involve conflicts of interest. The conflicts committeedetermines if the resolution of the conflict is fair and reasonable to our partnership. The conflicts committee held three meetings during 2013. 66 Table of ContentsAcquisitions CommitteeDuring 2013, our General Partner’s Board of Directors formed an acquisitions committee and among other things, delegated authority to the acquisitioncommittee to approve investments, acquisitions and divestitures in an amount not to exceed $50 million per transaction. Warren S. Kimber, Jr., John B.Reilly, III, Maura E. Topper, Robert L. Wiss and Joseph V. Topper, Jr are the members of the acquisitions committee. Mr. Topper is the chair of theacquisitions committee. As required by the acquisitions committee charter, at least one member of the acquisitions committee shall also be a director who is amember of the conflicts committee and must meet the independence standards required of directors who serve on an audit committee under Rule 10A-3 of theExchange Act and the rules of the NYSE. The board of directors of our General Partner has determined that Mr. Wiss, a member of the conflicts committee,meets these requirements. The acquisitions committee held two meetings during 2013.Meetings of UnitholdersOur partnership agreement provides that the General Partner manages and operates us and that, unlike holders of common stock in a corporation, unitholdersonly have limited voting rights on matters affecting our business or governance. Accordingly, we do not hold annual meetings of unitholders.Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting ComplianceSection 16(a) of the Exchange Act requires our General Partner’s board of directors and officers, and persons who own more than 10% of a class of our equitysecurities registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act, to file reports of beneficial ownership and reports of changes in beneficial ownership of suchsecurities with the SEC. Directors, officers and greater than 10% unitholders are required by SEC regulations to furnish to us copies of all Section 16(a)forms they file with the SEC.SEC regulations require us to identify in this Form 10-K anyone who filed a required report late during the most recent fiscal year. Based on our review offorms we received, or written representations from reporting persons stating that they were not required to file these forms, we believe that during fiscal 2013,all Section 16(a) filing requirements were satisfied on a timely basis.Code of Conduct and Business ConductThe board of directors of our General Partner has adopted a Code of Ethics and Business Conduct that applies to directors and executive officers of LehighGas GP LLC, all employees of LGC and certain of our operating subsidiaries and any other person performing similar functions. Our General Partner alsoexpects all employees of LGC performing services for the Partnership and its operating subsidiaries to adhere to the Code of Ethics and Business Conduct.Amendments to or waivers from the Code of Ethics and Business Conduct will be disclosed on our website. The board of directors of our General Partner hasalso adopted Governance Guidelines that outline important policies and practices regarding our governance.We make available free of charge, within the “Corporate Governance” section of our website at http://www.lehighgaspartners.com/investors/corporate-governance/page.aspx?id=1100, and in print to any unitholder who so requests, the Code of Ethics and Business Conduct and the Governance Guidelines.Requests for print copies may be directed to Investor Relations at info@lehighgaspartners.com or to Investor Relations, Lehigh Gas Partners LP, 702 W.Hamilton St., Suite 203, Allentown, PA 18101 or made by telephone at (610) 625-8126. The information contained on, or connected to, our website is notincorporated by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10-K and should not be considered part of this or any other report that we file with or furnish to theSEC.Reimbursement of Expenses of Our General PartnerExcept as otherwise set forth in our omnibus agreement, our partnership agreement requires us to reimburse our General Partner for all direct and indirectexpenses it incurs or payments it makes on our behalf and all other expenses reasonably allocable to us or otherwise incurred by our General Partner inconnection with operating our business. The partnership agreement does not limit the amount of expenses for which our General Partner and its affiliates maybe reimbursed. These expenses include salary, bonus, incentive compensation and other amounts paid to persons who perform services for us or on our behalfand expenses allocated to our General Partner by its affiliates. Our General Partner is entitled to determine in good faith the expenses that are allocable to us.Please read “Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions and Director Independence—Omnibus Agreement.” 67 Table of ContentsITEM 11.EXECUTIVE COMPENSATIONCompensation Discussion and AnalysisThis Compensation Discussion and Analysis (“CD&A”) discusses the principles underlying our General Partner’s compensation programs and the keyexecutive compensation decisions that were made during 2013. It also explains the most important factors relevant to such decisions. This CD&A providescontext and background for the compensation earned and awarded to our named executive officers (“NEOs”) under the 2012 Incentive Award Plan (“IAP”) andthe 2013 Performance-Based Equity Program by us, as reflected in the compensation tables that follow the CD&A. Our NEOs for 2013 were as follows: • Joseph V. Topper, Jr., Chief Executive Officer • Mark L. Miller, Chief Financial Officer • David F. Hrinak, President • Tracy Derstine, Executive Vice President, Administration • Frank Macerato, General Counsel, Secretary & Chief Compliance OfficerOverviewNeither we nor our general partner directly employs any of the persons responsible for managing our business. All of our General Partner’s executive officersand other personnel necessary for managing our business are employees of LGC. However, the Board of Directors of our General Partner, or the Board,believes it is important to promote the interests of the Partnership and the General Partner by providing incentive compensation awards to employees of LGC,who perform services for us or on our behalf, for their service. Accordingly, pursuant to our partnership agreement, the General Partner is permitted to, andhas adopted, IAP and the related Performance-Based Equity Awards Program (the “Performance Program” and, together with the IAP, the “Partnership’sIncentive Compensation Program”). The Partnership’s Incentive Compensation Program is administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board(referred to as the “Committee” in this CD&A) which is responsible for administering the Partnership’s Incentive Compensation Program and granting awardsto the General Partner’s or LGC’s officers and employees under the IAP and the Performance Program. The members of the Committee are John M. Malloy(Chairman), Warren S. Kimber, Jr. James H. Miller, each of whom is independent under the rules of the NYSE.Under the terms of the omnibus agreement with LGC, we pay an annual administrative fee of $5.0 million per year to LGC for the provision of general andadministrative services. The general and administrative services covered by the annual administrative fee include, without limitation, executive managementservices of LGC employees, financial and administrative services, information technology services, legal services, health, safety and environmental services,human resources services and insurance administration. No service covered by the administrative fee is assigned any particular value individually. At the endof each calendar year, we will have the right to submit to LGC a proposal to reduce the amount of the management fee for such year if we believe that theservices performed by LGC do not justify payment of the amount of management fees paid by us for such year. In addition, LGC has the right, at the end ofeach calendar year, to submit to us a proposal to increase the amount of the management fee for such year if LGC believes that the services performed by LGCjustify an increase in the management fee. If any such proposal is submitted, we will negotiate with LGC to determine if the management fee for such yearshould be reduced or increased, and, if so, the amount of such reduction or increase. In addition, upon a material change in our structure or our business, theconflicts committee of our general partner, which is comprised of independent directors, will review the management fee. If the conflicts committee determinesthat, based on a change in our structure or our business, the management fee should be modified or otherwise altered, we will negotiate with LGC to determinethe appropriate modification or alteration of the management fee Although our NEOs, provide services to both LGC and us, no portion of the administrative feeis specifically allocated to services provided by our NEOs to us. Instead, the administrative fee covers all centralized services provided to us by LGC, and wedo not reimburse LGC for the cost of such services. Except for awards under the Partnership’s Incentive Compensation Program, LGC and its board ofdirectors have the decision-making authority with respect to the compensation of our NEOs, subject to Committee approval.Roles and ResponsibilitiesThe Committee. The Committee is responsible for reviewing and approving the compensation under the IAP of the chief executive officer (“CEO”) and, withthe recommendation of our CEO, the compensation of the other executive officers, and for administering the Partnership’s Incentive Compensation Program.The Committee met four times in 2013. The CEO generally attends the Committee meetings, but is excused during discussions of the CEO compensationarrangements. The Committee, among other duties, determines (a) the annual incentives and long-term incentives awarded to our NEOs; (b) the criteria forachieving annual and long-term incentive awards; and (c) whether the conditions for the payment of awards have been met. The Committee periodicallyreviews all of the elements of our executive compensation program to make sure they are consistent with our business strategy and unit holder interests and thatour incentive compensation programs remain competitive in light of changing trends, practices and market conditions while not encouraging excessive risktaking. The Committee also evaluates its own performance annually. 68 Table of ContentsThe Committee’s Independent Consultant. The Committee has in the past retained, and expects to annually retain in the future, an independent compensationconsultant to provide expertise and guidance on executive compensation program design, market place trends and best practices. As part of the 2013 annualexecutive compensation review, the Committee retained Pay Governance, LLC (“Pay Governance”) as their independent executive compensation consultant. Toassist the Committee with compensation decisions regarding fiscal year 2013, Pay Governance provided the Committee with an analysis on generalmarketplace practices. Pay Governance does not provide any other services to the Partnership and has not had any prior relationship with any of our executiveofficers. In compliance with the SEC and the NYSE disclosure requirements regarding the independence of compensation consultants, Pay Governance hasaffirmed their independence with regard to their partners, consultants and employees who provide services to the Committee on executive compensationmatters.The Committee and Management. Each year, the CEO and the Executive Vice President, Administration, who has overall responsibility for Human Resources,review with the Committee the general marketplace compensation data and information provided by the Committee’s independent compensation consultant.Based on feedback from the Committee regarding this data and the CEO’s subjective view of each executive officer’s performance, the CEO and ExecutiveVice President, Administration recommend annual incentive targets and annual grants of long-term incentives for each NEO, other than the CEO, TheCommittee reviews these recommendations along with other general marketplace data, and determines the final annual incentive targets and annual grants oflong-term incentive awards for all executive officers, other than the CEO. The Committee reviews this data for the CEO and the performance of the CEO anddetermines the CEO’s incentive awards. Except as described above, the CEO does not participate in this process. Management also reviews policies and plansthat impact executive compensation and benefits and makes appropriate recommendations regarding these policies and plans to the Committee based on generalmarketplace data, best practice and good corporate governance.Compensation Objectives and PhilosophyOur 2013 NEO compensation framework was designed to reward our NEOs for their efforts with respect to our initial public offering (which was completed in2012), provide retention incentives for our NEOs and incent our NEOs to increase the value of our common units. Our compensation program is intended to: • motivate and retain our General Partner’s key executives; • align the long-term economic interests of our General Partner’s executives with those of our unit holders; and • reward excellence and performance by our General Partner’s executives that increases the value of our units.These objectives govern the Compensation Committee’s decisions with respect to the amount of awards made under the IAP to our NEOs.At present, our Incentive Compensation Program consists of two elements: long-term incentives in the form of awards under the IAP and a Performance-BasedBonus Program.Elements of Executive CompensationOur executive compensation programs are designed to reflect the philosophy and objectives described above. The elements of executive pay are presented in thetable below and discussed in more detail in the following paragraphs. Component Type of Payment/Benefit PurposeBase Salary (paidby LGC) Fixed cash payments with each executive generally eligible for annualincrease. Not applicable: all base salaries are paid by LGC.Long-term Incentives Phantom Units and Profits Interests Align long-term interests of NEOs with those of our publicunitholders by rewarding for performance based performanceand growth.Annual Incentives Performance-based annual cash payment. Reward excellence and performance. Focus on company-widegoals. 69 Table of ContentsOur compensation philosophy for our NEOs has been driven by the need to recruit, develop, motivate and retain top talent both in the short-term and long-term. The same compensation philosophy has been applied to all levels of managerial employees. The Committee considers other factors, which may includeinternal pay equity and consistency and the NEO’s job responsibilities, management experience, individual contributions, number of years in his or herposition and recent compensation adjustments, as well as other relevant considerations (with no particular weighting assigned to any of these factors). Ouremphasis on variable or “at risk” components of incentive pay results in actual compensation based on the achievement of the objectives established in ourannual and long-term incentive plans and changes in the value of our common units. While the Committee believes that each compensation component shouldbe considered separately and that payments or awards derived from one component should not negate or reduce payments or awards derived from othercomponents, the components are considered within the context of each executive’s total compensation.The Committee has not adopted any formal or informal policies or guidelines for allocating compensation between long-term and annual compensation oramong different forms of non-cash compensation. However, our strategy includes ongoing evaluation and adaptation, as necessary, of our compensationprograms to ensure continued alignment between company performance and pay.Cash Compensation Except as described below, we have not directly paid, and do not intend to directly pay, any cash compensation to our named executiveofficers.Effective as of July 22, 2013, the Compensation Committee, upon request by LGC and with input from Pay Governance LLC, its independent compensationconsultant, decided to change the structure of Mr. Topper’s base compensation. In lieu of cash, the Compensation Committee granted Mr. Topper 6,304common units under the IAP. The value of these units on the date of grant was equal to the amount of cash Mr. Topper would have received as base cashcompensation for the period beginning on July 22, 2013, and ending on December 31, 2013. Because base compensation is paid by LGC, LGC reimbursed usfor the value of the units in the amount of $170,523, which was based on the closing price of the Partnership’s publicly traded common units on the date justprior to the grant date. This decision was made to further align Mr. Topper’s personal interests with those of our unit holders.Long Term Incentives. Our General Partner adopted the IAP for employees, officers, consultants and directors of our General Partner and any of its affiliates,including LGC, who perform services for us. The IAP provides for the grant of restricted units, unit options, performance awards, phantom units, unitawards, unit appreciation rights, distribution equivalent rights and other unit-based awards. Generally, we grant long-term incentive awards on or aboutMarch 15 of each year in conjunction with the review of other elements of total compensation. We do not time IAP grants in coordination with the release ofmaterial non-public information.In consideration for their efforts to our successful IPO, and at the sole discretion of the Committee, our General Partner granted 449,662 phantom unitawards, as adjusted for any applicable forfeitures, to employees of LGC during 2013, 147,502 of which were to our NEOs. These awards are subject torestrictions on transferability and substantial risk of forfeiture and are intended to retain and motivate our NEOs. A phantom unit represents a notionalcommon unit granted under the IAP which, upon vesting, entitles the phantom unit holder to receive (as determined by the Committee in its discretion) either acommon unit or an amount of cash equal to the fair market value of a common unit. The phantom units have a three year vesting period so long as the awardrecipient remains in continuous service with us, our General Partner or any of our General Partner’s affiliates and any forfeiture restrictions lapse uponvesting. No distributions are payable to the holders of any phantom unit award until such award vests and converts to common units, and then only if andwhen distributions are made by us to our common unit holders. The amounts of the awards granted to the NEOs were based on the CEO’s recommendations,considering factors such as scope of responsibility, longevity with the Partnership’s predecessor and performance.Effective March 6, 2014, the Committee approved a new type of other unit-based award: profits interests. Profits interests are represented by Class B Units ofour wholly-owned subsidiary, LGP Operations LLC (“Operations”), which are designed to constitute “profits interests” within the meaning of the InternalRevenue Code and published Internal Revenue Service guidance and will generally not be taxed at the time of grant, though the holder will be required to reporton his income tax return his allocable share of Operations’ income, gain, loss, deduction, and credit, regardless of whether Operations makes a distribution ofcash. Instead, such units are generally taxed upon a disposition of the unit or distributions of money to the extent that such amounts received exceed the basisin the units. Generally, no deduction is available to the Partnership or Operations upon the grant, vesting or disposition of the long-term incentive Class BUnits. The profits interests are subject to vesting schedules determined by the Committee. Holders of vested Class B Units are entitled to receive distributionsfrom us generally on the same terms as our common unit holders and vested Class B Units are redeemable for our common units beginning on the secondanniversary of the grant date at a conversion ratio of not greater than 1:1. 70 Table of ContentsPerformance-Based Equity Awards Program. Our NEO’s participate in the Performance Program. Pursuant to this program, each NEO will receive a certainpercentage of his or her actual base salary (which is paid by LGC), as shown below, as a performance bonus if the Partnership achieves certain performancegoals in 2013. The annual incentive opportunity percentage is determined solely at the discretion of the Committee, but is generally based on the level ofaccountability and future potential of each executive and the achievement of outstanding individual results. Name 2013 Annual Incentive Opportunityas a % of Base Salary Joseph V. Topper 100% Mark L. Miller 75% David F. Hrinak 75% Tracy Derstine 50% Frank Macerato 50% The 2013 Performance-Based Equity Awards Program for executive officers, as determined by the Committee, was based on the achievement of pre-determinedtargets for earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortization, as adjusted for acquisitions and certain extraordinary expenses (“EBITDA”) weighted at70%, and growth weighted at 30%. The Committee believed the EBITDA goal reflects how we have performed in all areas of managing our business, and thegrowth goal, which is measured by the dollar value of acquisitions which are within the Partnership’s pre-determined valuation formulas, is a key driver ingrowing the value of the Partnership.The EBITDA and Growth goals for 2013 were: Measure 20% of Payout 80% of Payout 100% of PayoutEBITDA (as adjusted) 90% of EBITDA target 100% of EBITDA target 110% of EBITDA targetGrowth 90% of Growth target 100% of Growth target 110% of Growth targetThe goals are thresholds - no additional incentive is earned for surpassing a payout level until the next level is met. In no event can a participant earn more than100% of the annual incentive opportunity. The actual performance bonus will be paid 100% in phantom units or profits interests, one-third of which will veston each anniversary of the grant date until fully vested. However, the Committee has retained the discretion to pay up to 40% of the performance bonus in cashto the participants before the grant date. For 2013, the NEOs earned 38% of the annual incentive opportunity. This percentage equals weighted average result ofthe Partnership’s meeting the minimum threshold for the EBITDA portion, resulting in a 20% payout with respect to the EBITDA component and meeting the100% target for the Growth component, resulting in an 80% payout for the Growth component.The following are the dollar amounts that each of our NEOs earned under the Performance Plan for 2013: Joseph V. Topper $152,491 Mark L. Miller $85,497 David F. Hrinak $85,500 Tracy Derstine $43,588 Frank Macerato $32,885 Amounts payable under this plan are paid in either phantom units or profits interests, at the election of the recipient. The recipient may also elect to receive upto 40% of the amount payable in cash. The total number of phantom units and profits interests will be determined on or before March 14 of this year and willbe based on the closing price of our common units on the NYSE on March 13.PerquisitesWe do not provide any fringe benefits or perquisites to our NEOs.Severance and Change in Control BenefitsWe do not provide any severance or change of control benefits to our NEOs.Other BenefitsWe do not maintain a defined benefit pension plan for our NEOs nor do we provide a basic benefits package. 71 Table of ContentsEmployment AgreementsNeither LGC nor our General Partner has entered into any employment agreements with any of our NEO’s.Relation of Compensation Policies and Practices to Risk ManagementLGC’s policies and practices are designed to provide rewards for short-term and long-term performance, both on an individual and partnership basis. Ingeneral, optimal financial and operational performance, particularly in a competitive business, requires some degree of risk-taking. Accordingly, the use ofcompensation as an incentive for performance can foster the potential for management and others to take unnecessary or excessive risks to reach performancethresholds that qualify them for additional compensation.From a risk management perspective, our policy is to conduct our commercial activities within pre-defined risk parameters that are closely monitored and arestructured in a manner intended to control and minimize the potential for unwarranted risk-taking. We also routinely monitor and measure the execution andperformance of our operations and acquisitions relative to expectations.We expect our compensation arrangements to contain a number of design elements that serve to minimize the incentive for taking unwarranted risk to achieveshort-term, unsustainable results. Those elements include delaying the rewards and subjecting such rewards to forfeiture for terminations related to violationsof our risk management policies and practices or of our Code of Ethics and Business.In combination with our risk-management practices, we do not believe that risks arising from our compensation policies and practices for our employees arereasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on us.Pension BenefitsCurrently, we do not, and do not intend to, provide pension benefits to our NEOs. Our General Partner may revisit this policy in the future.Nonqualified Deferred CompensationCurrently, we do not, and do not intend to, sponsor or adopt a nonqualified deferred compensation plan. Our General Partner may revisit this policy in thefuture.Unit Ownership RequirementsOur General Partner does not have any express unit ownership requirements.Guidelines for Trades by InsidersWe maintain a Window Trading Policy that governs trading in our units by officers and directors required to report under Section 16 of the Exchange Act, aswell as certain other employees who may have regular access to material non-public information about us. These policies include pre-approval requirements forall trades and periodic trading “black-out” periods designed with reference to our quarterly financial reporting schedule. We also require pre-approval of alltrading plans adopted pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 promulgated under the Exchange Act. To mitigate the potential for abuse, no trades are allowed under a tradingplan within 30 days after adoption. In addition, we discourage termination or amendment of trading plans by prohibiting trades under new or amended planswithin 30 days following a plan termination or amendment. In addition, this policy prohibits (a) speculative transactions in our units such as short sales,puts, calls or other similar transactions in an effort to hedge certain economic risks or otherwise; (b) holding securities of the Partnership in a margin account;and (c) pledging Partnership securities as collateral for loans. A copy of our Window Trading Policy is available within the “Corporate Governance” section ofour website at http://www.lehighgaspartners.com/investors/corporate-governance/page.aspx?id=1100. 72 Table of ContentsImpact of Regulatory RequirementsDeductibility of Executive Compensation. In 1993, the federal tax laws were amended to limit the deduction a publicly-held company is allowed forcompensation paid to the chief executive officer and to the four most highly compensated executive officers other than the chief executive officer. Generally,amounts paid in excess of $1.0 million to a covered executive, other than performance-based compensation, cannot be deducted. In order to constituteperformance-based compensation for purposes of the tax law, stockholders must approve the performance measures. Because the Partnership does notanticipate that the non-performance-based compensation for any executive officer will exceed the $1.0 million threshold in the near term, stockholder approvalnecessary to maintain the tax deductibility of compensation at or above that level is not being requested. We will reconsider this matter if compensation levelsapproach this threshold, in light of the tax laws then in effect. We will consider ways to maximize the deductibility of executive compensation, while retainingthe discretion necessary to compensate executive officers in a manner commensurate with performance and the competitive environment for executive talent.Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation. On October 22, 2004, the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 was signed into law, changing the tax rules applicable tonon-qualified deferred compensation arrangements. We believe we are in compliance with the statutory provisions which were effective January 1, 2005, andthe regulations which became effective on January 1, 2009.Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation. We account for stock-based compensation in accordance with the requirements of FASB ASC Topic 718 for allof our stock-based compensation plans. See Note 17 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for theyear ended December 31, 2013, for a discussion of all assumptions made in the calculation of this amount.Policy on Recovery of Compensation. Our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer are required to repay certain bonuses and stock-basedcompensation they receive if we are required to restate our financial statements as a result of misconduct as required by Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Actof 2002.Committee ReportThe members of the Committee have reviewed and discussed the Compensation Discussion and Analysis required by Item 402(b) of Regulation S-K withmanagement and, based on such review and discussions, the Committee recommended to the Board of our general partner that the Compensation Discussionand Analysis be included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.The members of the Committee have submitted this Report to the Board of Directors as of March 6, 2014:John M. Malloy (Chairman)Warren S. Kimber, Jr.James H. Miller 73 Table of Contents2013 Summary Compensation TableThe following Summary Compensation Table sets forth the compensation for our NEOs: our Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Topper: our Chief FinancialOfficer, Mr. Miller, and our General Partner’s three other most highly compensated executive officers for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013. Name and Principal Position Fiscal Year(1) Salary($)(2)(3) StockAwards($)(4) All OtherCompensation($)(5) Total($) Joseph V. Topper, Jr.Chief Executive Officer 2013 $170,523 $152,491 $323,014 Mark L. MillerChief Financial Officer 2013 $1,222,715 $85,497 $1,308,212 David F HrinakPresident 2013 $1,358,570 $85,500 $1,444,070 Tracy A. DerstineExecutive Vice President, Administration 2013 $649,602 $43,588 $693,190 Frank M. MaceratoGeneral Counsel, Secretary & Chief Compliance Officer 2013 $110,034 $32,885 $142,919 (1)Our NEOs did not receive any compensation from us in 2012.(2)Represents the dollar value of the 6,304 common units issued to Mr. Topper. LGC reimbursed us for this amount.(3)As noted above, other than awards under the Performance Program, the value of which is provided under “All Other Compensation,” and the grants ofphantom units under the IAP, no other compensation is reported for the NEOs as none of their compensation was paid by us for 2013.(4)This column represents the aggregate grant date fair value computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718 for financial statement reportingpurposes for the phantom units granted under the IAP. Fair value is calculated using the closing price of our units on the date of grant. The per unit grantdate fair value for the 2013 grants was $22.65. Assumptions used in the calculation of this amount are included in Note 17 to our audited financialstatements for the 2013 fiscal year included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.(5)This amount represents the dollar amount due our NEOs under the Performance Program. Under the Performance Program, the NEOs will have theability to elect to receive either phantom units or profits interests on or about March 10, 2014. In addition, the Committee may elect to pay up to 40% ofthe amount due in cash. The number of phantom units or profits interests will be determined based on the closing price of our common units on theNYSE on the grant date, which is expected to be March 14, 2014.Grants of Plan Based Awards in 2013The following table provides information regarding plan-based awards granted to our NEOs during fiscal year 2013. Name GrantDate All OtherStockAwards:(#)(1) Grant Date Fair Value of Units andOption Awards (2) Joseph Topper 3/15/2013 — — Mark Miller 3/15/2013 53,983 $1,222,715 David F. Hrinak 3/15/2013 59,981 1,358,570 Tracy A. Derstine 3/15/2013 28,680 649,602 Frank Macerato 3/15/2013 4,858 110,034 (1)Represents phantom units granted under the IAP. 74 Table of Contents(2)This column represents the aggregate grant date fair value computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718 for financial statement reportingpurposes for the phantom units granted under the IAP. Fair value is calculated using the closing price of our units on the date of grant. The per unit grantdate fair value for the 2013 grants was $22.65. Assumptions used in the calculation of this amount are included in Note 17 to our audited financialstatements for the 2013 fiscal year included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.Outstanding Equity Awards at December 31, 2013The following table provides information regarding the number of outstanding equity awards held by our NEOs at December 31, 2013. Unit Awards Name Number ofUnits ThatHave NotVested (#)(1) Market Value ofUnits ThatHaveNot Vested($)(2) Joseph V Topper, Jr. — — Mark Miller 53,983 $1,543,914 David C. Hrinak 59,981 $1,715,457 Tracy Derstine 28,680 $820,248 Frank Macerato 4,858 $138,940 (1)All awards in this column are phantom units which vest ratably every year beginning March 15, 2014, through March 15, 2016.(2)Amounts in this column are based upon a fair market value of $28.60 per unit which was the NYSE closing price of our common units onDecember 31, 2013.Option Exercises and Stock Vested in 2013No phantom unit awards vested during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, and therefore no value was realized on vesting of any such awards.Additionally, we have not issued any options.Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change-in-ControlVesting with respect to equity compensation awards that a NEO holds at the time of a change in control may be accelerated at the discretion of thecompensation committee including upon a change in control or upon various termination events, but for purposes of this disclosure we have assumed that noawards will receive accelerated treatment. As of December 31, 2013, none of the NEOs was entitled to payments upon a change in control or a termination ofemployment pursuant to any employment agreement, severance agreement or change in control agreement.Compensation of Directors in 2013Officers or employees of LGC, our General Partner or our operating subsidiaries who also serve as directors of our General Partner do not receive additionalcompensation for their service as a director of our General Partner. For 2013, directors who were not officers or employees of LGC, our General Partner or ouroperating subsidiaries were entitled to receive compensation packages consisting of an annual retainer of $20,000 and an annual grant of common units havinga fair market value on the date of grant of $20,000. Each of the directors entitled to receive such compensation elected to receive units in lieu of the cashretainer. Because our policy is generally to only grant equity awards on March 15th of each year, the grant to the directors for the entire amount of theircompensation,. $40,000, will occur on March 15, 2014, and will be vested at grant. Further, for each meeting of the board of directors and each committeemeeting a non-employee director attends, he or she receives $1,000 and $500, respectively. The chair of each committee receives an additional retainer of$5,000 annually.For 2014, the board of directors of the General Partner, upon a recommendation of the sole member of the General Partner, elected to increase the value of theannual compensation package for each non-employee director to $55,000. On March 14, 2014, each director, at his/her option, will receive a grant of eitherphantom units or profits interests, valued based on the closing price of our common units on March 13, 2014. Such grant will vest on March 15, 2015,provided such director has served continuously on the board through December 31, 2014. Each director may elect to receive $5,000 in cash per quarter($20,000 annually) in lieu of an equivalent value of his/her equity grant. No changes were made to the meeting fees or fees for serving as a committee chair.In addition, non-employee directors are reimbursed for all out-of-pocket expenses in connection with attending meetings of the board of directors or committees.Each director is fully indemnified by us for actions associated with being a director to the extent permitted under Delaware law. 75 Table of ContentsThe following table sets forth certain information concerning the compensation earned by our directors for the year ended December 31, 2013: (i) the aggregatedollar amount of all fees earned in cash for services as a director, (ii) the dollar value of the phantom units or profits interests to be granted to the directors onMarch 15, 2014 and (iii) the total compensation earned by each director. Name Fees Earned orPaid in Cash($) All othercompensation($)(1) Total($) Warren S. Kimber, Jr. 7,000 40,000 47,000 John F. Malloy 10,250 40,000 50,250 James H. Miller 9,250 40,000 49,250 John B. Reilly, III 8,750 40,000 48,750 Maura E. Topper 7,500 40,000 47,500 Robert L. Wiss 10,750 40,000 50,750 (1)This amount represents the dollar amount paid to our directors under the IAP. Under the IAP, the directors will have the ability to elect to receive eitherphantom units or profits interests on or prior to March 14, 2014. The number of phantom units or profits interests will be determined based on theclosing price of our common units on March 13, 2014.The directors did not have any outstanding equity awards at December 31, 2013.Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider ParticipationMessrs. Malloy, Miller and Kimber served on the Committee during 2013. There are no interlocking relationships requiring disclosure pursuant toItem 407(e)(4)(iii). 76 Table of ContentsITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED UNITHOLDERMATTERSAs of February 17, 2014, the following table sets forth the beneficial ownership of our common and subordinated units that are owned by: • each person known by us to be a beneficial owner of more than 5% of our outstanding common units; • our General Partner; • each director and named executive officer of our General Partner; and • all of the directors and named executive officers of our General Partner, as a group. Name of Beneficial Owner (1) CommonUnitsBeneficiallyOwned Percentageof CommonUnitsBeneficiallyOwned SubordinatedUnitsBeneficiallyOwned Percentage ofSubordinatedUnitsBeneficiallyOwned Percentageof TotalUnitsBeneficiallyOwned Oppenheimer Funds, Inc. (2) 1,385,693 12.33% — — 7.38% Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P. (3) 1,015,000 9.03% — — 5.41% Lehigh Gas GP LLC (4) — — — — — Lehigh Gas Corporation (5) — — 3,732,218 49.60% 19.89% Joseph V. Topper, Jr. (5)(6)(7) 562,321 5.00% 6,786,499 90.19% 39.15% Energy Realty Partners, LLC (5) 487,270 4.33% 1,334,259 17.73% 9.71% Mark L. Miller 17,994 * — — * David F. Hrinak 19,994 * — — * Frank M. Macerato 3,219 * — — * Tracy A. Derstine 12,060 * — — * John B. Reilly, III (8) 111,080 0.99% 738,501 9.81% 4.53% Warren S. Kimber, Jr. 5,174 * * — * Melinda B. German — — — — — John F. Malloy 20,398 * * * * James H. Miller 80,174 * * * * Maura E. Topper 174 * * * * Robert L. Wiss 60,174 * * * * All executive officers and directors as a group (13 persons) 893,762 5.99% 7,525,000 100% 43.68% *Less than 1%(1)The address of each individual or entity named in the table above, other than Oppenheimer Funds, Inc. and Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P., isc/o Lehigh Gas GP LLC, 702 West Hamilton Street, Suite 203, Allentown, PA 18101.(2)Oppenheimer Funds, Inc. as of December 31, 2013, (i) shared power to vote 1,385,693 shares, and (ii) shared power to dispose of 1,385,693 shares;and which reports beneficial ownership for Oppenheimer SteelPath MLP Income Fund as of December 31, 2013, (i) sole power to vote 1,370,422 shares,and (ii) shared power to dispose of 1,370,422 shares according to its Schedule 13G filed on February 6, 2014. The address for Oppenheimer Funds,Inc. is Two World Financial Center, 225 Liberty Street, New York, NY 10281.(3)Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P., together with GS Investment Strategies, LLC as of December 31, 2013, (i) shared power to vote 1,015,000shares, and (ii) shared power to dispose of 1,015,000 shares according to their Schedule 13G filed on February 13, 2014. The address for GoldmanSachs Asset Management, L.P. is 200 West Street, New York, NY 10282.(4)Lehigh Gas GP LLC is wholly owned by Lehigh Gas Corporation.(5)The units shown as beneficially owned by Joseph V. Topper, Jr. include units beneficially owned by entities that are controlled by Mr. Topper, includingLehigh Gas Corporation and Energy Realty Partners, LLC. The units that are beneficially owned by Mr. Topper by way of his control of Lehigh GasCorporation and Energy Realty Partners, LLC are also shown as beneficially owned by those entities in the table above. 77 Table of Contents(6)Mr. Topper, as the President, Chief Executive Officer and sole director of Lehigh Gas Corporation and as a trustee of a trust that is the sole shareholderof Lehigh Gas Corporation, may be deemed to have beneficial ownership of the units beneficially owned by Lehigh Gas Corporation. The unitsbeneficially owned by Lehigh Gas Corporation are included in the number of units shown as beneficially owned by Mr. Topper in the table above.(7)Mr. Topper, as the sole manager and indirect owner of Energy Realty Partners, LLC, may be deemed to have beneficial ownership of the unitsbeneficially owned by Energy Realty Partners, LLC. The units beneficially owned by Energy Realty Partners, LLC are included in the number ofunits shown as beneficially owned by Mr. Topper in the table above.(8)John B. Reilly, III may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of 738,501 subordinated units beneficially owned by the 2008 Irrevocable Agreementof Trust of John B. Reilly, Jr. (the “Reilly Trust”) in his capacity as one of two trustees of the Reilly Trust.Securities Authorized For Issuance under Equity Compensation PlansThe following table summarizes information about our equity compensation plans as of December 31, 2013: Plan Category Number of securities to beissued upon exercise ofoutstanding options,warrants and rights (1) Weighted-averageexercise price ofoutstanding options,warrants andrights Number of securitiesremainingavailable for futureissuanceunder equitycompensation plans Equity compensation plans approved by security holders: Lehigh Gas Partners LP 2012 Incentive Award Plan (1) 433,373 n/a 1,071,627 (1)Does not include phantom units or profits interests to be granted on March 14, 2014. ITEM 13.CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONSAs of March 3, 2014, Mr. Topper and entities controlled by him, including LGC, owned 562,321 common units and 6,786,499 subordinated unitsrepresenting a 39.15% limited partner interest in us. A trust of which Mr. Topper is a trustee owns 85% of our incentive distribution rights. In addition,Mr. Topper indirectly controls our General Partner through his ownership and control of LGC, which has a 100% membership interest in our General Partner.As of March 3, 2014, Mr. Reilly and a trust of which Mr. Reilly is a trustee, collectively owned 111,080 common units and 738,501 subordinated unitsrepresenting a 4.53% limited partner interest in us and 15% of our incentive distribution rights. Our General Partner owns a non-economic General Partnerinterest in us.The terms of the transactions and agreements disclosed in this section were determined by and among affiliated entities and, consequently, are not the result ofarm’s length negotiations. Such terms are not necessarily at least as favorable to the parties to these transactions and agreements as the terms which could havebeen obtained from unaffiliated third parties.Distributions and Payments to LGC and our General Partner and Certain Related PartiesThe following table summarizes the distributions and payments to be made by us to our General Partner and its affiliates, including Mr. Topper, LGC andcertain related parties, in connection with the ongoing operation of our business and distributions and payments that would be made by us if we were toliquidate in accordance with the terms of our partnership agreement. 78 Table of ContentsOperational Stage Distributions to our General Partner, LGCand its affiliates, Messrs. Topper andReilly and a trust of which Mr. Reilly isa trustee We will generally make cash distributions to the unitholders, including LGC and its affiliates, Messrs. Topperand Reilly and a trust of which Mr. Reilly is a trustee. Assuming we have sufficient cash available for distribution to pay the full minimum quarterly distribution onall of our outstanding units for four quarters, LGC and its affiliates, Messrs. Topper and Reilly and a trust ofwhich Mr. Reilly is a trustee would receive an annual distribution of $14.3 million, collectively, on theircommon units and subordinated units. If distributions exceed the minimum quarterly distribution and other higher target levels, the holders of theincentive distribution rights are entitled to increasing percentages of the distributions, up to 50.0% of thedistributions above the highest target level. Cash distributions to our General Partner, LGC and its affiliates, Messrs. Topper and Reilly and a trust ofwhich Mr. Reilly is a trustee amounted to $14.1 million in 2013.Payments to our General Partner and itsaffiliates We pay LGC a management fee, which is an amount equal to (1) $420,000 per month plus (2) $0.0025 for eachgallon of motor fuel we distribute per month for management, administrative and operating services for us. Wereimburse our General Partner and LGC for all out-of-pocket third-party expenses they incur and payments theymake on our behalf. Our General Partner determines in good faith the expenses that are allocable to us.Management fees for 2013 and the period from October 31, 2012 through December 31, 2012 amounted to $6.6million and $1.1 million, respectively.Liquidation Stage Liquidation Upon our liquidation, the partners, including our General Partner, is entitled to receive liquidating distributionsaccording to their particular capital account balances.Ownership of Our General PartnerLGC, which is owned by a trust for which Mr. Topper is the trustee, owns all of the membership interests in our General Partner.Agreements with AffiliatesOn October 30, 2012, in connection with the closing of our initial public offering, we entered into certain agreements with LGC, its affiliates and LGO asdescribed in more detail below.Omnibus AgreementOn October 30, 2012, in connection with the closing of our initial public offering, we and our General Partner entered into an omnibus agreement with LGC,LGO, and for limited purposes, Mr. Topper.Management Services and Term. Pursuant to the omnibus agreement, LGC provides us and our General Partner with management, administrative andoperating services. These services include accounting, tax, corporate record keeping and communication, legal, financial reporting, internal audit support,compliance, maintenance of internal controls, environmental compliance and remediation management oversight, treasury, tax reporting, informationtechnology and other administrative staff functions, and the arrangement of administration of insurance programs. As a partnership without employees, LGCprovides us with personnel necessary to carry out the services to be provided under the omnibus agreement and any other services necessary to operate ourbusiness. We do not have any obligation to compensate the officers of our General Partner or employees of LGC. The initial term of the omnibus agreement isfour years and will automatically renew for additional one year terms unless any party provides written notice to the other parties 180 days prior to the end ofthe term of the omnibus agreement. We have the right to terminate the agreement at any time during the initial term upon 180 days’ prior written notice. 79 Table of ContentsFees and Reimbursements. We pay LGC a management fee, which is an amount equal to (1) $420,000 per month plus (2) $0.0025 for each gallon of motorfuel we distribute per month. In addition, and subject to certain restrictions on LGC’s ability to incur third-party fees, costs, taxes and expenses, we reimburseLGC and our General Partner for all reasonable out-of-pocket third-party fees, costs, taxes and expenses incurred by LGC or our General Partner on our behalfin connection with providing the services required to be provided by LGC under the omnibus agreement. Examples of these types of fees, costs, taxes andexpenses, include: • legal, accounting and other fees and expenses associated with being a public company; • expenses related to our financings, mergers, acquisitions or dispositions of assets, and other similar transactions; • expenses related to insurance coverage for our assets or operations; • sales, use, excise, value added or similar taxes with respect to the services provided by LGC to us; and • remediation costs or expenses incurred in connection with our environmental liabilities and third-party claims that are based onenvironmental conditions that arise at our sites following the closing of our initial public offering; and • costs or expenses incurred in connection with environmental compliance, including but not limited to, storage tank compliance andregistration, as well as monitoring and oversight expenses.Review of Management Fee. At the end of each calendar year, we have the right to submit to LGC a proposal to reduce the amount of the management fee forsuch year if we believe that the services performed by LGC do not justify payment of the amount of management fees paid by us for such year. In addition,LGC has the right, at the end of each calendar year, to submit to us a proposal to increase the amount of the management fee for such year if LGC believes thatthe services performed by LGC justify an increase in the management fee. If any such proposal is submitted, we will negotiate with LGC to determine if themanagement fee for such year should be reduced or increased, and, if so, the amount of such reduction or increase. In addition, upon a material change in ourstructure or our business, the conflicts committee of our General Partner will review the management fee. If the conflicts committee determines that, based on achange in our structure or our business, the management fee should be modified or otherwise altered, we will negotiate with LGC to determine the appropriatemodification or alteration of the management fee.General Indemnification; Limitation of Liability. Pursuant to the omnibus agreement, we are required to indemnify LGC for any liabilities incurred by LGCattributable to the management, administrative and operating services provided to us under the agreement, other than liabilities resulting from LGC’s bad faithor willful misconduct. In addition, LGC is required to indemnify us for any liabilities we incur as a result of LGC’s bad faith or willful misconduct inproviding management, administrative and operating services under the omnibus agreement. Other than indemnification claims based on LGC’s bad faith orwillful misconduct, LGC’s liability to us for services provided under the omnibus agreement cannot exceed $5,000,000 in the aggregate.Environmental Indemnification by LGC. Pursuant to the omnibus agreement, LGC is required to indemnify us for any costs or expenses that we incur forenvironmental liabilities and third-party claims, regardless of when a claim is made, that are based on environmental conditions in existence at ourpredecessor’s sites prior to the closing of our initial public offering. LGC is the beneficiary of escrow accounts created to cover the cost to remediate certainenvironmental conditions. In addition, LGC maintains insurance policies to cover environmental liabilities and/or, where available, participates in stateprograms that may also assist in funding the costs of environmental investigation and remediation.Under the omnibus agreement, LGC is required to name us as an additional insured under its environmental insurance policies, except for certain remediationcost containment policies. As an additional insured under these insurance policies, we have the right to directly seek coverage from the insurance companiesfor claims under these policies. To the extent LGC or its successors fail to do so, we have the right under the omnibus agreement to compel LGC or itssuccessors to access the escrow accounts and/or its remediation cost containment policies for purposes of covering the costs to satisfy its indemnificationobligations under the omnibus agreement.Environmental Indemnification of LGC. Other than with respect to liabilities resulting from LGC’s bad faith or willful misconduct, we are required toindemnify LGC for any costs or expenses it incurs in connection with environmental liabilities and third-party claims that are based on environmentalconditions that arise at our sites following the closing of our initial public offering. We maintain insurance policies with insurers in amounts and with coverageand deductibles as our General Partner believes are reasonable and prudent to cover environmental liabilities and third-party claims that are based onenvironmental conditions that arise at our sites following the closing of our initial public offering. However, we cannot assure you that this insurance isadequate to protect us from all material expenses related to potential environmental liabilities or that these levels of insurance are available in the future ateconomical prices. Under the omnibus agreement, we are required, where permitted under our insurance policies, to name LGC as an additional insured underthese policies. 80 Table of ContentsTax Indemnification by LGC. Pursuant to the omnibus agreement, LGC is required to indemnify us for any costs or expenses that we incur for federal, stateand local income tax liabilities attributable to the ownership and operation prior to the closing of our initial public offering of the assets and subsidiaries thatwere contributed to us in connection with our initial public offering, excluding any federal, state and local income taxes reserved for in our financial statementsin connection therewith. This indemnification obligation survives until the 60th day following the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations.Title Indemnification by LGC. Pursuant to the omnibus agreement, LGC is required to indemnify us for any costs or expenses that we incur for lossesresulting from defects in title to the assets contributed or sold to us in connection with the transactions entered into in connection with our initial public offeringand any failure to obtain, prior to the time they were contributed to us, certain consents and permits necessary to conduct our business.Rights of First Refusal; Rights of First Offer. The omnibus agreement also provides that Mr. Topper, LGC and LGO agree, and are required to cause theircontrolled affiliates to agree, for so long as Mr. Topper, LGC and LGO, or their controlled affiliates, individually or as part of a group, control our GeneralPartner, that if Mr. Topper, LGC and LGO or any of their controlled affiliates has the opportunity to acquire assets used, or a controlling interest in anybusiness primarily engaged, in the wholesale motor fuel distribution or retail gas station operation businesses, then Mr. Topper, LGC and LGO, or theircontrolled affiliates, will offer such acquisition opportunity to us and give us a reasonable opportunity to acquire, at a price equal to the purchase price paid orto be paid by Mr. Topper, LGC and LGO, or their controlled affiliates, plus any related transaction costs and expenses incurred by Mr. Topper, LGC andLGO, or their controlled affiliates, such assets or business either before Mr. Topper, LGC and LGO, or their controlled affiliates, acquire such assets orbusiness or promptly after the consummation of such acquisition by Mr. Topper, LGC and LGO, or their controlled affiliates. Our decision to acquire or notacquire any such assets or businesses requires the approval of the conflicts committee of the board of directors of our General Partner. Any assets orbusinesses that we do not acquire pursuant to the right of first refusal may be acquired and operated by Mr. Topper, LGC and LGO or its controlled affiliates.The omnibus agreement also provides that Mr. Topper, LGC and LGO agree, and are required to cause their controlled affiliates to agree, for so long asMr. Topper, LGC and LGO, or their controlled affiliates, individually or as part of a group, control our General Partner, to notify us of their desire to sell anyof their assets or businesses if Mr. Topper, LGC and LGO, or any of their controlled affiliates, decides to attempt to sell (other than to another controlledaffiliate of Mr. Topper, LGC or LGO) any assets used, or any interest in any business primarily engaged, in the wholesale motor fuel distribution or retail gasstation operation businesses, to a third party. Prior to selling such assets or businesses to a third party, Mr. Topper, LGC and LGO are required to negotiatewith us exclusively and in good faith for a reasonable period of time in order to give us an opportunity to enter into definitive documentation for the purchaseand sale of such assets or businesses on terms that are mutually acceptable to Mr. Topper, LGC and LGO, or their controlled affiliates, and us. If we andMr. Topper, LGC and LGO, or their controlled affiliates, have not entered into a letter of intent or a definitive purchase and sale agreement with respect to suchassets or businesses within such period, Mr. Topper, LGC and LGO, and their controlled affiliates, have the right to sell such assets or businesses to a thirdparty following the expiration of such period on any terms that are acceptable to Mr. Topper, LGC and LGO, or their controlled affiliates, and such thirdparty. Our decision to acquire or not to acquire assets or businesses pursuant to this right requires the approval of the conflicts committee of the board ofdirectors of our General Partner. This right of first offer does not apply to the sale of any assets or interests that the Topper Group owned at the closing of theIPO that were not contributed to us in connection with the IPO.Lease Agreements with LGOWe have entered, and intend to continue to enter into, lease agreements with LGO pursuant to which LGO, as applicable, leases or subleases from us sites inorder to operate the retail operations at our sites. The terms of the each lease agreements are typically 15 years and LGO has the right under the lease agreementsto extend each lease for two additional five-year terms. The leases with LGO are typically modified triple-net leases under which LGO is responsible for allexpenses that arise from the use of the site, including, but not limited to, taxes, insurance, maintenance and repair costs, other than expenses related to themaintenance, repair and replacement of the underground storage tanks. We typically have the right to terminate leases with LGO upon providing LGO with180 days prior written notice and reimbursing LGO for all unamortized capital expenses incurred by LGO in connection with the leased site. The leasestypically contain cross-default provisions with the wholesale supply agreement and each other lease agreement with LGO. The rent under these leases, and anyadditional leases, may be less favorable to us than the terms that we could have obtained from unaffiliated third parties. In addition, for a site we sub-lease toLGO, the rent we receive from LGO may not be sufficient to cover our annual lease obligations for this site. Rent income from LGO amounted to $25.3 millionand $3.2 million in 2013 and for the period October 31, 2012 through December 31, 2012, respectively.As discussed in Notes 1 and 11 to the financial statements, we terminated leases with LGO at the Commission Sites and closed sites. In addition, during2013, we agreed with LGO to terminate certain leases with LGO of sites that it operated and accordingly entered into new leases with third parties tooperate such sites. We also terminated the supply agreements with LGO (described below) with respect to such sites and entered into new supply agreementswith the third parties who leased these sites. The transactions were approved by the conflicts committee of the Board of Directors of our General Partner. 81 Table of ContentsSupply Agreements with LGOIn connection with the closing of our initial public offering, we entered into a wholesale supply agreement with LGO pursuant to which we wholesale distributemotor fuels to LGO. The term of the wholesale supply agreement is 15 years. We have the right to impose the brand of fuel that is distributed to LGO underthe wholesale supply agreement. Pursuant to the wholesale supply agreement, LGO is required to purchase all motor fuels from us. There are no minimumvolume requirements that LGO is required to satisfy. We charge LGO the DTW prices for each grade of product in effect at the time title to the product passesto LGO. The conflicts committee of our General Partner shall, no less than annually, review the DTW prices charged to LGO to ensure that the prices are notbelow reasonable market rates charged to similarly situated or otherwise comparable third-party sites over a representative period of time. We have a right offirst refusal in connection with any proposed transfer by LGO of its interest in the wholesale supply agreement. The wholesale supply agreement containscross-default provisions with each lease agreement with LGO. Revenues from fuel sales to LGO amounted to $912.6 million and $145.2 million in 2013 andfor the period October 31, 2012 through December 31, 2012, respectively.Advance to LGO related to the Express Lane AcquisitionAs disclosed in Note 4 to the financial statements, during 2013, the Partnership paid $1.7 million of additional purchase price consideration for the networking capital acquired from the sellers of Express Lane, Inc. Because the net working capital was transferred to LGO at the acquisition date, LGO repaidthis amount to the Partnership in October 2013.Lease and Supply Agreements with other Related PartiesThe Partnership sells motor fuel and leases property to a related party owned by a relative of the Chief Executive Officer of the General Partner. Total revenuesamounted to $103.2 million, $17.7 million, $88.8 million and $109.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, the period from October 31 toDecember 31, 2012, the period from January 1 to October 30, 2012, and the year ended December 31, 2011, respectively. Accounts receivable amounted to$1.1 million and $1.2 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.The Partnership and the Predecessor Entity lease certain motor fuel stations from their affiliates under cancelable operating leases. Rent expense under theseagreements was $1.0 million, $0.2 million, $0.6 million and $0.6 million for 2013, the period October 31, 2012 through December 31, 2012, the periodJanuary 1, 2012 through October 30, 2012, and 2011, respectively.Purchase of Site from AffiliateIn December 2012, the Partnership purchased a site from an affiliate for $2.9 million. The transaction was approved by the conflicts committee of the boardof directors of the General Partner.Environmental Consulting ServicesOn December 31, 2012, Mr. Topper purchased Synergy Environmental Inc. (“Synergy”). Prior to the purchase, Synergy served as the Predecessor Entity’sindependent environmental consultants. Synergy will continue to provide environmental consulting services to the Partnership. The purchase of Synergy wasapproved by the conflicts committee of the board of directors of the General Partner. For the year ended December 31, 2012, the Predecessor Entity incurredcosts with Synergy of approximately $0.6 million for environmental consulting services. For the period October 31, 2012 through December 31, 2012, thePartnership did not incur any Synergy related costs. For 2013, the Partnership incurred $0.3 million of costs with Synergy. Future annual costs for thePartnership will be dependent on the nature and extent of the environmental consulting services performed (for example, our future acquisition activity).Aircraft UsageThe Partnership uses aircraft owned by a group of individuals that includes the CEO and certain other members of the board of directors of the GeneralPartner as approved by the disinterested members of the conflicts committee of the board of directors of the General Partner. The Partnership incurred $0.1million for the use of these aircraft in 2013. 82 Table of ContentsReview, Approval and Ratification of Related Person TransactionsThe board of directors of our General Partner has adopted a Code of Ethics that provides that the board of directors of our General Partner or its authorizedcommittee will periodically review all related person transactions that are required to be disclosed under SEC rules and, when appropriate, initially authorize orratify all such transactions. In the event that the board of directors of our General Partner or its authorized committee considers ratification of a related persontransaction and determines not to so ratify, the Code of Ethics provides that our management will make all reasonable efforts to cancel or annul the transaction.The Code of Ethics provides that, in determining whether or not to recommend the initial approval or ratification of a related person transaction, the board ofdirectors of our General Partner or its authorized committee should consider all of the relevant facts and circumstances available, including (if applicable) butnot limited to: (i) whether there is an appropriate business justification for the transaction; (ii) the benefits that accrue to us as a result of the transaction;(iii) the terms available to unrelated third parties entering into similar transactions; (iv) the impact of the transaction on a director’s independence (in the eventthe related person is a director, an immediate family member of a director or an entity in which a director or an immediately family member of a director is apartner, shareholder, member or executive officer); (v) the availability of other sources for comparable products or services; (vi) whether it is a singletransaction or a series of ongoing, related transactions; and (vii) whether entering into the transaction would be consistent with the Code of Ethics.Director IndependenceFor a discussion of the independence of the board of directors of our General Partner, please see “Item 10—Directors, Executive Officers and CorporateGovernance—Management.”ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICESThe audit committee of the board of directors of our General Partner selected Grant Thornton LLP, or Grant Thornton, an independent registered publicaccounting firm, to audit our consolidated and predecessor combined financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2013. The audit committee’scharter requires the audit committee to approve in advance all audit and non-audit services to be provided by our independent registered public accountingfirm. All services reported in the audit, audit-related, tax and all other fees categories below with respect to this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year endedDecember 31, 2013 were approved by the audit committee.The following table summarizes the aggregate Grant Thornton fees that were allocated to us and our predecessor for independent auditing, tax and relatedservices for each of the last two fiscal years (in thousands): 2013 2012 Audit fees (1) $910.6 $844.7 Audit-related fees (2) — — Tax fees (3) — — All other fees (4) — — Total $910.6 $844.7 (1)Audit fees represent amounts billed for each of the years presented for professional services rendered in connection with those services normallyprovided in connection with statutory and regulatory filings or engagements including comfort letters, consents and other services related to SECmatters. In 2013, Grant Thornton provided services related to our S-3 shelf registration statement and supplemental offering. In 2012, all of the feesreported related to our initial public offering.(2)Audit-related fees represent amounts billed in each of the years presented for assurance and related services that are reasonably related to theperformance of the annual audit or quarterly reviews.(3)Tax fees represent amounts billed in each of the years presented for professional services rendered in connection with tax compliance, tax advice andtax planning.(4)All other fees represent amounts billed in each of the years presented for services not classifiable under the other categories listed in the table above. Nosuch services were rendered by Grant Thornton during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012. 83 Table of ContentsAudit Committee Approval of Audit and Non-audit ServicesThe audit committee of the board of directors of our General Partner has adopted a pre-approval policy with respect to services which may be performed byGrant Thornton. This policy lists specific audit-related services as well as any other services that Grant Thornton is authorized to perform and sets outspecific dollar limits for each specific service, which may not be exceeded without additional audit committee authorization. The audit committee reviews thepolicy at least annually in order to approve services and limits for the current year. Any service that is not clearly enumerated in the policy must receivespecific pre-approval by the audit committee prior to engagement.Part IVITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULESDocuments filed as part of the Report: (1)Financial Statements:See Index to Financial Statements and Supplementary Data in Item 8 of this Report. (2)Financial Statement Schedules:The following Financial Statement Schedules are included herein:Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying AccountsAll other schedules are not submitted because they are not applicable or not required or because the required information is included in thefinancial statements or the notes thereto.The financial statements included in this annual report are listed under “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” Allexhibits filed with this annual report are listed in (3) below. (3)Exhibits:The exhibit index attached hereto is incorporated herein by reference. 84 Table of ContentsSIGNATURESPursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalfby the undersigned thereunto duly authorized. LEHIGH GAS PARTNERS LP By: LEHIGH GAS GP LLC, its General PartnerMarch 10, 2014 By: /S/ JOSEPH V. TOPPER, JR. Name: Joseph V. Topper, Jr. Title: Chairman of the Board of Directors andChief Executive Officer(On behalf of the registrant, and in the capacity ofprincipal executive officer)Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant andin the capacities indicated on March 10, 2014. Signature Title/S/ JOSEPH V. TOPPER, JR.Joseph V. Topper, Jr. Chairman of the Board of Directors, Chief Executive Officer(Principal Executive Officer)/S/ MARK L. MILLERMark L. Miller Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)/s/ DAVID A. SHEAFFERDavid A. Sheaffer Chief Accounting Officer(Principal Accounting Officer)/S/ MELINDA B. GERMANMelinda B. German Director/S/ WARREN S. KIMBER, JR.Warren S. Kimber, Jr. Director/S/ JOHN F. MALLOYJohn F. Malloy Director/S/ JAMES H. MILLERJames H. Miller Director/S/ JOHN B. REILLY, IIIJohn B. Reilly, III Director/S/ MAURA E. TOPPERMaura E. Topper Director/S/ ROBERT L. WISSRobert L. Wiss Director 85 Table of ContentsINDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm F-2 Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2013 and 2012 F-4 Consolidated Statements of Operations for Lehigh Gas Partners LP for the Year Ended December 31, 2013 and the Period from October 31, 2012 toDecember 31, 2012, and Combined Statements of Operations for Lehigh Gas Entities (Predecessor) for the Period from January 1, 2012 toOctober 30, 2012, and for the year ended December 31, 2011 F-5 Consolidated Statements of Partners’ Capital and Comprehensive Income for Lehigh Gas Partners LP for the Year Ended December 31, 2013 and forthe Period from October 31, 2012 to December 31, 2012 F-6 Combined Statements of Owners’ Deficit and Comprehensive (Loss) Income for Lehigh Gas Entities (Predecessor) for the Period from January 1,2012 to October 30, 2012, and for the year ended December 31, 2011 F-7 Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for Lehigh Gas Partners LP for the Year Ended December 31, 2013 and the Period from October 31, 2012 toDecember 31, 2012, and Combined Statements of Cash Flows for Lehigh Gas Entities (Predecessor) for the Period from January 1, 2012 toOctober 30, 2012, and for the year ended December 31, 2011 F-8 Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements F-10 Financial Statement Schedule—Schedule II F-43 F-1 Table of ContentsREPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRMBoard of DirectorsGeneral Partner and Limited Partners of Lehigh Gas Partners LPWe have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Lehigh Gas Partners LP (a Delaware limited Partnership) and subsidiaries (the“Partnership”) as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in partners’ capital and comprehensiveincome, and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2013 and the period October 31, 2012 to December 31, 2012. We have also audited theaccompanying combined statements of operations, owner’s deficit, and cash flows for Lehigh Gas Entities and affiliated entities under common control(collectively “Predecessor Entity”) for the period from January 1, 2012 to October 30, 2012 and the year ended December 31, 2011. Our audits of the basicconsolidated and combined financial statements included the financial statement schedule listed in the index appearing under Item 15. These financialstatements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Partnership’s and Predecessor Entity’s management. Our responsibility is to expressan opinion on these financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits.We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require thatwe plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includesexamining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accountingprinciples used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our auditsprovide a reasonable basis for our opinion.In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Lehigh Gas Partners LPand subsidiaries as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2013 and theperiod from October 31, 2012 to December 31, 2012 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition,the combined financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the results of the operations and cash flows for Lehigh Gas Entitiesand affiliated entities under common control for the period from January 1, 2012 to October 30, 2012 and the year ended December 31, 2011, in conformitywith accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered inrelation to the basic consolidated and combined financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Partnership’s internal controlover financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established in the 1992 Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by theCommittee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated March 10, 2014 expressed an unqualified opinion./s/ GRANT THORNTON LLPPhiladelphia, PennsylvaniaMarch 10, 2014 F-2 Table of ContentsREPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRMBoard of DirectorsGeneral Partner and Limited Partners of Lehigh Gas Partners LPWe have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Lehigh Gas Partners LP (a Delaware limited Partnership) and subsidiaries (the “Partnership”)as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established in the 1992 Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of SponsoringOrganizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Partnership’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financialreporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on InternalControl Over Financial Reporting (“Management’s Report”). Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Partnership’s internal control over financialreporting based on our audit. Our audit of, and opinion on, the Partnership’s internal control over financial reporting does not include the internal control overfinancial reporting of the acquired retail commission sites, whose financial statements reflect total revenues constituting 3.6 percent of the related consolidatedfinancial statement amounts as of and for the year ended December 31, 2013. As indicated in Management’s Report, these sites were acquired during 2013.Management’s assertion on the effectiveness of the Partnership’s internal control over financial reporting excluded internal control over financial reporting of theretail commission sites.We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require thatwe plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all materialrespects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testingand evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considerednecessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting andthe preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control overfinancial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflectthe transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permitpreparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are beingmade only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention ortimely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation ofeffectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliancewith the policies or procedures may deteriorate.In our opinion, the Partnership maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based oncriteria established in the 1992 Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by COSO.We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financialstatements of the Partnership as of and for the year ended December 31, 2013, and our report dated March 10, 2014 expressed an unqualified opinion on thosefinancial statements./s/ GRANT THORNTON LLPPhiladelphia, PennsylvaniaMarch 10, 2014 F-3 Table of ContentsLehigh Gas Partners LPConsolidated Balance Sheets(Amounts in thousands, except unit data) December 31,2013 December 31,2012 Assets Current assets: Cash and cash equivalents $4,115 $4,768 Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts of $136 and $0 at December 31, 2013 and 2012,respectively 7,342 5,741 Accounts receivable from affiliates 16,558 8,112 Motor fuel inventory 2,141 — Environmental indemnification asset—current portion 477 591 Assets held for sale 1,328 1,615 Other current assets 3,535 2,147 Total current assets 35,496 22,974 Property and equipment, net 288,729 243,022 Intangible assets, net 47,005 35,602 Environmental indemnification asset 761 586 Deferred financing fees, net and other assets 10,306 10,031 Goodwill 9,324 5,636 Total assets $391,621 $317,851 Liabilities and partners’ capital Current liabilities: Lease financing obligations—current portion $2,568 $2,187 Accounts payable 20,567 16,279 Motor fuel taxes payable 7,186 9,455 Income taxes payable 9 342 Environmental liability—current portion 477 591 Accrued expenses and other current liabilities 8,050 3,299 Total current liabilities 38,857 32,153 Long-term debt 173,509 183,751 Lease financing obligations 64,364 73,793 Environmental liability 761 586 Other liabilities 19,459 13,023 Total liabilities 296,950 303,306 Commitments and contingencies (Note 14) Partners’ capital: Limited Partners’ Interest Common units—public (10,472,348 and 6,900,000 units issued and outstanding at December 31, 2013 and 2012,respectively) 211,544 125,093 Common units—affiliates (625,000 units issued and outstanding at December 31, 2013 and 2012) (42,885) (42,399) Subordinated units—affiliates (7,525,000 units issued and outstanding at December 31, 2013 and 2012) (73,988) (68,149) General Partner’s Interest — — Total partners’ capital 94,671 14,545 Total liabilities and partners’ capital $391,621 $317,851 The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements. F-4 Table of ContentsLehigh Gas Partners LP and Lehigh Gas Entities (Predecessor)Consolidated and Combined Statements of Operations(Amounts in thousands, except unit and per unit data) ConsolidatedLehigh GasPartners LPFor the YearEndedDecember 31,2013 ConsolidatedLehigh GasPartners LPPeriod fromOctober 31 toDecember 31,2012 CombinedLehigh GasEntities(Predecessor)Period fromJanuary 1 toOctober 30,2012 CombinedLehigh GasEntities(Predecessor)For the YearEndedDecember 31,2011 Revenues: Revenues from fuel sales $980,177 $161,319 $935,241 $1,236,644 Revenues from fuel sales to affiliates 912,629 145,168 621,139 365,106 Rent income 16,240 1,950 10,336 12,633 Rent income from affiliates 25,337 3,228 5,708 7,792 Revenues from retail merchandise and other — — 14 1,389 Total revenues 1,934,383 311,665 1,572,438 1,623,564 Costs and Expenses: Cost of revenues from fuel sales 960,518 156,815 914,221 1,204,440 Cost of revenues from fuel sales to affiliates 887,804 139,736 609,371 359,005 Cost of revenues for retail merchandise and other — — — 1,066 Rent expense 15,509 2,045 9,563 9,402 Operating expenses 4,577 541 4,734 6,608 Depreciation and amortization 20,963 2,551 13,773 11,996 Selling, general and administrative expenses 16,558 9,676 9,811 12,709 Gains on sales of assets, net (47) (471) (3,119) (3,188) Total costs and operating expenses 1,905,882 310,893 1,558,354 1,602,038 Operating income 28,501 772 14,084 21,526 Interest expense, net (14,182) (1,926) (11,369) (12,082) Loss on extinguishment of debt — — (571) — Other income, net 2,035 140 661 1,245 Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes 16,354 (1,014) 2,805 10,689 Income tax expense (benefit) from continuing operations (1,716) 342 — — Income (loss) from continuing operations after income taxes 18,070 (1,356) 2,805 10,689 Income (loss) from discontinued operations — — 309 (779) Net income (loss) and comprehensive income (loss) $18,070 $(1,356) $3,114 $9,910 Limited partners’ interest in net income (loss) from continuing operations afterincome taxes 18,070 $(1,356) n/a n/a Net income (loss) per common and subordinated unit-basic $1.18 $(0.09) Net income (loss) per common and subordinated unit-diluted $1.18 $(0.09) Weighted average limited partners’ units outstanding Common units—basic 7,731,471 7,525,000 Common units—diluted 7,780,357 7,525,000 Subordinated units—basic and diluted 7,525,000 7,525,000 The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements. F-5 Table of ContentsLehigh Gas Partners LPConsolidated Statements of Partners’ Capital and Comprehensive Income(Amounts in thousands, except unit data) Limited Partners’ Interest CommonUnitholders—Public CommonUnitholders—Affiliates SubordinatedUnitholders—Affiliates GeneralPartner’sInterest Partners’ Units Dollars Units Dollars Units Dollars Dollars Capital Initial capitalization upon formation ofPartnership — $— — $1 — $— — $1 Contribution of certain assets, liabilities andequity interests from Predecessor — — 625,000 $(5,604) 7,525,000 $(67,471) — $(73,075) Proceeds from initial public offering andoverallotment exercise, net of underwritersdiscount, structuring fee and related costs 6,900,000 125,715 — — — — — 125,715 Net loss and comprehensive loss — (622) — (56) — (678) — (1,356) Distributions paid — — — (36,740) — — — (36,740) Balance, December 31, 2012 6,900,000 $125,093 625,000 $(42,399) 7,525,000 $(68,149) $— $14,545 Equity-based director compensation 1,044 21 — — — — — 21 Issuance of units to affiliate for equity-basedcompensation 6,304 171 — — — — — 171 Payment to affiliate for Commission Sites(Note 1) — (1,608) — (146) — (1,754) — (3,508) Proceeds of supplemental offering andoverallotment exercise, net of underwritersdiscount, structuring fee and related costs 3,565,000 91,370 — — — — — 91,370 Net income and comprehensive income — 8,417 — 740 — 8,913 — 18,070 Distributions paid — (11,920) — (1,080) — (12,998) — (25,998) Balance, December 31, 2013 10,472,348 $211,544 625,000 $(42,885) 7,525,000 $(73,988) $— $94,671 The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements. F-6 Table of ContentsLehigh Gas Entities (Predecessor)Combined Statements of Owners’ Deficit and Comprehensive Income(Amounts in thousands) Owner’sDeficit Balance, January 1, 2011 $(28,178) Net income and comprehensive income 9,910 Contributions from owners 4,374 Distributions to owners (18,793) Balance, December 31, 2011 $(32,687) Net income and comprehensive income 3,114 Contributions from owners 3,746 Distributions to owners (7,670) Balance, October 30, 2012 $(33,497) The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements. F-7 Table of ContentsLehigh Gas Partners LP and Lehigh Gas Entities (Predecessor)Consolidated and Combined Statements of Cash Flows(Amounts in thousands) ConsolidatedLehigh GasPartners LPFor the YearEndedDecember 31,2013 ConsolidatedLehigh GasPartners LPPeriod fromOctober 31 toDecember 31,2012 CombinedLehigh GasEntities(Predecessor)Period fromJanuary 1toOctober 30,2012 CombinedLehigh GasEntities(Predecessor)For the YearEndedDecember 31,2011 Cash Flows From Operating Activities Net income (loss) $18,070 $(1,356) $3,114 $9,910 Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to netcash provided by operating activities: Depreciation and amortization 20,963 2,551 13,823 12,153 Accretion of interest on asset retirement obligations 50 4 334 — Amortization of debt discount — — 642 678 Amortization of deferred financing fees 2,666 409 486 662 Amortization of below (above) market leases, net 96 (29) (146) (199) Gains on change in fair value of derivative instruments — — (354) (1,334) Loss on extinguishment of debt — — 571 — Gains on sales of assets, net (47) (471) (3,356) (2,648) Provision for losses on doubtful accounts 161 — — — Equity-based incentive compensation expense 3,141 — — — Equity-based director compensation expense 21 — — — Deferred income taxes (2,948) — — — Settlement of capital lease obligations (Note 11) (214) — — — Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions: Accounts receivable (1,684) 12,850 5,015 (1,953) Accounts receivable from affiliates (8,377) (6,720) (28,061) (409) Inventories (2,085) — 1,049 108 Environmental indemnification asset (61) — 3,795 2,302 Other current assets (1,452) (503) (1,038) (1,470) Other assets (396) (542) (246) 98 Accounts payable 4,288 (3,207) 6,355 1,001 Motor fuel taxes payable (2,269) (519) 2,197 (881) Income taxes payable (333) 342 — — Accrued expenses and other current liabilities 1,313 (671) 2,490 900 Environmental liability 61 — (3,929) (6,485) Other long-term liabilities (1,342) 1,111 1,417 (873) Net cash provided by operating activities 29,622 3,249 4,158 11,560 Cash Flows From Investing Activities Proceeds from sale of property and equipment 2,210 3,704 4,012 16,071 Purchase of property and equipment (6,959) (260) (1,729) (2,772) Issuance of notes receivable — — — (2,700) Principal payments received on notes receivable 64 10 690 4,275 Cash paid in connection with acquisitions, net of cash acquired (42,334) (75,523) (500) (33,749) Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities (47,019) (72,069) 2,473 (18,875) F-8 Table of Contents ConsolidatedLehigh GasPartners LPFor the YearEndedDecember 31,2013 ConsolidatedLehigh GasPartners LPPeriod fromOctober 31 toDecember 31,2012 CombinedLehigh GasEntities(Predecessor)Period fromJanuary 1toOctober 30,2012 CombinedLehigh GasEntities(Predecessor)For the YearEndedDecember 31,2011 Cash Flows From Financing Activities Proceeds (repayments) under the revolving credit facility, net (37,442) 183,751 — — Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt — — 15,568 31,038 Repayment of long term debt — (182,911) (20,673) (17,493) Repayment of lease financing obligations (7,270) (151) (623) (11,669) Payment of deferred financing fees (408) (4,076) (117) (1,441) Payment to affiliate for Commission Sites (Note 1) (3,508) — — — Proceeds from issuance of common units, net 91,370 125,715 — — Distributions paid on common and subordinated units (25,998) (36,740) — — Advances to affiliates (1,720) — — — Advances repaid by affiliates 1,720 — 2,532 — Contributions from owners — — 3,746 4,374 Distributions to owners — — (7,670) (18,793) Redemption of mandatorily redeemable preferred equity — (12,000) — — Proceeds from financing obligations — — — 21,716 Payments on notes payable — — — (1,323) Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities 16,744 73,588 (7,237) 6,409 Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents (653) 4,768 (606) (906) Cash and Cash Equivalents Beginning of period 4,768 — 2,082 2,988 End of period $4,115 $4,768 $1,476 $2,082 Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information: Cash paid for interest 11,375 2,355 11,134 12,150 Cash paid for income taxes 1,729 — — — Increase (Decrease) in Assets and Liabilities SUPPLEMENTAL SCHEDULE OF NONCASH INVESTING ANDFINANCING ACTIVITIES Lessor indirect costs incurred and deferred rent income recorded related tonew lease transaction between affiliate and unrelated third-party 1,700 — — — Issuance of note payable in connection with purchase of sites 1,000 — — — Removal of property and equipment and capital lease obligation for sitesterminated from Getty lease (2,138) — — — Change in estimate of asset retirement obligations 1,087 — — — Issuance of financing in connection with Rocky Top acquisition 26,250 — — — Adjustments to preliminary purchase accounting 7,762 — — — Issuance of capital lease obligations and recognition of asset retirementobligation related to Getty lease 360 4,823 33,930 — Issuance of capital lease obligation — — 1,313 — Expiration of call option related to lease financing — — 3,375 — Transfer of assets from Predecessor Entity to affiliate — — 588 — The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements. F-9 Table of ContentsLehigh Gas Partners LP and Lehigh Gas Entities (Predecessor)Notes to the Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements1. Organization and Basis of PresentationThe financial statements are comprised of Lehigh Gas Partners LP (“the Partnership”) and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. The Partnership was formed inDecember 2011 by Lehigh Gas GP LLC, which is the General Partner to the Partnership (the “General Partner”).On May 11, 2012, the Partnership filed a Registration Statement on Form S-1 with the Securities and Exchange Commission, which was declared effective onOctober 24, 2012, and on October 25, 2012, began trading on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “LGP” (NYSE:LGP). On October 30, 2012,the Partnership completed its initial public offering (the “IPO”).References in these combined financial statements to “the Predecessor” or “Predecessor Entity” refer to the portion of the business of the Lehigh Gas Entities, or“LGC,” and its subsidiaries and affiliates under common control (Energy Realty OP LP, EROP-Ohio Holdings, LLC, Lehigh-Kimber Petroleum Corporation,Lehigh-Kimber Realty, LLC, Kwik Pik-Ohio LLC and Kwik Pik Realty-Ohio LLC) that were contributed to the Partnership in connection with the IPO (the“Contributed Assets”). All of the Contributed Assets were recorded at historical cost as this transaction was considered to be a reorganization of entities undercommon control. The Partnership issued common units and subordinated units to the shareholders, or their assigns, of the Predecessor Entity in considerationof their transfer of the Contributed Assets to the Partnership.Accordingly, the accompanying consolidated and combined financial statements are presented in accordance with requirements for predecessor financialstatements, which include the financial results of both the Partnership and the Predecessor Entity. The results of operations contained in the consolidatedfinancial statements for the Partnership include the year ended December 31, 2013 and the period from October 31, 2012 through December 31, 2012. Theresults of operations contained in the combined financial statements for the Predecessor Entity include the period from January 1, 2012 through October 30,2012 and the year ended December 31, 2011. The consolidated balance sheet presents the financial position of the Partnership only as of December 31, 2013and 2012.Prior to September 1, 2013, the Partnership leased certain sites to Lehigh Gas—Ohio, LLC, an affiliate (“LGO”), which, in turn, subleased certain of thesesites (the “Subleases”) to third party commission agents (the “Commission Sites”) and entered into commission agreements with the agents to sell motor fuelon behalf of LGO to retail customers (the “Commission Agreements”). In connection with the Commission Agreements, LGO also purchased motor fuel from asubsidiary of the Partnership at wholesale prices. Effective September 1, 2013, the Partnership assumed the Commission Agreements and Subleases fromLGO and terminated its leases with LGO for the Commission Sites. As a result, the Partnership now records the retail sale of motor fuels to the end customerand accrues a commission payable to the commission agent at the Commission Sites. Further, the Partnership now records inventory from the time of thepurchase of motor fuels from third party suppliers until the retail sale to the end customer at these sites. The Commission Sites generate non-qualifying incomefor federal income tax purposes that is recorded in Lehigh Gas Wholesale Services, Inc., the taxable subsidiary of the Partnership as further described below.The Partnership paid LGO $3.5 million (the “Purchase Price”) for the Subleases and Commission Agreements and $2.1 million for the motor fuel inventory.Because the transaction was between entities under common control, the assets and liabilities assumed were recorded at LGO’s book value. The Purchase Priceis presented as a distribution from partners’ capital.With the addition of the retail business described above, the Partnership engages in: • the wholesale distribution of motor fuels (using unrelated third party transportation service providers) to sub-wholesalers, independent dealers,lessee dealers, LGO, and others; • the retail distribution of motor fuels to end customers at Commission Sites; and, • the owning or leasing of sites used in the retail distribution of motor fuels and, in turn, generating rent income from the lease or sublease of thesites to third parties or LGO.The audited consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Partnership and all of its subsidiaries. The Partnership’s primary operations areconducted by the following consolidated wholly owned subsidiaries: • Lehigh Gas Wholesale LLC (“LGW”), which distributes motor fuels on a wholesale basis; • LGP Realty Holdings LP (“LGPR”), which functions as the property holding company of the Partnership; and F-10 Table of Contents • Lehigh Gas Wholesale Services, Inc. (“LGWS”), which owns and leases (or leases and sub-leases) real estate and personal property usedin the retail distribution of motor fuels as well as provides maintenance and other services to lessee dealers and other customers(including LGO). As noted previously, effective September 1, 2013, LGWS also distributes motor fuels on a retail basis to end customersat the Commission Sites.LGO is an operator of motor fuel stations that purchases all of its motor fuel requirements from the Partnership on a wholesale basis in accordance with thePMPA Franchise Agreement between LGO and LGW, and then re-sells motor fuel on a retail basis. LGO also leases motor fuel stations from the Partnership.The financial results of LGO are not consolidated with those of the Partnership. For more information regarding the Partnership’s relationship with LGO, seeNote 20.2. Initial Public OfferingOn October 30, 2012, the Partnership completed its IPO of 6,000,000 common units at a price of $20.00 per unit, and on November 9, 2012, issued anadditional 900,000 common units at a price of $20.00 per unit pursuant to the full exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option. The Partnershipreceived net proceeds of $125.7 million from the sale, net of underwriting discounts and structuring fees and $2.6 million of IPO expenses. Of this amount,the proceeds from the over-allotment option of approximately $16.7 million were distributed to Joseph V. Topper Jr., the Chairman of the Board of Directorsand Chief Executive Officer of the General Partner of the Partnership, and to certain of Mr. Topper’s affiliates and family trusts, and to John B. Reilly, III, amember of the board of directors of the General Partner of the Partnership. The net proceeds retained by the Partnership were applied to (a) the repayment ofapproximately $57.8 million of indebtedness outstanding under the Credit Facility (see Note 10), which was drawn on and applied to the repayment in full ofthe indebtedness then outstanding under the Predecessor Entity’s prior credit facility; (b) the repayment in full of $14.3 million aggregate principal amount inoutstanding mortgage notes; (c) the payment of $13.0 million (inclusive of a $1.0 million termination fee) to entities owned by adult children of Warren S.Kimber, Jr., a director of the General Partner, as consideration for the cancellation of mandatorily redeemable preferred equity of the Predecessor owned bythese entities and to pay these entities for accrued but unpaid dividends on the mandatorily redeemable preferred equity of $0.5 million; (d) the distribution ofan aggregate of $20.0 million to certain of the Topper Group Parties (as defined herein) as reimbursement for certain capital expenditures made by the TopperGroup Parties with respect to the assets they contributed, and/or consideration for the purchase of all of the assets of one or more of the entities contributed tothe Partnership in connection with the IPO.In connection with the IPO, the Partnership incurred costs of approximately $6.3 million primarily related to legal, accounting, tax and other related costs andfees, which are included in selling, general and administrative expenses for the period from October 31, 2012 through December 31, 2012.Contribution AgreementIn connection with the IPO, pursuant to an agreement with the Lehigh Gas Entities, the Lehigh Gas Entities contributed certain assets, liabilities, operationsand/or equity interests (the “Contributed Assets”) to the Partnership. In consideration of the Contributed Assets, the Partnership issued and/or distributed to theLehigh Gas Entities an aggregate: 625,000 common units and 7,525,000 subordinated units.The following is a summary of the Contributed Assets (in thousands): Accounts receivable $16,550 Other current assets 7,044 Property and equipment, net 194,194 Deferred financing costs, net and other assets 10,180 Goodwill 4,043 Total assets contributed 232,011 Accounts payable 17,445 Motor fuel taxes payable and other accrued expenses 11,152 Debt (a) 182,911 Mandatorily redeemable preferred equity (a) 13,000 Lease financing obligations 71,401 Other long-term liabilities 9,177 Total liabilities contributed 305,086 Net total liabilities contributed $73,075 (a)Subsequently paid off with proceeds from the IPO F-11 Table of Contents3. Summary of Significant Accounting PoliciesUse of EstimatesThe preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“GAAP”) requiresmanagement to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. These estimates arebased on knowledge of current events, historical experience and various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actualresults could differ from those estimates.Critical estimates made in the preparation of the financial statements include, among others, determining the fair value of acquired assets and liabilities;assessing the collectability of accounts receivable; determining the useful lives and recoverability of property and equipment and amortized intangible assets;assessing the impairment of goodwill; measuring stock-based compensation expense; estimating asset retirement obligations; estimating environmentalindemnification assets and liabilities, estimating accruals for various commitments and contingencies; and determining the recoverability of deferred taxassets.Fair Value MeasurementsAccounting guidance on fair value measurements defines and establishes a framework for measuring fair value. Management uses fair value measurements tomeasure, among other items, acquired assets and liabilities in business combinations, leases and derivative contracts. Management also uses them to assessimpairment of sites, intangible assets and goodwill.Where available, fair value is based on observable market prices or parameters, or is derived from such prices or parameters. Where observable prices orinputs are not available, unobservable prices or inputs are used to estimate the current fair value, often using an internal valuation model. These valuationtechniques involve some level of management estimation and judgment, the degree of which is dependent on the item being valued.ConsolidationThe financial statements include the Partnership’s wholly-owned subsidiaries. In addition, the Partnership considers entities in which a controlling financialinterest may be achieved through arrangements that do not involve voting interests for consolidation. Such entities, known as variable interest entities, arerequired to be consolidated by their primary beneficiary. Although the Partnership does not possess any ownership interests in its affiliate, LGO, nor is it theprimary beneficiary, the Partnership may provide certain financial support outside of its existing contractual arrangements as a result of its vendor-customerrelationship with LGO. Because the Partnership is not the primary beneficiary, the results of operations of LGO have not been consolidated with those of thePartnership.Business CombinationsThe Partnership accounts for business combinations in accordance with the guidance under Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 805, “BusinessCombinations.” Acquisitions of assets or entities that include inputs and processes and have the ability to create outputs are accounted for as businesscombinations. The purchase price is recorded for tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on fair value. The excess of the fairvalue of the consideration conveyed over the fair value of the net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill. The income statement includes the results ofoperations for each acquisition from their respective date of acquisition.Segment ReportingThe Partnership presents its segment reporting in accordance with ASC 280, “Segment Reporting.” Effective September 1, 2013, the Partnership engages inboth the wholesale and retail distribution of motor fuels, primarily gasoline and diesel fuel. The class of customer and gross margins are sufficiently differentbetween these two businesses to warrant two reportable segments: 1) the wholesale segment and 2) the retail segment. See Note 21 for additional information.Prior to September 1, 2013, the Partnership and Predecessor Entity operated in one operating segment – the distribution of motor fuels, consisting of gasolineand diesel fuel, and to own and lease real estate used in the distribution of motor fuels, with a single management team that reports to the Chief ExecutiveOfficer, who is the chief operating decision maker. Accordingly, the Partnership and the Predecessor Entity did not prepare discrete financial information withrespect to separate product lines or by site and did not have separately reportable segments. F-12 Table of ContentsRevenue RecognitionRevenues from wholesale fuel sales are recognized when fuel is delivered to the customer. The purchase and delivery of motor fuels generally occurs on thesame day.Revenues from retail fuel sales are recognized when fuel is sold to the customer. The Partnership records inventory from the time of the purchase of motor fuelsfrom third party suppliers until the retail sale to the end customer.Revenue from leasing arrangements in which the Partnership is the lessor is recognized ratably over the term of the underlying lease.For the Predecessor Entity, retail merchandise sales are recognized net of applicable provisions for discounts and allowances upon delivery, generally at thepoint of sale.Substantially all revenues from fuel sales are from sales of gasoline, with the remainder comprised of diesel and other products.Motor Fuel TaxesLGW and the Predecessor Entity collect motor fuel taxes, which consist of various pass through taxes collected from customers on behalf of taxing authorities,and remit such taxes directly to those taxing authorities. LGW and the Predecessor Entity’s accounting policy is to exclude the tax collected and remitted fromwholesale revenues and cost of sales and account for them as liabilities. LGWS’s retail sales and cost of sales include motor fuel taxes as the taxes are includedin the cost paid for motor fuel to LGW and LGWS has no responsibility to collect or remit such taxes to the taxing authorities.Cost of SalesThe Partnership and the Predecessor Entity include in cost of revenues from fuel sales all costs incurred to acquire wholesale fuel, including the costs ofpurchasing and transporting inventory prior to delivery to the wholesale customers. Cost of revenues from fuel sales does not include any depreciation ofproperty and equipment. Depreciation is separately classified in the income statement. Total cost of revenues from fuel sales of suppliers who accounted for10% or more of total cost of revenues from fuel sales for the periods presented are as follows: ConsolidatedLehigh GasPartners LPFor the YearEndedDecember 31,2013 ConsolidatedLehigh GasPartners LPPeriod fromOctober 31 toDecember 31,2012 CombinedLehigh GasEntities(Predecessor)Period fromJanuary 1toOctober 30,2012 CombinedLehigh GasEntities(Predecessor)For the YearEndedDecember 31,2011 ExxonMobil 43% 44% 41% 49% BP Products 25% 27% 27% 5% Motiva Enterprises 15% 14% 19% 25% Valero (a) (a) (a) 12% (a)less than 10%Cash and Cash EquivalentsThe Partnership considers all short-term investments with maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase to be cash equivalents. Cash and cashequivalents are stated at cost, which, for cash equivalents, approximates fair value due to their short-term maturity. The Partnership is potentially subject tofinancial instrument concentration of credit risk through its cash and cash equivalents. The Partnership maintains cash and cash equivalents with severalmajor financial institutions. The Partnership has not experienced any losses on their cash equivalents.Accounts ReceivableAccounts receivable primarily result from the sales of wholesale motor fuels and rental fees for sites to customers. The majority of the Partnership’s accountsreceivable relate to its wholesale motor fuel sales that can generally be described as high volume and low margin activities. Credit is extended to a customerbased on an evaluation of the customer’s financial condition. In certain circumstances collateral may be required from the customer. Receivables are recorded atface value, without interest or discount. F-13 Table of ContentsThe provision for bad debts is generally based upon a specific analysis of aged accounts while also factoring in any new business conditions that mightimpact the historical analysis, such as market conditions and bankruptcies of particular customers. Bad debt provisions are included in selling, general andadministrative expenses.The Partnership reviews all accounts receivable balances on at least a quarterly basis and provides an allowance for doubtful accounts based on historicalexperience and on a specific identification basis.Motor Fuel InventoryMotor fuel inventories consist of gasoline and diesel fuel and are stated at the lower of average cost or market using the first-in, first-out method. No provisionsfor potentially obsolete or slow-moving inventory have been made.Property and EquipmentProperty and equipment is recorded at cost. Property and equipment acquired through a business combination is recorded at fair value. Depreciation isrecognized using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets, including: 10 to 20 years for buildings and improvements and5 to 15 years for equipment. Amortization of leasehold improvements is based upon the shorter of the remaining terms of the leases including renewal periodsthat are reasonably assured, or the estimated useful lives, which generally range from 7 to 10 years.Expenditures for major renewals and betterments that extend the useful lives of property and equipment are capitalized. Maintenance and repairs are charged tooperations as incurred. Gains or losses on the disposition of property and equipment are recorded in the period the sale meets the criteria for recognition.Debt Issuance CostsDebt issuance costs that are incurred in connection with the issuance of debt are deferred and amortized to interest expense using the straight line method(which approximates the effective interest method) over the contractual term of the underlying indebtedness.Intangibles and Other Long-Lived AssetsIntangibles are recorded at fair value upon acquisition. Intangible assets associated with wholesale fuel supply contracts, wholesale fuel distribution rights andtrademarks are amortized over 10 years. Covenants not to compete are amortized over the shorter of the contract term or 5 years. Intangible assets associatedwith above and below market leases are amortized over the lease term, which approximates 5 years.Asset ImpairmentThe Partnership reviews long-lived assets, including property and equipment and intangible assets other than goodwill, for impairment when events orchanges in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of the long-lived asset (group) might not be recoverable in accordance with ASC 360, “Impairment orDisposal of Long-Lived Assets.” Such events and circumstances include, among other factors: operating losses; market value declines; changes in theexpected physical life of an asset; changes in business plans or those of major customers, suppliers or other business partners; changes in competition andcompetitive practices; uncertainties associated with the U.S. and world economies; changes in the expected level of capital, operating or environmentalremediation expenditures; and changes in governmental regulations or actions. The impairment evaluation is initially based on the projected undiscounted cashflows of the asset (group), including residual value upon eventual disposition. If the projected undiscounted cash flows of the asset (group) are less than itscarrying value, the impairment loss is measured by comparing the present value of the future cash flows associated with the asset (group) to its carrying valueand is recorded at that time.GoodwillThe Partnership accounts for purchased goodwill in accordance with ASC 350, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.” Goodwill represents the excess of costover fair value of net assets of businesses acquired. Goodwill acquired in a business combination is recorded at fair value as of the date acquired. Goodwill isnot amortized, but is instead tested for impairment at least annually and more frequently if events and circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired.A qualitative assessment is permitted, whereby companies may assess all relevant events and circumstances to determine if it is “more likely than not”(meaning a likelihood of more than 50%) that the fair value of the reporting unit goodwill is less than the carrying amount. If there is a more likely than notassessment, companies would need to perform the two-step process described below. F-14 Table of Contents • The fair value of the reporting unit is compared with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the fair value of a reporting unit exceedsits carrying amount, goodwill of the reporting unit is not considered impaired. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fairvalue, then companies must perform the second step of the goodwill impairment test to measure the amount of impairment loss, if any. • The implied fair value of reporting unit goodwill is compared with the carrying amount of that goodwill. If the carrying amount of thereporting unit goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of that goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess.Companies are required to perform Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test if the carrying value of the reporting unit is zero or negative or adverse qualitativefactors indicate that it is more likely than not that a goodwill impairment exists. Goodwill of a reporting unit is tested for impairment between annual tests if anevent occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of the reporting unit below its carrying amount.The Partnership has defined its reporting units as its reportable segments. No goodwill has been assigned to the Retail segment, and thus the Partnership testedthe Wholesale segment for impairment.The Partnership performed its annual impairment test of goodwill at December 31, 2013. The Partnership utilized qualitative factors, such as macroeconomicfactors, industry and market considerations, cost factors, overall financial performance and other relevant entity specific events, in their qualitativeassessment of the goodwill for their reporting units. Based on that analysis, the Partnership concluded that it was more likely than not that the fair value of theWholesale reporting unit exceeds its carrying value.Estimates and assumptions used to perform the impairment testing are inherently uncertain and can significantly affect the outcome of the impairment test.Changes in operating results and other assumptions could materially affect these estimates.Environmental and Other LiabilitiesThe Partnership accrues for all direct costs associated with the estimated resolution of contingencies at the earliest date at which it is deemed probable that aliability has been incurred and the amount of such liability can be reasonably estimated. Costs accrued are estimated based upon an analysis of potentialresults, assuming a combination of litigation and settlement strategies and outcomes. Estimated losses from environmental remediation obligations generally arerecognized no later than completion of the remedial feasibility study. Loss accruals are adjusted as further information becomes available or circumstanceschange. Costs of future expenditures for environmental remediation obligations are not discounted to their present value. Recoveries of environmentalremediation costs from other parties are recognized as assets when their receipt is deemed probable.The Partnership and the Predecessor Entity maintain insurance of various types with varying levels of coverage that is considered adequate under thecircumstances to cover operations and properties. The insurance policies are subject to deductibles that are considered reasonable and not excessive. Inaddition, the Partnership has entered into indemnification and escrow agreements with various sellers in conjunction with certain of their acquisitiontransactions.The Partnership is subject to other contingencies, including legal proceedings and claims arising out of its businesses that cover a wide range of matters,including, among others, environmental matters and contract and employment claims. Environmental and other legal proceedings may also include matterswith respect to businesses previously owned. Further, due to the lack of adequate information and the potential impact of present regulations and any futureregulations, there are certain circumstances in which no range of potential exposure may be reasonably estimated.LeasesThe Partnership accounts for leases in accordance with ASC 840, “Leases.” The Partnership leases certain sites from third parties under long-termarrangements with various expiration dates. U.S. GAAP requires leases be evaluated and classified as either operating or capital for financial reportingpurposes. The lease term used for lease evaluation includes option periods only in instances in which the exercise of the option period can be reasonablyassured and failure to exercise such options would result in an economic penalty. Minimum lease payments are expensed on a straight-line basis over the termof the lease including renewal periods that are reasonably assured at the inception of the lease. In addition to minimum lease payments, certain leases requireadditional contingent payments based on sales volume or future inflation.The Partnership is the lessee in certain sale-leaseback transactions for certain sites, and as the Partnership has continuing involvement in the underlying sites,or the lease agreement has a repurchase feature, the sale-leaseback arrangements are accounted for as financing transactions. F-15 Table of ContentsAsset Retirement ObligationsThe Partnership accounts for asset retirement obligations in accordance with ASC 410-20, “Asset Retirement Obligations.” The Partnership is obligated bycontractual or regulatory requirements or contingently obligated at the discretion of the lessor to remove certain equipment or perform other remediation uponretirement of certain assets at sites at which the Partnership is the lessee. Determination of the amounts recognized is based on numerous estimates andassumptions, including expected settlement dates and probability of occurrence, future retirement costs, future inflation rates and credit-adjusted risk-freerates. See Note 12 for additional information.Equity-Based CompensationIn connection with the IPO, the Partnership adopted the Lehigh Gas Partners LP 2012 Incentive Award Plan under which various types of awards may begranted to employees, consultants and directors of the General Partner or its affiliates who provide services to the Partnership. The Partnership grantedphantom units to employees of LGC that vest in one-third increments starting on March 15, 2014 and each March 15 of the two subsequent years, at whichtime common units will be granted to these employees. Since the Partnership grants phantom units to employees of LGC, the grants are measured at fair valueat each balance sheet reporting date based on the fair market value of the Partnership’s common units, and the cumulative compensation cost related to thatportion of the awards that have vested is recognized ratably over the vesting term and classified within selling, general and administrative expenses. Theliability for the future grant of common units is included in accrued expenses and other current liabilities on the balance sheet.If there are any modifications of the equity incentive compensation award after the date of grant, regardless of whether the vesting settlement is in commonunits or cash, the Partnership may be required to accelerate any remaining unearned equity incentive compensation expense or record additional equityincentive compensation expense.Income TaxesThe Partnership’s wholly owned taxable subsidiary recognizes deferred income tax assets and liabilities for the expected future income tax consequences oftemporary differences between financial statement carrying amounts and the related income tax basis.Each of the Predecessor Entity’s respective form of legal ownership was a combination of a corporation, a limited liability company (LLC), or a partnership.Income taxes were generally assessed at the individual level of the respective entities’ stockholder(s) (who have elected to be taxed as a sub-chapter Scorporation) or partners. Accordingly, the Predecessor Entity financial statements do not contain a provision for income taxes as no income taxes were assessedat the entity level.Likewise, income tax attributable to the Partnership’s earnings and losses, excluding the earnings and losses of its wholly owned taxable subsidiary, areassessed at the individual level of the unitholder. Accordingly, the Partnership does not record a provision for income taxes other than for those earnings andlosses generated or incurred by its wholly owned taxable subsidiary.Tax positions not meeting the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold at the financial statement date may not be recognized or continue to be recognized underthe accounting guidance for income taxes. Where required, the Partnership recognizes interest and penalties for uncertain tax positions in income taxes.Valuation allowances are initially recorded and reevaluated each reporting period by assessing the likelihood of the ultimate realization of a deferred taxasset. Management considers a number of factors in assessing the realization of a deferred tax asset, including the reversal of temporary differences, futuretaxable income and ongoing prudent and feasible tax planning strategies. The amount of deferred tax assets ultimately realized may differ materially from theestimates utilized in the computation of valuation allowances and may materially impact the financial statements in the future. F-16 Table of ContentsAssets Held for Sale and Discontinued OperationsThe determination to classify an asset as held for sale requires significant estimates about the site and the expected market for the site, which are based onfactors including recent sales of comparable sites, recent expressions of interest in the site and the condition of the site. Management must also determine if itwill be possible under those market conditions to sell the site for an acceptable price within one year. When assets are identified by management as held forsale, depreciation is discontinued and the sales price, net of selling costs, is estimated. Management considers sites to be held for sale when they meet criteriasuch as whether the sale transaction has been approved by the appropriate level of management and there are no known material contingencies relating to thesale such that the sale is probable and is expected to qualify for recognition as a completed sale within one year. If, in management’s opinion, the expected netsales price of the asset that has been identified as held for sale is less than the net book value of the asset, the asset is written down to fair value less the cost tosell. Assets classified as held for sale are presented separately in the balance sheets.There is frequently significant continuing involvement as the Partnership may supply fuel to the site after selling the site. Such sites would not be considereddiscontinued operations. Assuming no significant continuing involvement, both a site classified as held for sale and a sold site are considered a discontinuedoperation. Sites classified as discontinued operations are reclassified as such in the income statement for all periods presented. Cash flows from discontinuedoperations have not been segregated in the statements of cash flows.Allocation of Net IncomeUnder the Partnership Agreement, our General Partner’s interest in net income from the Partnership consists of the incentive distribution rights (“IDRs”),which are increasing percentages as noted below: Total QuarterlyDistribution PerCommon andSubordinated Unit Marginal Percentage Interest inDistribution Target Amount Unitholders Holders of IDRs above $0.5031 up to $0.5469 85% 15% above $0.5469 up to $0.6563 75% 25% above $0.6563 50% 50% The Partnership’s undistributed net income is generally allocable pro rata to the common and subordinated unitholders, except where common unitholdershave received cash distributions in excess of the subordinated unitholders. In that circumstance, net income is allocated to the common unitholders first insupport of such excess cash distribution paid to them; the remainder of the net income is allocable pro rata to the common and subordinated unitholders.Losses are generally allocable pro rata to the common and subordinated unitholders in accordance with the Partnership Agreement.Earnings Per-UnitIn addition to the common and subordinated units, the Partnership has identified the IDRs as participating securities and computes income per unit using thetwo-class method under which any excess of distributions declared over net income shall be allocated to the partners based on their respective sharing ofincome specified in the partnership agreement. Net income per unit applicable to limited partners (including common and subordinated unitholders) iscomputed by dividing the limited partners’ interest in net income, after deducting any incentive distributions, by the weighted-average number of outstandingcommon and subordinated units.ReclassificationsCertain reclassifications were made to prior period amounts to conform to the current year presentation. Specifically, accounts receivable and accounts payableas of December 31, 2012 were each increased by $2.0 million. This reclassification has no impact on net income or partners’ capital for any periods.Recent Accounting PronouncementsThe Partnership considers the applicability and impact of all new accounting guidance. No new accounting guidance was adopted in 2013 that had, or isexpected to have, a significant impact on the financial statements. F-17 Table of Contents4. AcquisitionsIn evaluating potential acquisition candidates, the Partnership considers a number of factors, including strategic fit, desirability of location, purchase priceand the ability to improve the productivity and profitability of a location and/or wholesale supply agreement or distribution rights through the implementationof improved operating strategies. The ability to create accretive financial results and/or operational efficiencies due to the relative operational scale and /orgeographic concentration, among other strategic factors, may result in a purchase price in excess of the fair value of identifiable assets acquired and liabilitiesassumed, resulting in the recognition of goodwill. The Partnership strives to make acquisitions accretive to partners’ capital and provide a reasonable long-term return on investment. Goodwill recorded in connection with these acquisitions is primarily attributable to the estimated synergies and enhanced revenueopportunities.With respect to the acquisitions discussed below (other than the Express Lane acquisition), the Partnership concluded the historical balance sheet andoperating information concerning these acquisitions would not be meaningful to investors as the Partnership fundamentally changed the nature of the revenueproducing assets acquired from the manner in which they were used by the sellers. Thus, other than for the Express Lane acquisition, the Partnership did notpresent pro forma revenues and net income as it was determined that presenting such financial information regarding such acquisitions may mislead investors.Acquisition costs incurred during the year ended December 31, 2013 and the period from October 31, 2012 through December 31, 2012 were $1.2 million and$0.8 million, respectively. Acquisition costs incurred during the period January 1, 2012 through October 30, 2012 and for the year ended December 31, 2011were $0.5 million and $0.6 million, respectively. Such costs are included in selling, general and administrative expenses.The conflicts committee of the General Partner determined that the apportionment of the consideration payable by each of the Partnership and LGO and theterms and conditions of the agreements with LGO are fair and reasonable to the Partnership for each of the acquisitions discussed below.Rogers AcquisitionOn September 19, 2013, the Partnership completed its purchase of certain assets from Rogers Petroleum, Inc. and affiliates (“Rogers”), pursuant to which thePartnership purchased 13 motor fuel stations, four leasehold motor fuel stations and certain other assets, which were held or used by Rogers in connectionwith their motor fuels and related convenience store businesses located in the Tri-Cities region of Tennessee, for $20.0 million. The purchase price was fundedby borrowings under the Credit Facility. One of the sites initially leased was purchased on October 23, 2013 for $1.1 million.Simultaneously, LGO completed its purchase of certain retail assets from Rogers (including fuel and merchandise inventory). The income that these assetsgenerate is non-qualifying for federal income tax purposes. Subsequent to the closing, the Partnership and LGO entered into a sublease agreement for all of thesites and a fuel distribution agreement for the purchase and sale of wholesale fuel.The following table summarizes the fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date (in thousands): OriginalPreliminaryPurchase PriceAllocation CumulativeAdjustments AdjustedPreliminaryPurchase PriceAllocation Property and equipment $18,810 $120 $18,930 Intangible assets 1,145 1,225 2,370 Total identifiable assets 19,955 1,345 21,300 Other liabilities — 273 273 Net identifiable assets acquired 19,955 1,072 21,027 Goodwill — 98 98 Net assets acquired $19,955 $1,170 $21,125 During the fourth quarter of 2013, based on additional valuation analysis completed, the Partnership increased the value ascribed to intangible assets andrecorded other insignificant adjustments as reflected above. F-18 Table of ContentsThe above fair values of assets and liabilities acquired are provisional and based on information that was available as of the acquisition date. The Partnershipbelieves the information provides a reasonable basis for estimating the fair values. The purchase price allocation is preliminary pending a final valuation of theassets and liabilities, including a final valuation of property and equipment, intangible assets and the impact of income taxes. Thus, the provisionalmeasurements of fair value reflected are subject to change, and such change could be significant. The Partnership expects to finalize the valuation and completethe accounting for the transaction as soon as practicable, but no later than one year from the acquisition date.The fair value of land, buildings, and equipment was based on a cost approach, with the fair value of an asset estimated by reference to the replacement costto obtain a substitute asset of comparable features and functionality, and is the amount a willing market participant would pay for such an asset, taking intoconsideration the asset condition as well as any physical deterioration, functional obsolescence, and/or economic obsolescence. The buildings and equipmentare being depreciated on a straight-line basis, with estimated useful lives of 20 years for buildings and 5 to 15 years for equipment.The $1.7 million fair value of the wholesale fuel distribution rights was based on an income approach, with the fair value estimated to be the present value ofincremental after-tax cash flows attributable solely to the wholesale fuel distribution rights over their estimated remaining useful life, using probability-weightedcash flows, using discount rates considered appropriate given the inherent risks associated with this type of transaction. Management believes the level andtiming of cash flows represent relevant market participant assumptions. The wholesale fuel distribution rights are being amortized on a straight-line basis overan estimated useful life of approximately 10 years.The $0.4 million fair value of the covenant not to compete was based on an income approach, with the fair value estimated to be the difference between thepresent value of after-tax cash flows with and without the covenant not to compete in place, using probability-weighted cash flows, using discount ratesconsidered appropriate given the inherent risks associated with this type of transaction. Management believes the level and timing of cash flows representrelevant market participant assumptions. The covenant not to compete intangible asset is being amortized on a straight-line basis over a 5-year period.Aggregate incremental revenues for the acquisition since the acquisition date included in the Partnership’s statements of operations were $17.6 million for theyear ended December 31, 2013.Rocky Top AcquisitionEffective September 24, 2013, the Partnership completed its purchase of certain assets from Rocky Top Markets, LLC and Rocky Top Properties, LLC(collectively, “Rocky Top”), pursuant to which the Partnership purchased one motor fuel station, three leasehold motor fuel stations, assumed certain third-party supply contracts and purchased certain other assets, which were held or used by Rocky Top in connection with their motor fuels and relatedconvenience store businesses located in the Knoxville, Tennessee area. Concurrent with the closing, the Partnership entered into a lease for 29 motor fuelstations that the Partnership is obligated to purchase, at the election of Rocky Top, either (a) in whole for $26.2 million on or about August 1, 2015, or (b) inapproximately equal parts over a 5 year period for an average of $5.3 million per year beginning in 2016. Due to the obligation to purchase the sites under thelease, the lease is accounted for as a seller financing. In conjunction with the seller financing, the transfer of title of the property and equipment recorded aspart of the accounting for the business combination is expected to occur at the time of the final payment. As such, the Partnership recorded $26.2 million ofdebt, which was preliminarily determined to be its fair value. See Note 10 for additional details. The Partnership paid $10.7 million in cash to Rocky Top atclosing, which was funded by borrowings under the Credit Facility.Simultaneously, LGO completed its purchase of certain retail assets from Rocky Top (including fuel and merchandise inventory). The income that theseassets generate is non-qualifying for federal income tax purposes. Subsequent to the closing, the Partnership and LGO entered into a sublease agreement for allof the sites and a fuel distribution agreement for the purchase and sale of wholesale fuel. F-19 Table of ContentsThe following table summarizes the fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date (in thousands): OriginalPreliminaryPurchase PriceAllocation CumulativeAdjustments AdjustedPreliminaryPurchase PriceAllocation Property and equipment $33,670 $(110) $33,560 Intangible assets 3,180 380 3,560 Total identifiable assets 36,850 270 37,120 Other liabilities — 372 372 Net identifiable assets acquired 36,850 (102) 36,748 Goodwill — 102 102 Net assets acquired $36,850 $— $36,850 During the fourth quarter of 2013, based on additional valuation analysis completed, the Partnership increased the value ascribed to intangible assets andrecorded other insignificant adjustments as reflected above.The above fair values of assets and liabilities acquired are provisional and based on information that was available as of the acquisition date. The Partnershipbelieves the information provides a reasonable basis for estimating the fair values. The purchase price allocation is preliminary pending a final valuation of theassets and liabilities, including a final valuation of property and equipment, intangible assets and the impact of income taxes. Thus, the provisionalmeasurements of fair value reflected are subject to change, and such change could be significant. The Partnership expects to finalize the valuation and completethe accounting for the transaction as soon as practicable, but no later than one year from the acquisition date.The fair value of land, buildings, and equipment was based on a cost approach, with the fair value of an asset estimated by reference to the replacement costto obtain a substitute asset of comparable features and functionality, and is the amount a willing market participant would pay for such an asset, taking intoconsideration the asset condition as well as any physical deterioration, functional obsolescence, and/or economic obsolescence. The buildings and equipmentare being depreciated on a straight-line basis, with estimated useful lives of 20 years for buildings and 5 to 15 years for equipment.The $2.8 million fair value of the wholesale fuel distribution rights was based on an income approach, with the fair value estimated to be the present value ofincremental after-tax cash flows attributable solely to the wholesale fuel distribution rights over their estimated remaining useful life, using probability-weightedcash flows, using discount rates considered appropriate given the inherent risks associated with this type of transaction. Management believes the level andtiming of cash flows represent relevant market participant assumptions. The wholesale fuel distribution rights are being amortized on a straight-line basis overan estimated useful life of approximately 10 years.The $0.3 million fair value of the trademark was based on an income approach, with the fair value estimated to be the present value of incremental after-taxcash flows attributable solely to the trademark.Aggregate incremental revenues for the acquisition since the date of acquisition included in the Partnership’s statements of operations were $23.1 million for theyear ended December 31, 2013.Manchester AcquisitionOn December 19, 2013, the Partnership completed its purchase of certain assets from Manchester Marketing, Inc. (“Manchester”), pursuant to which thePartnership purchased 44 independent dealer supply contracts, five sub-wholesale supply contracts, two leasehold motor fuel stations and certain other assetsand equipment, which were held or used by Manchester in connection with their motor fuels and related convenience store businesses located in the Richmond,Virginia area, for $10.7 million. The purchase price was funded by borrowings under the Credit Facility. F-20 Table of ContentsThe following table summarizes the fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date (in thousands): Accounts receivable $78 Inventory 56 Property and equipment 230 Notes receivable 437 Intangible assets 10,271 Total identifiable assets 11,072 Other liabilities 332 Net assets acquired $10,740 The above fair values of assets and liabilities acquired are provisional and based on information that was available as of the acquisition date. The Partnershipbelieves the information provides a reasonable basis for estimating the fair values. The purchase price allocation is preliminary pending a final valuation of theassets and liabilities, including a final valuation of property and equipment, intangible assets and the impact of income taxes. Thus, the provisionalmeasurements of fair value reflected are subject to change, and such change could be significant. The Partnership expects to finalize the valuation and completethe accounting for the transaction as soon as practicable, but no later than one year from the acquisition date.The fair value of land, buildings, and equipment was based on a cost approach, with the fair value of an asset estimated by reference to the replacement costto obtain a substitute asset of comparable features and functionality, and is the amount a willing market participant would pay for such an asset, taking intoconsideration the asset condition as well as any physical deterioration, functional obsolescence, and/or economic obsolescence. The buildings and equipmentare being depreciated on a straight-line basis, with estimated useful lives of 20 years for buildings and 5 to 15 years for equipment.The $9.1 million fair value of the wholesale fuel supply agreements was based on an income approach, with the fair value estimated to be the present value ofincremental after-tax cash flows attributable solely to the wholesale fuel supply agreements over their estimated remaining useful life, usingprobability-weighted cash flows, generally assumed to extend through the term of the wholesale fuel supply contracts, and using discount rates consideredappropriate given the inherent risks associated with this type of agreement. Management believes the level and timing of cash flows represent relevant marketparticipant assumptions. The wholesale fuel supply agreements are being amortized on a straight-line basis over an estimated useful life of approximately10 years.The $1.1 million fair value of the covenant not to compete was based on an income approach, with the fair value estimated to be the difference between thepresent value of after-tax cash flows with and without the covenant not to compete in place, using probability-weighted cash flows, using discount ratesconsidered appropriate given the inherent risks associated with this type of transaction. Management believes the level and timing of cash flows representrelevant market participant assumptions. The covenant not to compete intangible asset is being amortized on a straight-line basis over a 5-year period.Aggregate incremental revenues for the acquisition since the acquisition date included in the Partnership’s statements of operations were $3.6 million for theyear ended December 31, 2013.Dunmore AcquisitionOn December 21, 2012 (the “Dunmore Acquisition Date), the Partnership completed (the “Dunmore Closing”) its acquisition of certain assets (the “DunmoreAcquisition”) of Dunmore Oil Company, Inc. and JoJo Oil Company, Inc. (together, the “Dunmore Sellers”) as contemplated by the Asset PurchaseAgreement, as amended (the “Dunmore Purchase Agreement”), by and among the Partnership, a subsidiary of the Partnership, the Dunmore Sellers, and, forlimited purposes, Joseph Gentile, Jr. Pursuant to the Dunmore Purchase Agreement, the Dunmore Sellers sold to the Partnership substantially all of the assets(collectively, the “Dunmore Assets”) held and used by the Dunmore Sellers in connection with their gasoline and diesel retail outlet and related conveniencestore businesses (the “Dunmore Retail Business”). In connection with this transaction, the Partnership acquired the real estate of 24 motor fuel service stations,23 of which are fee simple interests and one of which is a leasehold interest.LGO leases the sites from the Partnership and operates the Dunmore Retail Business. In addition, as contemplated by the Dunmore Purchase Agreement,certain of the non-qualifying income generating Dunmore Assets (for federal income tax purposes) and certain non-qualifying liabilities of the Dunmore Sellerswere assigned by the Partnership to LGO. LGO paid the Partnership $0.5 million for advanced rent payments. The Dunmore Sellers are permitted to continueto operate certain portions of their business relating to sales of heating oil, propane and unbranded motor fuels. F-21 Table of ContentsAs consideration for the Dunmore Assets, the Partnership paid (i) $28.0 million in cash to the Dunmore Sellers; (ii) $0.5 million in cash to Mr. Gentile asconsideration for his agreeing, for a period of five years following the Dunmore Closing, to not compete in the Dunmore Retail Business, to not engage in thesale or distribution of branded motor fuels, and to not solicit or hire any of the Partnership affiliates’ employees; and (iii) $0.5 million in cash to be held inescrow and delivered to the Dunmore Sellers upon the Partnership’s receipt of written evidence concerning the payment of certain of the Dunmore Sellers’ pre-closing tax liabilities.The following table summarizes the fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date (in thousands): OriginalPreliminaryPurchase PriceAllocation CumulativeAdjustments FinalPurchase PriceAllocation Property and equipment $20,400 $2,400 $22,800 Intangible assets 8,200 (1,400) 6,800 Total identifiable assets 28,600 1,000 29,600 Other liabilities 200 767 967 Net identifiable assets acquired 28,400 233 28,633 Goodwill 600 (233) 367 Net assets acquired $29,000 $— $29,000 During 2013, based on finalized valuation analysis, the Partnership increased the value ascribed to property and equipment, decreased the value ascribed tointangible assets and recorded a deferred tax liability as reflected above.The fair value of land, buildings, and equipment was based on a cost approach, with the fair value of an asset estimated by reference to the replacement costto obtain a substitute asset of comparable features and functionality, and is the amount a willing market participant would pay for such an asset, taking intoconsideration the asset condition as well as any physical deterioration, functional obsolescence, and/or economic obsolescence. The buildings and equipmentare being depreciated on a straight-line basis, with estimated useful lives of 20 years for buildings and 5 to 15 years for equipment.The $6.3 million fair value of the wholesale fuel distribution rights was based on an income approach, with the fair value estimated to be the present value ofincremental after-tax cash flows attributable solely to the wholesale fuel distribution rights over their estimated remaining useful life, using probability-weightedcash flows, using discount rates considered appropriate given the inherent risks associated with this type of transaction. Management believes the level andtiming of cash flows represent relevant market participant assumptions. The wholesale fuel distribution rights are being amortized on a straight-line basis overan estimated useful life of approximately 10 years.The $0.5 million fair value of the covenant not to compete was based on an income approach, with the fair value estimated to be the difference between thepresent value of after-tax cash flows with and without the covenant not to compete in place, using probability-weighted cash flows, using discount ratesconsidered appropriate given the inherent risks associated with this type of transaction. Management believes the level and timing of cash flows representrelevant market participant assumptions. The covenant not to compete intangible asset is being amortized on a straight-line basis over the 5-year term of thecovenant.Incremental rent income for the acquisition included in the Partnership’s statements of operations was $2.0 million for 2013.Express Lane AcquisitionOn December 21, 2012, LGWS entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement (the “Express Lane Stock Purchase Agreement”) with James E. Lewis, Jr., Linda N.Lewis, James E. Lewis, III and Reid D. Lewis (collectively, the “Express Lane Sellers”), pursuant to which the Express Lane Sellers sold to LGWS all of theoutstanding capital stock (collectively, the “Express Lane Shares”) of Express Lane, Inc. (“Express Lane”), the owner and operator of various retailconvenience stores, which include the retail sale of motor fuels and quick service restaurants, at various locations in Florida.In connection with the purchase of the Express Lane Shares, LGWS acquired forty-one motor fuel service stations, one as a fee simple interest and forty asleasehold interests. In connection with the purchase of the Express Lane Shares, on December 21, 2012, LGPR entered into a Purchase and Sale Agreement (the“Express Lane Purchase and Sale Agreement” and, together with the Express Lane Stock Purchase Agreement, the “Express Lane Agreements”) with ExpressLane. Under the Express Lane Purchase and Sale Agreement, LGPR acquired, prior to the Express Lane Purchaser’s acquisition of the Express Lane Shares,an additional fee simple interest in six properties and two fuel purchase agreements (collectively, the “Express Lane Property”) from Express Lane. F-22 Table of ContentsOn December 21, 2012, LGPR completed the acquisition of the Express Lane Property from the Express Lane Sellers, as contemplated by the Express LanePurchase and Sale Agreement. In addition, on December 22, 2012, LGWS completed (the “Express Lane Closing”) the acquisition of the Express Lane Sharesfrom the Express Lane Sellers, as contemplated by the Express Lane Stock Purchase Agreement. The transactions contemplated by the Express LaneAgreements are together referred to as the “Express Lane Acquisition.”As a result of the Express Lane acquisition, LGO leases the sites from the Partnership and operates Express Lane’s gasoline and diesel retail outlet businessand its related convenience store business (the “Express Lane Retail Business”). In addition, certain of the non-qualifying income generating assets (for federalincome tax purposes) related to the Express Lane Retail Business and certain non-qualifying liabilities of the Express Lane Sellers were assigned to LGO. LGOpaid the Partnership $1.0 million for advanced rent payments. During the three months ended September 30, 2013, the Partnership paid $1.7 million ofadditional purchase price consideration for the net working capital of the Express Lane Retail Business (see Note 7). Because the net working capital wastransferred to LGO at the acquisition date, LGO repaid this amount to the Partnership in October 2013.Under the Express Lane Agreements, the aggregate purchase price (the “Express Lane Purchase Price”) for the Express Lane Property and the Express LaneShares was $45.2 million, inclusive of $1.7 million of certain post-closing adjustments. Of the Express Lane Purchase Price, LGWS paid an aggregate of$41.9 million to the Express Lane Sellers and placed an aggregate of $1.1 million into escrow, of which $1.0 million has been placed into escrow to fund anyindemnification or similar claims made under the Express Lane Agreements by the parties thereto, and $0.1 million has been placed into escrow pending thecompletion of certain environmental remediation measures. In addition to the Express Lane Purchase Price, LGPR also placed $0.5 million into escrow toindemnify the Express Lane Sellers for certain tax obligations resulting from the sale of the Express Lane Property.Under the Express Lane Stock Purchase Agreement, the Express Lane Sellers have agreed not to compete in the retail motor fuel or convenience store businesswithin the State of Florida for a period of four years following the Express Lane Closing. In addition, pursuant to the Express Lane Stock Purchase Agreement,each of the Express Lane Sellers executed a general release in favor of LGWS, Express Lane and their respective affiliates.The following table summarizes the fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date (in thousands): OriginalPreliminaryPurchase PriceAllocation CumulativeAdjustments Final Purchase PriceAllocation Net working capital $1,822 $(102) $1,720 Property and equipment 27,500 1,145 28,645 Intangible assets 17,600 2,100 19,700 Environmental indemnification asset 1,177 — 1,177 Total identifiable assets 48,099 3,143 51,242 Environmental liabilities 1,177 — 1,177 Other liabilities 2,500 7,066 9,566 Total identifiable liabilities 3,677 7,066 10,743 Net identifiable assets acquired 44,422 (3,923) 40,499 Goodwill 993 3,721 4,714 Net assets acquired $45,415 $(202) $45,213 During 2013, the Partnership assigned certain assets and liabilities acquired in the Express Lane acquisition to LGWS, its taxable subsidiary, which resultedin the recognition of a net deferred tax liability as further discussed in Note 16. As a result, and based on finalized valuation analysis, the Partnershipincreased the value ascribed to property and equipment and intangible assets as reflected above.The fair value of land, buildings and equipment was based on a cost approach, with the fair value of an asset estimated by reference to the replacement cost toobtain a substitute asset of comparable features and functionality, and is the amount a willing market participant would pay for such an asset, taking intoconsideration the asset condition as well as any physical deterioration, functional obsolescence and/or economic obsolescence. The buildings and equipmentare being depreciated on a straight-line basis, with estimated useful lives of 20 years for buildings and 5 to 15 years for equipment. F-23 Table of ContentsThe $15.4 million fair value of the wholesale fuel distribution rights was based on an income approach, with the fair value estimated to be the present value ofincremental after-tax cash flows attributable solely to the wholesale fuel distribution rights over their estimated remaining useful life, using probability-weightedcash flows, using discount rates considered appropriate given the inherent risks associated with this type of transaction. The Partnership believes the level andtiming of cash flows represent relevant market participant assumptions. The wholesale fuel distribution rights are being amortized on a straight-line basis overan estimated useful life of approximately 10 years.The $3.8 million fair value of the discount related to lease agreements with below average market value and the $2.6 million fair value of the discount relatedto lease agreements with above average market value were based on an income approach, with the fair value estimated to be the present value of incrementalafter-tax cash flows attributable solely to the lease agreements over their estimated remaining useful life, generally assumed to extend through the term of thelease agreements, and using discount rates considered appropriate given the inherent risks associated with this type of agreement. The Partnership believes thelevel and timing of cash flows represent relevant market participant assumptions. The discount related to lease agreements with above/below average marketvalue is being amortized on a straight-line basis over the term of the respective lease agreements, with an estimated weighted average useful life of 5 years.The $0.5 million fair value of the covenant not to compete was based on an income approach, with the fair value estimated to be the difference between thepresent value of after-tax cash flows with and without the covenant not to compete in place, using probability-weighted cash flows, using discount ratesconsidered appropriate given the inherent risks associated with this type of transaction. Management believes the level and timing of cash flows representrelevant market participant assumptions. The covenant not to compete intangible asset is being amortized on a straight-line basis over the 4-year term of thecovenant.Aggregate incremental revenues for the Express Lane Acquisition included in the Partnership’s statements of operations were $126.0 million for the year endedDecember 31, 2013.The following is unaudited pro forma information related to the Express Lane acquisition as if the transaction had occurred on January 1, 2012 (inthousands): ConsolidatedLehigh GasPartners LPPeriod fromOctober 31 toDecember 31,2012 CombinedLehigh Gas Entities(Predecessor)Period fromJanuary 1 toOctober 30,2012 Revenue $341,339 $1,772,511 Net Income $3,514 $3,877 5. Discontinued Operations and Assets Held for SaleDiscontinued OperationsAs part of certain sale transactions, the Partnership may continue to distribute motor fuels on a wholesale basis to a divested site. In addition, the Partnershipand Predecessor Entity may have the right to monitor and, if necessary, impose conditions on the operations of a divested site to ensure that the purchaser iscomplying with the terms and conditions of the franchise agreement covering such site. Accordingly, the Partnership and Predecessor Entity may have theability to exert significant influence over the divested site and thus the Partnership and Predecessor Entity may have significant continuing involvement. Suchsites are not deemed discontinued operations.The Partnership and Predecessor Entity classify sites as discontinued when operations and cash flows will be eliminated from ongoing operations and thePartnership and Predecessor Entity will not retain any significant continuing involvement in the operations after the respective sale transactions. All of theoperating results for these discontinued operations were removed from continuing operations and were presented separately as discontinued operations in thestatements of operations. The notes to the financial statements were adjusted to exclude discontinued operations unless otherwise noted. The Partnership has nodiscontinued operations. F-24 Table of ContentsThe following results are included in discontinued operations for the periods presented (in thousands): CombinedLehigh GasEntities(Predecessor)Period fromJanuary 1toOctober 30,2012 CombinedLehigh GasEntities(Predecessor)For the YearEndedDecember 31,2011 Revenues: Revenues from fuel sales $4,132 $5,670 Rent income 104 125 Total revenues 4,236 5,795 Costs and Expenses: Cost of revenues from fuel sales 4,019 5,548 Operating expenses 49 55 Depreciation and amortization 50 157 (Gain) loss on sales of assets, net (237) 540 Total costs and operating expenses 3,881 6,300 Operating income (loss) 355 (505) Interest expense, net (46) (274) Income (loss) from discontinued operations $309 $(779) Assets Held for SaleThe Partnership classified two and five sites as held for sale at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. In connection with the classification as held forsale, the Partnership recognized a loss of $0.1 million and $0.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 and the period October 31, 2012 throughDecember 31, 2012, respectively. The Predecessor Entity recognized a loss of $0.8 million for the period January 1, 2012 through October 30, 2012. The lossrepresents the impairment recognized to present the held-for-sale sites at the lower of cost or fair value, less costs to sell. The fair values, less costs to sell weredetermined based on negotiated amounts in agreements with unrelated third parties. Assets held for sale were as follows (in thousands): F-25 Table of Contents December 31,2013 December 31,2012 Property and equipment, at cost: Land $932 $1,351 Buildings and improvements 543 435 Equipment and other 299 163 Total property and equipment, at cost 1,774 1,949 Less accumulated depreciation (446) (334) Net assets held for sale $1,328 $1,615 6. Motor Fuel InventoryAs noted previously, effective September 1, 2013, the Partnership records inventory at the Commission Sites from the time of the purchase of motor fuelsfrom third party suppliers until the retail sale to the end customer. Inventory consisted of the following (in thousands): December 31,2013 Gasoline $1,901 Diesel fuel 240 Total inventory $2,141 7. Property and EquipmentProperty and equipment, net consisted of the following at (in thousands): December 31,2013 December 31,2012 Land $122,126 $98,117 Buildings and improvements 124,479 108,508 Leasehold improvements 7,437 4,260 Equipment and other 76,236 59,168 Property and equipment in service, at cost 330,278 270,053 Accumulated depreciation and amortization (43,808) (28,835) Property and equipment in service, net 286,470 241,218 Construction in progress 2,259 1,804 Property and equipment, net $288,729 $243,022 Substantially all property and equipment is used for leasing purposes.The Partnership is the lessee in certain sale-leaseback transactions for certain sites, and as the Partnership has continuing involvement in the underlying sites,or the lease agreement has a repurchase feature, the sale-leaseback arrangements are accounted for as lease financing obligations. The table above includes thesesites, as well as certain leases accounted for as capital leases. These total cost and accumulated amortization of property and equipment recorded under sale-leaseback transactions and capital leases was $52.6 million and $8.4 million at December 31, 2013, and $57.5 million and $5.0 million at December 31,2012, respectively. See Note 11 for further information.Depreciation expense, including amortization of assets recorded under sale-leasebacks and capital lease obligations, was approximately $16.5 million,$2.2 million, $11.9 million and $9.7 million for 2013, the period from October 31, 2012 through December 31, 2012, the period from January 1, 2012through October 30, 2012, and 2011, respectively.In addition to the business combinations discussed in Note 4, the following asset purchases and divestitures occurred in 2013: • In April 2013, the Partnership purchased one site in Pennsylvania for $0.7 million. • In April 2013, the Partnership sold five sites in Ohio for $1.5 million, which were included in assets held for sale at December 31, 2012. Thistransaction did not have a material impact on the results of operations for 2013. • In May 2013, the Partnership sold one site in Kentucky for $0.7 million. This transaction did not have a material impact on the results ofoperations for 2013. F-26 Table of Contents • In May 2013, the Partnership repurchased four sites in Ohio for $7.1 million. These sites were previously leased through sale-leasebacktransactions that were accounted for as lease financing obligations with a remaining balance of $5.1 million. The $2.0 million difference betweenthe purchase price and the remaining balance of the lease financing obligation was recorded as an increase to property and equipment. • In June 2013, the Partnership purchased two sites in Florida for $1.6 million, of which $0.6 million was paid in cash and the remaining balancewas financed as a note payable. See Note 8 for additional details.8. Goodwill and Intangible AssetsChanges in goodwill consisted of the following at (in thousands): Balance at December 31, 2012 $5,636 Goodwill from acquisitions 3,688 Balance at December 31, 2013 $9,324 No impairment losses have been recorded to goodwill. All goodwill has been allocated to the Wholesale segment. See Note 4 for additional information on theacquisitions. The amount of goodwill expected to be deductible for tax purposes was $6.8 million at December 31, 2013.Intangible assets consist of the following (in thousands): December 31, 2013 December 31, 2012 GrossAmount AccumulatedAmortization NetCarryingAmount GrossAmount AccumulatedAmortization NetCarryingAmount Wholesale fuel supply agreements $25,736 $(9,059) $16,677 $16,451 $(7,151) $9,300 Wholesale fuel distribution rights 26,180 (2,282) 23,898 23,200 — 23,200 Trademarks 634 (78) 556 134 (40) 94 Covenant not to compete 2,676 (253) 2,423 — — — Below market leases 4,761 (1,310) 3,451 3,422 (414) 3,008 Total $59,987 $(12,982) $47,005 $43,207 $(7,605) $35,602 See Note 4 for additional information on the acquisitions, which resulted in additional intangible assets being recorded in 2013.As noted previously, the Partnership purchased two sites in Florida in June 2013. Prior to the acquisition, there was a below market lease intangible assetassociated with these sites since they were previously leased through the Express Lane acquisition. This intangible asset was written off, resulting in a chargeof $0.1 million in 2013.The aggregate amortization expense, including amortization of above and below market lease intangible assets which is classified as rent expense, wasapproximately $4.6 million, $0.3 million, $1.9 million and $2.4 million for 2013, the period October 31, 2012 through December 31, 2012, the periodJanuary 1, 2012 through October 30, 2012, and 2011, respectively.The following represents expected amortization expense for the next five years, including amortization of above and below market lease intangible assets (inthousands): 2014 $5,918 2015 5,900 2016 5,639 2017 5,276 2018 4,738 F-27 Table of Contents9. Accrued Expenses and Other Current LiabilitiesAccrued expenses and other current liabilities consisted of the following at (in thousands): December 31,2013 December 31,2012 Interest expense $444 $124 Professional fees 1,365 436 Express Lane working capital payable (Note 4) — 1,791 Equity-based incentive compensation (Note 17) 3,141 — Taxes other than income 1,169 40 Management fees payable to affiliate 139 — Other 1,792 908 Total accrued expenses and other current liabilities $8,050 $3,299 10. DebtDebt outstanding was as follows: December 31,2013 December 31,2012 Revolving credit facility $146,330 $183,751 Financing associated with Rocky Top acquisition 26,250 — Note payable 980 — Total 173,560 183,751 Current portion—included in accrued expenses and other current liabilities 51 — Total $173,509 $183,751 The following represents principal payments due for the next five years (in thousands). The financing issued in connection with the Rocky Top acquisitionwas assumed to be payable in 2015 in its entirety (see further discussion below). 2014 $51 2015 172,632 2016 55 2017 57 2018 765 Total $173,560 Credit FacilityOn October 30, 2012, in connection with the IPO, the Partnership entered into a credit agreement with a syndicate of banks (the “Credit Facility”).The Credit Facility matures on October 30, 2015 and consisted of a $249.0 million senior secured revolving credit facility, a swingline line-of-credit loan up to$7.5 million and standby letters of credit up to an aggregate of $35.0 million. The Credit Facility had the ability to be increased, from time to time, upon thePartnership’s written request, subject to certain conditions, up to an additional $75.0 million. All obligations under the Credit Facility are secured bysubstantially all of the assets of the Partnership and its subsidiaries.On May 13, 2013, the Partnership entered into an amendment to the Credit Facility (the “Amendment”) to increase its credit line by $75.0 million to $324.0million. Subject to the consent of the lenders, the Partnership has the ability under certain circumstances to further increase the amount that it may borrow by$100.0 million to $424.0 million. The Amendment was treated as a modification in accordance with accounting guidance on debt modifications, and as aresult, the Partnership recorded $0.4 million in deferred financing fees, which are included in deferred financing costs, net and other assets on the balancesheet at December 31, 2013 and are being amortized on a straight line basis over the remaining term of the Credit Facility. F-28 Table of ContentsThe Partnership is required to comply with certain financial covenants under the Credit Facility. The Partnership is required to maintain a combined leverageratio (as defined) for the most recently completed four fiscal quarters of not greater than 4.75 to 1.00 through December 31, 2014, and 4.60 to 1.00thereafter. The Partnership is also required to maintain a combined interest charge coverage ratio (as defined) of at least 3.00 to 1.00. The Partnership was incompliance with all financial covenants as of December 31, 2013 and 2012.Borrowings under the Credit Facility, as amended, bear interest, at the Partnership’s option, at (1) a rate equal to the London Interbank Offering Rate(“LIBOR”), for interest periods of one, two, three or six months, plus a margin of 2.25% to 3.50% per annum, depending on the Partnership’s combinedleverage ratio (as defined) or (2) (a) a base rate equal to the greatest of: (i) the federal funds rate, plus 0.5%, (ii) LIBOR for one month interest periods, plus1.00% per annum or (iii) the rate of interest established by the agent, from time to time, as its prime rate, plus (b) a margin of 1.25% to 2.50% per annumdepending on the Partnership’s combined leverage ratio. In addition, the Partnership incurs a commitment fee based on the unused portion of the revolvingcredit facility at a rate of 0.375% to 0.50% per annum depending on the Partnership’s combined leverage ratio. The weighted average interest rate for the CreditFacility was 3.3% and 3.0% for 2013 and for the period October 31, 2012 through December 31, 2012, respectively.A total of $7.6 million of deferred financing costs are being recognized as interest expense ratably over the term of the Credit Facility. The $7.6 million ofdeferred financing costs resulted from the payment of $4.1 million in lender fees in connection with obtaining the Credit Facility, $3.1 million of the remainingunamortized balance of deferred financing costs associated with the Predecessor credit facility and $0.4 million in lender fees in connection with Amendment.The Credit Facility prohibits the Partnership from making distributions to unitholders if any potential default or event of default occurs or would result fromthe distribution, the Partnership is not in compliance with its financial covenants or the Partnership has lost its status as a partnership for U.S. federal incometax purposes. In addition, the Credit Facility contains various covenants which may limit, among other things, the Partnership’s ability to grant liens; create,incur, assume, or suffer to exist other indebtedness; or make any material change to the nature of the Partnership’s business, including mergers, liquidations,and dissolutions; and make certain investments, acquisitions or dispositions.There was $12.3 million and $13.9 million outstanding under standby letters of credit at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.The Credit Facility was amended and restated on March 4, 2014 and all borrowings thereunder were repaid. See Note 23 for additional information.Note PayableIn connection with the acquisition of two sites in Florida noted previously, the Partnership issued a $1.0 million note payable with interest at 4.0%. Monthlypayments are made based on a 15-year amortization schedule for the first 5 years commencing August 1, 2013. The 60th payment is a balloon payment forall outstanding principal and any unpaid interest. The loan is secured by all the real and personal property at the two sites.Financing Issued in Rocky Top AcquisitionIn connection with the Rocky Top acquisition as described in Note 4, the Partnership entered into a lease for certain sites for which the Partnership is obligatedto purchase these sites, at the election of the seller, either (a) in whole on or about August 1, 2015, or (b) in approximately equal parts over a 5 year period foran average of $5.3 million per year beginning in 2016. Due to the obligation to purchase the sites under the lease, the lease is accounted for as a financing.Interest accrues at an annual rate of 7.5% with monthly payments of $0.2 million due until the balance is paid. The Partnership recorded $26.2 million ofdebt, which was preliminarily determined to be its fair value, and the payments made until the purchase will be classified as interest expense.Predecessor DebtThe Predecessor Entity had a credit facility and various other debt obligations. All borrowings were paid in full with proceeds from the IPO. F-29 Table of Contents11. Lease Financing Obligations and Operating LeasesLease Financing ObligationsThe Partnership is the lessee in certain sale-leaseback transactions for certain sites, and as the Partnership has continuing involvement in the underlying sites,or the lease agreement has a repurchase feature, the sale-leaseback arrangements are accounted for as lease financing obligations and are included in the tablebelow. The Partnership also leases certain fuel stations and equipment under lease agreements accounted for as capital lease obligations.The future minimum lease payments under lease financing obligations as of December 31, 2013 are as follows (in thousands): 2014 $6,263 2015 6,364 2016 6,364 2017 6,320 2018 6,379 Thereafter 72,962 Total future minimum lease payments $104,652 Less interest component (37,720) Present value of minimum lease payments 66,932 Current portion 2,568 Long-term portion $64,364 Operating Leases of Sites as LesseeThe Partnership leases sites from third parties under certain non-cancelable operating leases that expire from time to time through 2028.The future minimum lease payments under operating leases as of December 31, 2013 were as follows (in thousands): 2014 $13,682 2015 12,699 2016 12,026 2017 11,116 2018 9,807 Thereafter 63,718 Total future minimum lease payments $123,048 The future minimum lease payments presented above do not include contingent rent based on future inflation, future revenues or volumes, or amounts thatmay be paid as reimbursements for certain operating costs incurred by the lessor. Most lease agreements include provisions for renewals.Contingent rent expense, based on gallons sold, was approximately $1.0 million, $0.2 million, $1.7 million and $1.3 million for 2013, the period fromOctober 31, 2012 through December 31, 2012, the period from January 1, 2012 through October 30, 2012, and 2011, respectively.Getty LeaseIn May 2012, the Predecessor Entity entered into a 15-year master lease agreement with renewal options of up to an additional 20 years with Getty. Pursuant tothe lease, the Predecessor Entity leased 105 gas station sites in Massachusetts, New Hampshire and Maine. The lease was assigned to the Partnership. InDecember 2012, the agreement was amended to add an additional 25 sites in New Jersey. In December 2013, the agreement was amended to add one site inDelaware and one site in Maryland. The Partnership pays fixed rent, which increases 1.5% per year. In addition, the lease requires contingent rent paymentsbased on gallons of fuel sold. During the initial 3 years of the lease, the Partnership is required to make capital expenditures of at least $4.3 million plus $0.01per gallon of fuel sold at the New England sites. However, the Partnership is entitled to a rent credit equal to 50% of the capital expenditures up to a maximumof $2.1 million. During the initial 3.5 years of the lease, the Partnership is required to make capital expenditures of at least $1.0 million at the New Jerseysites. F-30 Table of ContentsBecause the fair value of the land at lease inception was estimated to represent more than 25% of the total fair value of the real property subject to the lease, theland element of the lease was analyzed for operating or capital treatment separately from the rest of the property subject to the lease. The land element of thelease was classified as an operating lease and all of the other property was classified as a capital lease. As such, future minimum lease payments are includedin both the lease financing obligations and operating lease tables above.During 2013, two sites were terminated from the lease. Additionally, the Partnership notified Getty of its intent to terminate eight additional sites from the lease.Any property and equipment or lease financing obligations associated with these sites were removed from the balance sheet in 2013, which resulted in a gain of$0.2 million, classified as a credit to rent expense on the statements of operations. Any lease payments made until the sites are formally terminated from thelease will be accounted for as rent expense.Operating Leases of Sites as LessorMotor fuel stations are leased to tenants under operating leases with various expiration dates ranging through 2028.The future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating leases with third parties and cancelable operating leases with LGO as of December 31,2013 were as follows (in thousands): Third Parties LGO Total 2014 $15,268 $15,939 $31,207 2015 10,704 16,178 26,882 2016 7,919 16,421 24,340 2017 5,685 16,657 22,342 2018 5,111 16,902 22,013 Thereafter 19,298 166,343 185,641 Total future minimum lease payments $63,985 $248,440 $312,425 The future minimum lease payments presented above do not include contingent rent based on future inflation, future revenues or volumes of the lessee, oramounts that may be received as tenant reimbursements for certain operating costs. Most lease agreements include provisions for renewals.12. Asset Retirement ObligationsCertain lease agreements in which the Partnership is the lessee require or contingently require the Partnership to remove underground storage tanks at the end ofthe lease. The Partnership’s asset retirement obligation is as follows: Balance at December 31, 2012 $588 Recognition of new asset retirement obligations 187 Changes in estimated cash flows or settlement dates 1,398 Accretion 50 Obligations settled (72)Balance at December 31, 2013 $2,151 Current portion, classified within accrued expenses and other current liabilities 280 Long-term portion, classified within noncurrent other liabilities $1,871 13. Environmental MattersThe Partnership currently owns or leases sites where refined petroleum products are being or have been handled. These sites and the refined petroleumproducts handled thereon may be subject to federal and state environmental laws and regulations. Under such laws and regulations, the Partnership could berequired to remove or remediate containerized hazardous liquids or associated generated wastes (including wastes disposed of or abandoned by prior owners oroperators), to remediate contaminated property arising from the release of liquids or wastes into the environment, including contaminated groundwater, or toimplement best management practices to prevent future contamination. F-31 Table of ContentsThe Partnership maintains insurance of various types with varying levels of coverage that is considered adequate under the circumstances to cover operationsand properties. The insurance policies are subject to deductibles that are considered reasonable and not excessive. In addition, the Partnership has entered intoindemnification and escrow agreements with various sellers in conjunction with several of their respective acquisitions, as further described below. Financialresponsibility for environmental remediation is negotiated in connection with each acquisition transaction. In each case, an assessment is made of potentialenvironmental liability exposure based on available information. Based on that assessment and relevant economic and risk factors, a determination is madewhether to, and the extent to which the Partnership will, assume liability for existing environmental conditions.The table below presents a rollforward of the Partnership’s environmental liability (in thousands). 2013 For the PeriodOctober 31, 2012to December 31,2012 Beginning balance $1,177 $— Provision for new environmental losses 650 — Changes in estimates for previously incurred losses (144) — Recoveries from environmental indemnification assets (445) — Environmental liabilities acquired in business combinations — 1,177 Ending balance 1,238 1,177 Current portion 477 591 Long-term portion $761 $586 The Partnership is indemnified by third-party escrow funds of $0.2 million and state funds or insurance totaling $1.0 million, which are recorded asindemnification assets. State funds represent probable state reimbursement amounts. Reimbursement will depend upon the continued maintenance andsolvency of the state. Insurance coverage represents amounts deemed probable of reimbursement under insurance policies.The estimates used in these reserves are based on all known facts at the time and an assessment of the ultimate remedial action outcomes. The Partnership willadjust loss accruals as further information becomes available or circumstances change. Among the many uncertainties that impact the estimates are thenecessary regulatory approvals for, and potential modifications of remediation plans, the amount of data available upon initial assessment of the impact of soilor water contamination, changes in costs associated with environmental remediation services and equipment and the possibility of existing legal claims givingrise to additional claims.Environmental liabilities related to the contributed sites have not been assigned to the Partnership, and are still the responsibility of certain of the PredecessorEntities. The Omnibus Agreement (further described in Note 20) provides that certain of the Predecessor Entities must indemnify the Partnership for any costsor expenses that the Partnership incurs for environmental liabilities and third-party claims, regardless of when a claim is made, that are based onenvironmental conditions in existence prior to the closing of the IPO for contributed sites. Certain of the Predecessor Entities are the beneficiary of escrowaccounts created to cover the cost to remediate certain environmental liabilities. In addition, certain of the Predecessor Entities maintain insurance policies tocover environmental liabilities and/or, where available, participate in state programs that may also assist in funding the costs of environmental liabilities.Certain sites that were contributed to the Partnership, in accordance with the Contribution Agreement, were identified as having existing environmentalliabilities that are not covered by escrow accounts, state funds or insurance policies.The following table presents a summary roll forward of the Predecessor Entity’s environmental liabilities, on an undiscounted basis (in thousands): Balance at December 31, 2012 $ 21,208 Changes in estimates for previously incurred losses 373 Recoveries from environmental indemnification assets (3,322)Balance at December 31, 2013 $18,259 F-32 Table of ContentsA significant portion of the Predecessor Entities’ environmental reserves have corresponding indemnification assets. The breakdown of the indemnificationassets is as follows (in thousands): December 31,2013 December 31,2012 Third-party escrows $6,707 $7,988 State funds 3,210 4,051 Insurance coverage 5,460 6,037 Total indemnification assets $15,377 $18,076 14. Commitments and ContingenciesPurchase CommitmentsThe future minimum volume purchase requirements forthcoming in year 2014 under the existing supply agreements are approximate gallons, with a purchaseprice at prevailing market rates for wholesale distributions. The Partnership and the Predecessor Entity purchased approximately 586.3 million, 90.0 million,431.2 million and 417.8 million gallons of product under the existing supply agreements for 2013, the period from October 31, 2012 through December 31,2012, the period from January 1, 2012 through October 30, 2012, and 2011, respectively, which included fulfillment of the minimum purchase obligationunder these commitments. The following provides total future minimum volume purchase requirements (in thousands of gallons) for the following years: 2014 314,456 2015 284,278 2016 276,828 2017 248,322 2018 234,489 Thereafter 2,541,437 Total 3,899,810 In the event for a given contract year the Partnership fails to purchase the required minimum volume, the underlying third party’s exclusive remedies(depending on the magnitude of the failure) are either termination of the supply agreement and/or a financial penalty per gallon based on the volume shortfallfor the given year. Neither the Partnership nor the Predecessor Entity incurred any penalties for the periods presented.Legal ActionsIn 2006 and 2007, a Lessee Dealer asserted claims against the Predecessor Entity regarding the improper termination of their franchise relationship. InDecember 2012, the plaintiff was awarded a settlement of $0.5 million of which the Predecessor Entity recorded as selling, general and administrative expensefor the period January 1, 2012 through October 30, 2012.In the normal course of business, the Partnership and the Predecessor Entity have and may become involved in legal actions relating to the ownership andoperation of their properties and business. In management’s opinion, the resolutions of any such pending legal actions are not expected to have a materialadverse effect on its financial position, results of operations and cash flows. The Partnership and the Predecessor Entity maintain liability insurance on certainaspects of its businesses in amounts deemed adequate by management. However, there is no assurance that this insurance will be adequate to protect themfrom all material expenses related to potential future claims or these levels of insurance will be available in the future at economically acceptable prices.Environmental LiabilitiesSee Note 13 for a discussion of the Partnership and the Predecessor Entity’s environmental liabilities. F-33 Table of Contents15. Fair Value MeasurementsThe Partnership measures and reports certain financial and non-financial assets and liabilities on a fair value basis. Fair value is the price that would bereceived to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date (exit price). GAAP specifiesa three-level hierarchy that is used when measuring and disclosing fair value. The fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority to quoted prices available inactive markets (i.e., observable inputs) and the lowest priority to data lacking transparency (i.e., unobservable inputs). An instrument’s categorization withinthe fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of significant input to its valuation. The following is a description of the three hierarchy levels. Level 1 Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical, unrestricted assets or liabilities.Active markets are considered to be those in which transactions for the assets or liabilities occur in sufficient frequency and volume toprovide pricing information on an ongoing basis. Level 2 Quoted prices in markets that are not active, or inputs which are observable, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full termof the asset or liability. This category includes quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets and quoted prices foridentical or similar assets or liabilities in inactive markets. Level 3 Unobservable inputs are not corroborated by market data. This category is comprised of financial and non-financial assets andliabilities whose fair value is estimated based on internally developed models or methodologies using significant inputs that aregenerally less readily observable from objective sources.Transfers into or out of any hierarchy level are recognized at the end of the reporting period in which the transfers occurred. There were no transfers betweenany levels in 2013, 2012 or 2011.As further discussed in Note 17, the Partnership has accrued for phantom units granted in 2013 as a liability and adjusts that liability on a recurring basisbased on the market price of the Partnership’s common units each balance sheet date. Such fair value measurements are deemed Level 1 measurements.For assets and liabilities measured on a non-recurring basis during the year, accounting guidance requires quantitative disclosures about the fair valuemeasurements separately for each major category. See Note 5 for a discussion of impairment charges to reduce the net book value of assets held for sale to fairvalue less cost to sell. Such fair value measurements were based on negotiated sales prices, or sales of comparable sites, and represent level 2 measurements.Financial InstrumentsThe fair value of the Partnership’s accounts receivable and accounts payable approximated their carrying values as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 due to theshort-term maturity of these instruments. The fair value of the Partnership’s long-term debt approximated its carrying value as of December 31, 2013 and 2012due to the frequency with which interest rates are reset based on changes in prevailing interest rates. The fair value of debt, classified as a Level 2measurement, was estimated using an income approach by discounting future cash flows at estimated current cost of funding rates, which incorporate thecredit risk of the Partnership.16. Partners’ CapitalIn connection with the IPO, the Predecessor Entities contributed the Contributed Assets to the Partnership. In consideration of the Contributed Assets, thePartnership issued and/or distributed to the Predecessor an aggregate of 625,000 common units and 7,525,000 subordinated units. The Partnership issued6,900,000 common units, inclusive of the underwriter’s over-allotment option, in connection with the IPO.In January 2013, the Partnership issued an aggregate of 1,044 units to members of the board of directors of the Partnership’s General Partner related to directorcompensation.In December 2013, the Partnership issued 3,565,000 common units, inclusive of the underwriter’s over-allotment option, for $26.90 per unit, resulting inproceeds of $91.4 million, net of underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses. The Partnership used the proceeds to reduce indebtednessoutstanding under its Credit Facility and for general purposes.In December 2013, LGC purchased 6,304 common units from the Partnership and granted them to Joseph V. Topper, Jr., the Chairman of the Board andChief Executive Officer of the General Partner. The grant was made to Mr. Topper, at his election, in lieu of cash compensation due to Mr. Topper asconsideration for his services to the Partnership as Chief Executive Officer of the General Partner. LGC paid the Partnership the grant-date fair value of theunits, which was $0.2 million. F-34 Table of Contents17. Equity-Based Incentive CompensationIn connection with the IPO, the General Partner adopted the Lehigh Gas Partners LP 2012 Incentive Award Plan (the “Plan”), a long-term incentive plan foremployees, officers, consultants and directors of the General Partner and any of its affiliates, including LGC, who perform services for the Partnership. Themaximum number of common units that may be delivered with respect to awards under the Plan is 1,505,000. Generally, the Plan provides for grants ofrestricted units, unit options, performance awards, phantom units, unit awards, unit appreciation rights, distribution equivalent rights, and other unit-basedawards, with various limits and restrictions attached to these awards on a grant-by-grant basis. The Plan is administered by the board of directors of thePartnership’s General Partner or a committee thereof, which is referred to as the Plan Administrator.The Plan Administrator may terminate or amend the Plan at any time with respect to any common units for which a grant has not yet been made. The PlanAdministrator also has the right to alter or amend the Plan or any part of the Plan from time to time, including increasing the number of common units thatmay be granted, subject to unitholder approval as required by the exchange upon which common units are listed at that time.However, no change in any outstanding grant may be made that would adversely affect the rights of a participant with respect to awards granted to aparticipant prior to the effective date of such amendment or termination, except that the board of directors of our General Partner may amend any award tosatisfy the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code. The Plan will expire on the tenth anniversary of its approval, when common units areno longer available under the Plan for grants or upon its termination by the Plan Administrator, whichever occurs first.The following is a summary of the phantom unit award activity for 2013: Non-vested at December 31, 2012 — Granted 449,662 Forfeited (16,289)Non-vested at December 31, 2013 433,373 The fair value of the non-vested phantom units outstanding at December 31, 2013 was $12.4 million. Compensation expense for 2013 was $3.1 million.Unrecognized compensation expense related to the non-vested phantom units is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.2 years.It is the intent of the Partnership to settle these phantom units upon vesting by issuing common units, as allowed under the Plan. However, the awards may besettled in cash at the discretion of the compensation committee of the board of directors of the General Partner.Since the Partnership grants phantom units to employees of LGC, and since the grants may be settled in cash, the grants are measured at fair value at eachbalance sheet reporting date and the cumulative compensation cost recognized is classified as a liability, which is included in accrued expenses and othercurrent liabilities on the balance sheet.18. Income TaxesCertain legal entities of the Partnership do not pay income taxes because their income is taxed to the owners. For those entities, the reported amount of theirassets, net of the reported amount of their liabilities, was less than the related tax basis of their assets and liabilities by $4.5 million and $2.0 million atDecember 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Net earnings for financial statement purposes may differ significantly from taxable income reportable to the ownersas a result of this basis difference and the allocation of taxable income under the Partnership Agreement.The non-taxed entities of the Partnership are subject to a statutory requirement that non-qualifying income cannot exceed 10% of total gross income for thecalendar year. If the amount of its non-qualifying income exceeds the statutory limit, these entities would be subject to income tax on their earnings as if theywere taxable corporations. The non-qualifying income did not exceed the statutory limit in any period for the non-taxed entities. F-35 Table of ContentsThe provision (benefit) for income taxes consisted of (in thousands): Year EndedDecember 31, 2013 Period from October 31 toDecember 31, 2012 Current expense Federal $1,111 $269 State 121 73 Total current income tax expense 1,232 342 Deferred expense (benefit) Federal (2,329) — State (619) — Total deferred income tax expense (benefit) (2,948) — Total income tax expense (benefit) $(1,716) $342 The significant components of deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows (in thousands). December 31,2013 December 31,2012 Deferred income tax assets Deferred rent income $319 $890 Deferred rent expense 365 328 Lease financing obligations 23,936 27,422 Asset retirement obligations 787 194 Above market lease liability 1,024 — Other 61 — Total deferred income tax assets 26,492 28,834 Valuation allowance (7,093) (9,893)Net deferred income tax assets 19,399 18,941 Deferred income tax liabilities Property and equipment 22,964 18,941 Below market lease intangible asset 1,274 — Total deferred income tax liabilities 24,238 18,941 Net deferred income tax liabilities $4,839 $— Non-current deferred tax assets of $0.1 million are included in deferred financing fees, net and other assets and non-current deferred tax liabilities of $5.0million are included in other noncurrent liabilities at December 31, 2013.During 2013, in connection with the updates to purchase accounting and subsequent assignment of assets and liabilities by the Partnership to LGWS, thePartnership reviewed its cumulative permanent and temporary differences. As a result of that review, the Partnership increased its net deferred tax assets thatexisted on the date of the contribution of net assets by the Predecessor to the Partnership by $8.5 million and increased its valuation allowance to fully offsetthese additional net deferred tax assets.During 2013, based on the updates to the purchase price allocations for the 2012 and 2013 acquisitions and subsequent assignment of assets and liabilities bythe Partnership to LGWS, the Partnership recorded a deferred tax liability of $7.8 million.At December 31, 2012, net deferred tax assets totaling $9.9 million were fully reserved against with a valuation allowance. Concurrent with the recognition ofthe $7.8 million net deferred tax liability noted above, and based on the expected reversal of the cumulative temporary differences and anticipated futureearnings as of December 31, 2013, the Partnership released $2.8 million of the valuation allowance during 2013. The valuation allowance at December 31,2013 relates primarily to the uncertainty of the availability of future profits to realize the tax benefit of the existing deductible temporary differences. ThePartnership believes that it will generate sufficient future taxable income to realize the benefits related to the remaining deferred tax asset. The valuationallowance decrease primarily relates to the change in the net deferred tax position. F-36 Table of ContentsIn conjunction with the Partnership’s ongoing review of its actual results and anticipated future earnings, the Partnership continuously reassesses thepossibility of releasing the valuation allowance on its deferred tax assets. It is reasonably possible that a significant portion of the valuation allowance will bereleased within the next twelve months.The difference between the actual income tax provision and income taxes computed by applying the U.S. federal statutory rate to earnings (losses) beforeincome taxes is attributable to the following (in thousands): For the YearEndedDecember 31, 2013 Period fromOctober 31 toDecember 31, 2012 Consolidated income (loss) from continuing operationsbefore income taxes – all domestic $16,354 $(1,014) (Income) loss from continuing operations beforeincome taxes of non-taxable entities (15,638) 1,037 Income from continuing operations before income taxes ofLGWS 716 23 Federal income taxes at statutory rate 244 8 Increase (decrease) due to: State income taxes, net of federal income taxbenefit and other (417) 2 Change in valuation allowance (1,543) 332 Total income tax expense $(1,716) $342 The Partnership files income tax returns with the U.S. federal government as well as the many state jurisdictions in which it operates. The statute remainsopen for tax years 2013 and 2012; therefore, these years remain subject to examination by federal, state and local jurisdiction authorities.19. Net Income per Limited Partnership UnitUnder the Partnership Agreement, our General Partner’s interest in net income from the Partnership consists of incentive distribution rights (“IDRs”), whichare increasing percentages, starting at 15% of quarterly distributions out of the operating surplus (as defined) in excess of $0.5031 per limited partner unit.The Partnership’s undistributed net income is generally allocable pro rata to the common and subordinated unitholders, except where common unitholdershave received cash distributions in excess of the subordinated unitholders. In that circumstance, net income is allocated to the common unitholders first insupport of such excess cash distribution paid to them and the remainder of the net income is allocable pro rata to the common and subordinated unitholders.Losses are general allocable pro rata to the common and subordinated unitholders in accordance with the Partnership Agreement.In addition to the common and subordinated units, the Partnership has identified the IDRs as participating securities and computes income per unit using thetwo-class method under which any excess of distributions declared over net income shall be allocated to the partners based on their respective sharing ofincome specified in the Partnership Agreement. Net income per unit applicable to limited partners (including common and subordinated unitholders) iscomputed by dividing the limited partners’ interest in net income, after deducting any incentive distributions, by the weighted-average number of outstandingcommon and subordinated units. There were no participating IDRs for 2013 or 2012. However, the distribution declared in March 2014 exceeded the thresholdand IDRs will participate in this distribution. F-37 Table of ContentsThe following provides a reconciliation of net income and the allocation of net income to the limited partners’ interest for purposes of computing net income perlimited partner unit for the following periods (in thousands, except unit, and per unit amounts): Year Ended December 31, 2013 Period from October 31, 2012through December 31, 2012 CommonUnits SubordinatedUnits CommonUnits SubordinatedUnits Numerator: Net income (loss) $9,157 $8,913 $(678) $(678)Dividends paid (a) 12,999 12,999 — — Allocation of distributions in excess of net income (b) (3,842) (4,086) — — Limited partners’ interest in net income-basic 9,157 8,913 (678) (678)Adjustment for phantom units 29 — — — Limited partners’ interest in net income-diluted 9,186 8,913 (678) (678)Denominator: Weighted average limited partnership units outstanding-basic 7,731,471 7,525,000 7,525,000 7,525,000 Adjustment for phantom units 48,886 — — — Weighted average limited partnership units outstanding-diluted 7,780,357 7,525,000 7,525,000 7,525,000 Net income per limited partnership unit-basic $1.18 $1.18 $(0.09) $(0.09) Net income per limited partnership unit-diluted $1.18 $1.18 $(0.09) $(0.09) (a)Distributions paid per unit were $1.7273 for 2013.(b)Allocation of distributions in excess of net income is based on a pro rata proportion to the common and subordinated units as outlined in the PartnershipAgreement.The Partnership Agreement sets forth the calculation used for determining the cash distributions the common and subordinated unitholders are entitled toreceive. In accordance with the Partnership Agreement, on March 6, 2014, the Partnership declared a quarterly dividend, to be paid from the operatingsurplus, totaling $9.5 million or $0.5125 per unit.20. Related-Party TransactionsThe related party transactions with the Partnership and the Predecessor Entity and other affiliated entities under common control not part of the PredecessorEntity are as follows:Revenues from Fuel Sales to AffiliatesIn connection with the IPO, the Partnership and LGO entered into a PMPA Franchise Agreement pursuant to which the Partnership is the exclusive distributorof motor fuel to all sites operated by LGO for a period of 15 years. The Partnership has the right to impose the brand of fuel that is distributed to LGO. Thereare no minimum volume requirements that LGO is required to satisfy. The Partnership charges LGO the “dealer tank wagon” prices for each grade of productin effect at the time title to the product passes to LGO. Revenues and cost of revenues from fuel sales to affiliates are separately classified in the statements ofoperations.Revenues from Fuel Sales to Related PartiesIn addition, the Partnership sells motor fuel and leases property to a related party owned by a relative of the Chief Executive Officer of the General Partner.Total revenues amounted to $103.2 million, $17.7 million, $88.8 million and $109.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, the period fromOctober 31 to December 31, 2012, the period from January 1 to October 30, 2012, and the year ended December 31, 2011, respectively. Accounts receivableamounted to $1.1 million and $1.2 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.Operating Leases of Gasoline Stations as LessorThe Partnership and the Predecessor Entity lease certain motor fuel stations to their affiliates under cancelable operating leases. Rent income under theseagreements is separately classified in the statements of operations. F-38 Table of ContentsOperating Leases of Gasoline Stations as LesseeThe Partnership and the Predecessor Entity lease certain motor fuel stations from their affiliates under cancelable operating leases. Rent expense under theseagreements was $1.0 million, $0.2 million, $0.6 million and $0.6 million for 2013, the period October 31, 2012 through December 31, 2012, the periodJanuary 1, 2012 through October 30, 2012, and 2011, respectively.Omnibus Agreement and Management FeesIn connection with the IPO, the Partnership entered into an Omnibus Agreement (the “Omnibus Agreement”) by and among the Partnership, the GeneralPartner, LGC, LGO and, for limited purposes, Joseph V. Topper, Jr. Pursuant to the Omnibus Agreement, among other things, LGC provides the Partnershipand the General Partner with management, administrative and operating services. These services include accounting, tax, corporate record keeping andcommunication, legal, financial reporting, internal audit support, compliance, maintenance of internal controls, environmental compliance and remediationmanagement oversight, treasury, tax reporting, information technology and other administrative staff functions, and arrange for administration of insuranceprograms. As the Partnership does not have any employees, LGC provides the Partnership with personnel necessary to carry out the services provided underthe Omnibus Agreement and any other services necessary to operate the Partnership’s business. The initial term of the Omnibus Agreement is four years andwill automatically renew for additional one-year terms unless any party provides written notice to the other parties as required. The Partnership has the right toterminate the Omnibus Agreement at any time during the initial term upon prior written notice as required.The Partnership also received a right of first refusal on any acquisition opportunities identified by Topper, LGC, LGO or their controlled affiliates in anybusiness primarily engaged in the wholesale motor fuel distribution or retail gas station operation businesses for so long as Topper, LGC and LGO or theircontrolled affiliates, individually or as part of a group, control the General Partner.The Partnership also received a right of first offer on any assets or businesses primarily engaged in the wholesale motor fuel distribution or retail gas stationoperation businesses that Topper, LGC, LGO or their controlled affiliates decides to attempt to sell for so long as Topper, LGC and LGO or their controlledaffiliates, individually or as part of a group, control the General Partner, with the exception of any non-contributed assets that existed as of the closing of theIPO.The Omnibus Agreement also provides for certain indemnification obligations between LGC and the Partnership, which is inclusive of the environmentalliabilities.In accordance with the Omnibus Agreement, the Partnership is required to pay LGC a management fee, which is initially an amount equal to (1) $420,000 permonth plus (2) $0.0025 for each gallon of motor fuel the Partnership distributes per month. In addition, and subject to certain restrictions on LGC’s ability toincur third-party fees, costs, taxes and expenses, the Partnership is required to reimburse LGC and the General Partner for all reasonable out-of-pocket third-party fees, costs, taxes and expenses incurred by LGC or the General Partner on the Partnership’s behalf in connection with providing the services required tobe provided by LGC under the Omnibus Agreement. The Partnership incurred $6.6 million and $1.1 million in management fees under the OmnibusAgreement in 2013 and for the period October 31, 2012 through December 31, 2012, respectively, classified as selling, general and administrative expenses inthe statements of operations.The Predecessor Entity charged management fees to its affiliates and these amounts are included as contra-expense amounts in selling, general andadministrative expenses in the statements of operations. The amounts recorded for these management fees were approximately $3.7 million and $2.3 million forthe period January 1, 2012 through October 31, 2012, and 2011, respectively. These management fees reflect the allocation of certain overhead expenses of thePredecessor Entity and include costs of centralized corporate functions, such as legal, accounting, information technology, insurance and other corporateservices. The allocation methods for these costs included: estimates of the costs and level of support attributable to its affiliates for legal, accounting, andusage and headcount for information technology.Environmental CostsCertain environmental monitoring and remediation activities are undertaken by an affiliate of the Partnership as approved by the conflicts committee of theboard of directors of the General Partner. The Partnership incurred $0.3 million with this affiliate in 2013.Aircraft Usage CostsThe Partnership uses aircraft owned by a group of individuals that includes the CEO and certain other members of the board of directors of the GeneralPartner as approved by the disinterested members of the conflicts committee of the board of directors of the General Partner. The Partnership incurred $0.1million for the use of these aircraft in 2013. F-39 Table of ContentsSites Previously Leased by LGOThrough February 2013, the Partnership leased certain sites in the Cleveland, Ohio market to LGO, who operated or contracted to third parties the operation ofthe motor fuel and convenience store activities conducted at those sites. In March 2013, the Partnership entered into an agreement with an unrelated third-partyto lease and conduct the convenience store activities at 19 of these sites in the Cleveland, Ohio market. Concurrently, the lease agreements between thePartnership and LGO were amended to reflect the lease of just the motor fuel-related property and terminate the lease of the convenience store. ThroughDecember 31, 2013, the unrelated third-party paid $1.7 million directly to LGO for its agreement to vacate the convenience store space. Although thePartnership did not participate directly in the transaction between LGO and the unrelated third-party, it was deemed for accounting purposes to have anintermediary role in the transaction in its capacity as the entity controlling these sites (either through fee ownership or leasehold interest). Accordingly, thePartnership recorded $1.7 million in deferred initial direct costs, which is included in deferred financing costs, net and other assets, and a correspondingdeferred rent income liability, which is included in other liabilities, both of which are recognized ratably over the term of the leases with the unrelated third-party lessee.The retail motor fuel business at these sites was operated by LGO through August 31, 2013. These sites were included in the Commission Sites operated bythe Partnership commencing September 1, 2013 (see Note 1 for additional information). As such, the leases with LGO were terminated on September 1, 2013.The transaction was approved by the conflicts committee of the board of directors of the General Partner.As discussed in Note 11, the Partnership terminated leases with LGO at the Commission Sites and closed sites, which resulted in a write-off of deferred rentincome of $0.4 million, classified as a charge against rent income from affiliates.Advance to AffiliateAs disclosed in Note 4, during 2013, the Partnership paid $1.7 million of additional purchase price consideration for the net working capital of the ExpressLane Retail Business. Because the net working capital was transferred to LGO at the acquisition date, LGO repaid this amount to the Partnership in October2013. The payment to the Express Lane sellers was classified as a financing activity on the statement of cash flows and is included within the line item“Advances (to) from affiliates.”Mandatorily Redeemable Preferred EquityIn December 2008, the Predecessor Entity issued non-voting preferred member interests of $12.0 million to certain related individuals. From February 2011through August 31, 2012, the holders of preferred member interests received semi-annual dividend payments at a rate of 12.0%. Pursuant to an amendment inMay 2012, the dividend rate increased to 15.0% for the period from September 1, 2012 through August 31, 2013. Dividend payments, including accrueddividends, are recorded as interest expense. For the period from January 1, 2012 through October 30, 2012 and 2011, the Predecessor Entity recorded interestexpense of $1.3 million and $1.4 million, respectively.In September 2012, the Predecessor Entity and the holders entered into an agreement for an aggregate $13.0 million payment, including $12.0 million for theface value of the mandatorily redeemable preferred equity and $1.0 million in consideration for a contractual modification to provide for the early cancellationand redemption of the mandatorily redeemable preferred equity (the cancellation payment), along with dividend payments accrued and unpaid at the applicablerate discussed above. As the cancellation payment was simultaneous with the IPO, the $1.0 million cancellation payment was accounted for on thePredecessor’s financial statements in the accounting period corresponding with the closing of the IPO. The mandatorily redeemable preferred equity wasredeemed in full, at par, with proceeds from the IPO. F-40 Table of Contents21. Segment ReportingAs discussed in Note 1, effective September 1, 2013, the Partnership engages in both the wholesale and retail distribution of motor fuels, primarily gasolineand diesel fuel. Given this change, the Partnership conducts its business in two segments: 1) the wholesale segment and 2) the retail segment. The accountingpolicies of the segments are consistent with those described in Note 3. The Partnership’s measure of segment profit or loss is net income. Unallocated costsconsist primarily of interest expense associated with the Credit Facility, selling, general and administrative expenses, income taxes and the elimination of theretail segment’s intersegment cost of revenues from fuel sales against the wholesale segment’s intersegment revenues from fuel sales. The profit in endinginventory generated by the intersegment fuel sale is also eliminated. Total assets by segment are not presented as the chief operating decision maker does notcurrently assess performance or allocate resources based on that data. Financial data for each segment is as follows (in thousands): Year Ended December 31, 2013 Wholesale Retail Unallocated Consolidated Revenues from fuel sales to external customers $1,824,568 $68,238 $— $1,892,806 Intersegment revenues from fuel sales 57,988 — (57,988) — Rent income 40,210 1,367 — 41,577 Total revenues 1,922,766 69,605 (57,988) 1,934,383 Depreciation and amortization 20,288 675 — 20,963 Interest expense, net (4,479) (169) (9,534) (14,182)Income tax expense (benefit) — — (1,716) (1,716)Net income (loss) 41,841 623 (24,394) 18,070 Expenditures for long-lived assets 49,144 149 — 49,293 22. Interim Financial Results (unaudited)Interim financial results for the Partnership for 2013 were as follows (in thousands, except per unit data): Year EndedDecember 31, 2013 Fourth Quarter2013 Third Quarter2013 Second Quarter2013 First Quarter2013 Total revenues 1,934,383 485,145 490,112 487,688 471,438 Operating income 28,501 5,830 6,995 8,601 7,075 Net income and comprehensive income $18,070 $3,920 $4,924 $5,469 $3,757 Limited partners’ interest in net income $18,070 $3,920 $4,924 $5,469 $3,757 Net income per common and subordinated unit—basic (a) $1.18 $0.25 $0.33 $0.36 $0.25 Net income per common and subordinated unit—diluted (a) $1.18 $0.25 $0.33 $0.36 $0.25 (a)The sum of the quarterly amounts may not equal annual earnings per unit due to changes in the number of units outstanding during the year orrounding. F-41 Table of ContentsInterim financial results for 2012 are as follows (in thousands, except per unit data): ConsolidatedLehigh GasPartners LPPeriod fromOctober 31 toDecember 31,2012 CombinedLehigh GasEntities(Predecessor)Period fromOctober 1 toOctober 30,2012 CombinedLehigh GasEntities(Predecessor)ThirdQuarter2012 CombinedLehigh GasEntities(Predecessor)SecondQuarter2012 CombinedLehigh GasEntities(Predecessor)FirstQuarter2012 Total revenues 311,665 159,312 506,629 490,431 416,066 Operating income (loss) 772 7,778 2,575 4,231 (500) Income (loss) from continuing operations after income taxes (1,356) 5,343 (441) 1,077 (3,174) Income (loss) from discontinued operations — 9 (9) 169 140 Net income (loss) and comprehensive income (loss) $(1,356) $5,352 $(450) $1,246 $(3,034) Limited partners’ interest in net loss $(1,356) n/a n/a n/a n/a Net loss per common and subordinated unit—basic anddiluted $(0.09) 23. Subsequent EventsIn March 2014, we entered into an amended and restated credit agreement (the “New Credit Facility”). The New Credit Facility is a senior secured revolvingcredit facility maturing March 4, 2019 with a total borrowing capacity of $450 million, under which swingline loans may be drawn up to $10.0 million andstandby letters of credit may be issued up to an aggregate of $45.0 million. The New Credit Facility may be increased, from time to time, upon thePartnership’s written request, subject to certain conditions, up to an additional $100.0 million. All obligations under the New Credit Facility are secured bysubstantially all of the assets of the Partnership and its subsidiaries.The Partnership is required to comply with certain financial covenants under the New Credit Facility. The Partnership is required to maintain a total leverageratio (as defined) for the most recently completed four fiscal quarters of not greater than 4.50 to 1.00. Such threshold is increased to 5.00 to 1.00 for the twoquarters preceding the closing of a material acquisition (as defined) or upon the issuance of senior notes (as defined). Upon the issuance of senior notes, thePartnership is also required to maintain a senior leverage ratio (as defined) for the most recently completed four fiscal quarters on a pro forma basis of notgreater than 3.50 to 1.00. The Partnership is also required to maintain a consolidated interest coverage ratio (as defined) on a pro forma basis of at least 2.75 to1.00.Borrowings under the New Credit Facility bear interest, at the Partnership’s option, at (1) a rate equal to the London Interbank Offering Rate (“LIBOR”), forinterest periods of one week or one, two, three or six months, plus a margin of 2.00% to 3.25% per annum, depending on the Partnership’s total leverage ratio(as defined) or (2) (a) a base rate equal to the greatest of: (i) the federal funds rate, plus 0.5%, (ii) LIBOR for one month interest periods, plus 1.00% perannum or (iii) the rate of interest established by the agent, from time to time, as its prime rate, plus (b) a margin of 1.00% to 2.25% per annum depending onthe Partnership’s total leverage ratio. In addition, the Partnership incurs a commitment fee based on the unused portion of the revolving credit facility at a rateof 0.35% to 0.50% per annum depending on the Partnership’s total leverage ratio.The New Credit Facility prohibits the Partnership from making distributions to its unitholders if any potential default or event of default occurs or wouldresult from the distribution, or the Partnership is not in compliance with its financial covenants. In addition, the New Credit Facility contains variouscovenants which may limit, among other things, the Partnership’s ability to grant liens; create, incur, assume, or suffer to exist other indebtedness; or makeany material change to the nature of the Partnership’s business, including mergers, liquidations, and dissolutions; and make certain investments, acquisitionsor dispositions. F-42 Table of ContentsSCHEDULE II—VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTSLehigh Gas Partners LP and Lehigh Gas Entities (Predecessor)For the Year Ended December 31, 2013, the Period October 31, 2012 through December 31, 2012,the Period January 1, 2012 through October 30, 2012, and the Year Ended December 31, 2011(In thousands) Description Balance atBeginning ofPeriod ChargedtoCosts andExpenses Charged toOtherAccounts Recoveries WriteOffs Balance atEnd ofPeriod Year ended December 31, 2013 (Partnership) Allowance for doubtful accounts—accounts receivable $— $161 $— $— $25 $136 Valuation allowance—deferred tax assets $9,893 $(1,543) $(1,257) $— $— $7,093 October 31, 2012 through December 31, 2012 (Partnership) Allowance for doubtful accounts—accounts receivable $— $— $— $— $— $— Valuation allowance—deferred tax assets (a) $— $332 $9,561 $— $— $9,893 Lehigh Gas Entities (Predecessor) January 1, 2012 through October 30, 2012 Allowance for doubtful accounts—accounts receivable $37 $87 $— $— $— $124 Year ended December 31, 2011 Allowance for doubtful accounts—accounts receivable $90 $99 $— $— $152 $37 (a)Upon the contribution from the Predecessor Entity, which was a non-taxable entity, to the Partnership, which has a wholly owned taxable subsidiary, avaluation allowance was recorded to fully reserve against the deferred tax assets recorded for the temporary differences between book and tax bases in thenet liabilities contributed. As such, the valuation allowance recorded at the time of the contribution was charged against the Partners’ Capital—affiliatesaccount of the Partnership. During 2013, in connection with updates to purchase accounting and subsequent assignment of assets and liabilities by thePartnership to LGWS, the Partnership reviewed its cumulative permanent and temporary differences. As a result of that review, the Partnershipincreased its net deferred tax assets that existed on the date of the contribution of net assets by the Predecessor to the Partnership by $8.5 million andincreased its valuation allowance to fully offset these additional net deferred tax assets. The amount charged to other accounts has been revised to reflectthis increase. F-43 Table of ContentsEXHIBIT INDEX 1.1 Underwriting Agreement dated December 5, 2013 among Lehigh Gas Partners LP, Lehigh Gas GP LLC and Raymond James & Associates,Inc., Barclays Capital Inc., Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, as representatives of the several Underwritersnamed in Schedule I thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K for Lehigh Gas Partners LP, filed onDecember 10, 2013. 2.1 Asset Purchase Agreement, dated August 1, 2013, by and between Rocky Top Markets, LLC and Rocky Top Properties, LLC, on the one part,and Lehigh Gas Partners LP, Lehigh Gas Wholesale LLC, LGP Realty Holdings LP, and Lehigh Gas Wholesale Services, Inc. on the other part(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K for Lehigh Gas Partners LP, filed on August 2, 2013). 2.2 Asset Purchase Agreement, dated August 7, 2013, by and between Lehigh Gas Partners LP and certain of its subsidiaries on the one part andRogers Petroleum, Inc. and its affiliates on the other part (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K forLehigh Gas Partners LP, filed on August 8, 2013). 3.1 Certificate of Limited Partnership of Lehigh Gas Partners LP (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registration Statement onForm S-1 for Lehigh Gas Partners LP, filed on May 11, 2012) 3.2 First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Lehigh Gas Partners LP, dated October 30, 2012, by and among Lehigh GasPartners LP, Lehigh Gas GP LLC and Lehigh Gas Corporation (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K for Lehigh Gas Partners LP, filed October 30, 2012)10.1 Omnibus Agreement, dated October 30, 2012, by and among Lehigh Gas Partners LP, Lehigh Gas GP LLC, Lehigh Gas Corporation, LehighGas—Ohio, LLC and Joseph V. Topper, Jr. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K for Lehigh GasPartners LP, filed on October 30, 2012)10.2 Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, by and among the Partnership, as borrower, certain domestic subsidiaries of the Partnershipfrom time to time party thereto, the lenders from time to time party thereto, Wells Fargo Bank National Association, as syndication agent andKeyBank National Association, as syndication agent, Bank of America, N.A., as documentation agent, Manufacturers and Traders TrustCompany, as documentation agent, Royal Bank of Canada, as documentation agent and Santander Bank, N.A., as documentation agent andCitizens Bank of Pennsylvania, as administrative agent for the Lenders thereunder (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to theCurrent Report on Form 8-K for Lehigh Gas Partners LP, filed on March 6, 2014)10.3 Registration Rights Agreement, dated October 30, 2012, by and among Lehigh Gas Partners LP, Joseph V. Topper, Jr., John B. Reilly, III,Lehigh Gas Corporation and certain of their affiliates (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Current Report on Form 8-K forLehigh Gas Partners LP, filed on October 30, 2012)10.4 PMPA Franchise Agreement, dated October 30, 2012, by and between Lehigh Gas Wholesale LLC and Lehigh Gas—Ohio, LLC (SupplyAgreement with Lehigh Gas—Ohio, LLC) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Current Report on Form 8-K for Lehigh GasPartners LP, filed on October 30, 2012)10.5 Lehigh Gas Partners LP 2012 Incentive Award Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1for Lehigh Gas Partners LP, filed on August 10, 2012)10.6(a) Form of Lehigh Gas Partners LP 2012 Incentive Award Plan Award Agreement for Phantom Units granted to executive officers from March 15,2013 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.6(a) to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for Leigh Gas Partners LP, filed on March 28,2013)10.6(b)* Form of Lehigh Gas Partners LP 2012 Incentive Award Plan Award Agreement for Profits Interests with immediate vesting, granted to directorsfrom March 14, 201410.6(c)* Form of Lehigh Gas Partners LP 2012 Incentive Award Plan Award Agreement for Profits Interests, with one year vesting, granted to directorsfrom March 14, 2014 Table of Contents 10.6(d)* Form of Lehigh Gas Partners LP 2012 Incentive Award Plan Award Agreement for Profits Interests granted to executive officers fromMarch 14, 2014 21.1* List of Subsidiaries of Lehigh Gas Partners LP 23.1* Consent of Grant Thornton LLP 31.1* Certification of Principal Executive Officer of Lehigh Gas GP LLC as required by Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 31.2* Certification of Principal Financial Officer of Lehigh Gas GP LLC as required by Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 32.1† Certification of Principal Executive Officer of Lehigh Gas GP LLC pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350 32.2† Certification of Principal Financial Officer of Lehigh Gas GP LLC pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350101.INS†† XBRL Instance Document101.SCH†† XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document101.CAL†† XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document101.LAB†† XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document101.PRE†† XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document101.DEF†† XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document *Filed herewith†Not considered to be “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or otherwise subject to the liabilities of that section.††Pursuant to Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, the documents formatted in XBRL (Extensible Business Reporting Language) and attached as Exhibit 101 tothis report are deemed not filed as part of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes of sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933, aredeemed not filed for purposes of section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and otherwise are not subject to liability under these sections. Exhibit 10.6(b) Lehigh Gas Partners LP 2012 Incentive Award PlanAward Agreement for Profits Interests Grantee: Grant Date: March 14, 2014 Number of Class B Units: Class B Liquidation Value: $ Profits Interest Hurdle: $ 1.Grant of Profits Interests. Lehigh Gas GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, the general partner (“General Partner”) of Lehigh Gas PartnersLP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “Partnership” or “LGP”), and LGP Operations LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and a subsidiary ofthe Partnership (the “Company” or “Operations”), hereby grant to you Profits Interests under the Lehigh Gas Partners LP 2012 Incentive Award Plan, asthe same may be amended from time to time (the “Plan”), which are subject to the terms and conditions set forth in (a) this Award Agreement (this“Agreement”), (b) the Amended and Restated Operating Agreement dated March 4, 2014, of Operations (the “Operating Agreement”) and (c) the Plan, allof which are incorporated herein by reference as a part of this Agreement. The Profits Interests are represented by Class B Units of Operations (“Class BUnits”) which, once vested, are redeemable following the second anniversary of the Grant Date in exchange for cash, in an amount determined inaccordance with the Operating Agreement, or units of LGP (“Units”) in an amount determined in accordance with the Operating Agreement. As a holderof Class B Units, you will also be entitled to receive cash distributions from Operations as and when Operations makes distributions in an amountequal to the number of Vested Class B Units (as defined in the Operating Agreement) you own times the amount of the distribution per Class A Unit ofOperations (“Class A Units”), as determined by the Company. In the event of any conflict between the terms of the Operating Agreement and either thisAgreement or the Plan or both, the terms of the Operating Agreement shall control. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and thePlan, the terms of the Plan shall control. Capitalized terms used in this Agreement but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such termsin the Plan, unless the context requires otherwise. References to “Section” herein, unless otherwise specified, refer to the Sections of this Agreement. 702 W. Hamilton Street, Suite 203 | Allentown, PA 18101 | P: 610.625.8000 | F: 610.841.1978 2.Vesting of Class B Units.(a) Vesting Schedule. The Class B Units shall be fully vested on the Grant Date, and subject to Section 2(b) and Section 5 below, shall be non-forfeitable.(b) Repayment Obligation. You expressly acknowledge that this Award of Class B Units is conditioned upon your agreement that, except as may berequired by law or a court, administrative agency or administrative tribunal, (i) you shall keep this Award (and the terms and conditions of this AwardAgreement) strictly confidential, and (ii) you shall not disclose or otherwise divulge information relating to this Award; provided, however, that you maydisclose information relating to this Award (and the terms and conditions of this Award Agreement) to your counsel or personal tax advisor.Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan, the Operating Agreement or this Award Agreement to the contrary, your failure to abide by the foregoingobligations relating to confidentiality and nondisclosure, or your failure to cause your counsel or tax advisor to abide by such obligations to the sameextent as you are bound by such obligations, may, in the sole discretion of the Committee, result in forfeiture of all rights granted under this AwardAgreement (including Class B Units, and cash payments with respect to Class B Units), whether or not vested. With respect to any Vested Class BUnits that are forfeited pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2(b), (i) no distributions, cash payments or transfers of Units shall be madewith respect to such Vested Class B Units (if distributions or payment or transfer with respect to such Class B Units has not yet been made as of thedate the Committee determines that a forfeiture has occurred), and (ii) you shall transfer and/or pay to the Partnership the number of Units youpreviously received with respect to Vested Class B Units which have been converted into Units and/or the amount of cash equal to the Fair Market Valueof such Vested Class B Units which have been converted into Units on the date of the Transfer Notice (as defined below). Such repayment or transferback, as applicable, shall be made by you within ten (10) days following written notice sent by the Committee to you (the “Transfer Notice”) statingthat the provisions of this Section 2(b) are applicable to this Award. You hereby irrevocably grant to the Committee the right to cancel and/or transfer toOperations or the Partnership any Class B Units or Units subject to this Section 2(b) to the extent you do not transfer such Class B Units or Units toOperations or the Partnership in accordance with this Section 2(b) following the date the Committee sends a Transfer Notice to you. Without limiting thegenerality of the foregoing, the Committee may, in its discretion, determine that any repayment or transfer obligation may be satisfied by any otherpayment or transfer method acceptable to the Committee. 3.Administration. The Committee shall have the sole and complete discretion to administer, interpret and construe the Plan and this Agreement withrespect to a Participant and the Operating Agreement with respect to the subject matter hereof, and to determine any and all questions and issues arisingwith respect to the Plan, this Agreement and the Operating Agreement. Any decision of the Committee concerning the Plan, the Operating Agreement orthis Agreement shall be final and binding on you. 2 4.Redemption and Mechanics. At any time after the second anniversary of the Grant Date, all Vested Class B Units may be redeemed (a “Redemption”)by you as set forth in the Operating Agreement, subject to the right of LGP, in its sole and absolute discretion, to assume some or all of the Company’sobligation to redeem such Tendered Units (as defined in the Operating Agreement) and elect to acquire some or all of the Vested Class B Units from theTendering Member in exchange for the LGP Unit Shares Amount (as defined in the Operating Agreement). To exercise your redemption right, you shalldeliver a notice (a “Redemption Notice”) in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B, not less than 10 nor more than 60 days prior to March 15 of each yearfollowing the first anniversary of the Grant Date (each such date, the “Specified Redemption Date”); provided, however, that if the Company has notgiven notice of a proposed or upcoming Transaction (as defined in the Operating Agreement) to you at least thirty (30) days prior to the effective date ofsuch Transaction, then you shall have the right to deliver a Redemption Notice until the earlier of (x) the tenth (10th) day after such notice from theCompany of a Transaction or (y) the third business day immediately preceding the effective date of such Transaction. Not less than five (5) days priorto the Specified Redemption Date, the Company shall notify you whether you are receiving cash or Common Units upon Redemption and whether LGPhas assumed any portion of the Company’s obligation to redeem your vested Class B Units. Any Redemption shall occur automatically after the close ofbusiness on the applicable Specified Redemption Date without any action on the part of Grantee. 5.Events Occurring Prior to Full Vesting.(a) Death or Disability. If your continuous service as a director of the general partner of LGP (“Continuous Service”) terminates as a result of yourdeath or Disability, the Unvested Class B Units (as defined in the Operating Agreement) then remaining automatically will become fully vested uponsuch termination of Continuous Service.(b) Other Terminations. If your Continuous Service terminates for any reason other than as provided in Section 5(a), unless otherwise determined bythe Committee or its designee, the Unvested Class B Units then remaining outstanding automatically shall be forfeited without payment upon suchtermination of Continuous Service. 6.Limitations upon Transfer. All rights under this Agreement shall belong to you alone and may not be transferred, assigned, pledged, or hypothecatedby you in any way (whether by operation of law or otherwise), other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution and shall not be subject toexecution, attachment, or similar process. Upon any attempt by you to transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate, or otherwise dispose of such rightscontrary to the provisions in this Agreement or the Plan, or upon the levy of any attachment or similar process upon such rights, such rights shallimmediately become null and void. 7.Restrictions. By accepting this grant of Class B Units, you agree that the Class B Units and any Units that you may acquire upon vesting of thisaward and conversion of the Class B Units into Units will not be sold or otherwise disposed of in any manner that 3 would constitute a violation of any applicable federal or state securities laws. You also agree that (i) the Company and the Partnership may refuse toregister the transfer of the Class B Units and the Units, respectively, acquired under this award on the transfer records of the Company and thePartnership, as the case may be, if such proposed transfer would in the opinion of counsel satisfactory to the General Partner and the manager of theCompany constitute a violation of any applicable securities law, and (ii) the Partnership may give related instructions to its transfer agent, if any, to stopregistration of the transfer of the Units to be acquired under this Agreement. In addition, you agree that you will not sell or otherwise transfer any ClassB Units, including pursuant to your exercise of your rights set forth in Section 4 above, until after the second anniversary of the Grant Date. 8.Withholding of Taxes. If the grant, vesting or payment of a Profits Interest results in the receipt of compensation by you with respect to which theGeneral Partner or an Affiliate (as defined in the Plan) has a tax withholding obligation pursuant to applicable law, the General Partner or an Affiliateshall withhold (or net) such cash and number of Class B Units otherwise payable to you as the General Partner or an Affiliate requires to meet its taxwithholding obligations under such applicable laws. 9.Representations, Warranties, Covenants, and Acknowledgments of Grantee. Grantee hereby represents, warrants, covenants, acknowledges andagrees on behalf of Grantee and his or her spouse, if applicable, that:(a) Investment. Grantee is holding the Award and the Class B Units for Grantee’s own account, and not for the account of any other Person. Grantee isholding the Award and the Class B Units for investment and not with a view to distribution or resale thereof except in compliance with applicable lawsregulating securities. The Award, the Class B Units and the LGP Units involve a high degree or risk, including, without limitation, those set forth orincorporated by reference in the Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed by LGP with respect to the Units to be issued pursuant to the Plan.(b) Relation to Company. Grantee is presently a director or employee of, or consultant to, the Company or an Affiliate, or is otherwise providingservices to or for the benefit of the Company, and in such capacity has become personally familiar with the business of the Company.(c) Access to Information. Grantee has had the opportunity to ask questions of, and to receive answers from, the Company with respect to the termsand conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and with respect to the business, affairs, financial conditions, and results of operations of theCompany and its Affiliates. Grantee has been provided all information Grantee has requested from the Company and LGP including, without limitation,copies of all reports filed by LGP with the Securities and Exchange Commission, copies of the Operating Agreement and the First Amended and RestatedLimited Partnership Agreement of LGP dated as of October 30, 2012. 4 (d) Registration. Grantee understands that the Class B Units have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “SecuritiesAct”), and the Class B Units cannot be transferred by Grantee unless such transfer is registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from suchregistration is available. The Partnership and the Company have made no agreements, covenants or undertakings whatsoever to register the transfer ofthe Class B Units under the Securities Act. The Partnership and the Company have made no representations, warranties, or covenants whatsoever as towhether any exemption from the Securities Act, including, without limitation, any exemption for limited sales in routine brokers’ transactions pursuantto Rule 144 of the Securities Act, will be available. If an exemption under Rule 144 is available at all, it will not be available until at least one (1) yearfrom issuance of the Award and then not unless (i) a public trading market then exists in Class B Units (or a successor security thereto); (ii) adequateinformation as to the Company’s financial and other affairs and operations is then available to the public, and (iii) all other terms and conditions of Rule144 have been satisfied.(e) Public Trading. None of the Company’s securities is presently publicly traded, the Partnership and the Company have no intention to register thesale of any of the Company’s securities and have made no representations, covenants or agreements as to whether there will be a public market for anyof their securities.(f) Tax Advice. The Partnership and the Company have made no warranties or representations to Grantee with respect to the income tax consequences ofthe issuance of the Class B Units or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (including, without limitation, with respect to the making of anelection under Section 83(b) of the Code), and Grantee is in no manner relying on the Company, the Partnership or their representatives for anassessment of such tax consequences. Grantee is advised to consult with his or her own tax advisor with respect to such tax consequences and his or herownership of the Class B Units. 10.Capital Account. Grantee shall make no contribution of capital to the Company in connection with the Award and, as a result, Grantee’s CapitalAccount (as defined in the Operating Agreement) balance in the Company immediately after receipt of the Class B Units shall be equal to zero, unlessthe Grantee was a Member of the Company prior to such issuance, in which case the Grantee’s Capital Account balance shall not be increased as aresult of its receipt of the Class B Units. 11.Section 83(b) Election. Grantee covenants and agrees that he shall make a timely election under Section 83(b) of the Code (and any comparable electionin the state of Grantee’s residence) with respect to the Class B Units covered by the Award, and the Company hereby consents to the making of suchelection(s). The form of Section 83 (b) election is attached hereto as Exhibit B. In connection with such election, Grantee and Grantee’s spouse, ifapplicable, shall promptly provide a copy of such election to the Company. Grantee represents that Grantee has consulted any tax consultant(s) thatGrantee deems advisable in connection with the filing of an election under Section 83(b) of the Code and similar state tax provisions. Granteeacknowledges and agrees that it is 5 Grantee’s sole responsibility and not the Company’s to timely file an election under Section 83(b) of the Code (and any comparable state election), even ifGrantee requests that the Company or any representative of the Company make such filing on Grantee’s behalf. Grantee should consult his or her taxadvisor to determine if there is a comparable election to file in the state of his or her residence. 12.Ownership Information. Grantee hereby covenants and agrees that so long as Grantee holds any Class B Units, at the request of the Company or thePartnership, Grantee shall disclose to the Company and Partnership in writing such information relating to Grantee’s ownership of the Class B Units asthe Company or Partnership reasonably believe to be necessary or desirable to ascertain in order to comply with the Code or the requirements of anyother appropriate taxing authority. 13.Taxes. The Company and the Grantee intend that (i) the Class B Units be treated as a “profits interest” as defined in Internal Revenue Service RevenueProcedure 93-27, as clarified by Revenue Procedure 2001-43, (ii) the issuance of such Class B Units not be a taxable event to the Company, thePartnership or the Grantee as provided in such revenue procedure, and (iii) the Operating Agreement, the Partnership Agreement of the Partnership, thePlan and this Agreement be interpreted consistently with such intent. The Company or the Partnership may withhold from Grantee’s wages, or requireGrantee to pay to the Company or the Partnership, any applicable withholding or employment taxes resulting from the issuance of the Award hereunder,from the vesting or lapse of any restrictions imposed on the Award, from the ownership or disposition of the Class B Units. 14.Unit Certificate Restrictive Legends. Certificates evidencing the Award, to the extent such certificates are issued, may bear such restrictive legends asthe Company and/or the Company’s counsel may deem necessary or advisable under applicable law or pursuant to this Agreement, including, withoutlimitation, the following legends:“The offering and sale of the securities represented hereby have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).Any transfer of such securities will be invalid unless a Registration Statement under the Securities Act is in effect as to such transfer or in the opinion ofcounsel for the Company such registration is unnecessary in order for such transfer to comply with the Securities Act.”“The securities represented hereby are subject to forfeiture, transferability and other restrictions as set forth in (i) the Amended and Restated OperatingAgreement of the Company dated March 4, 2014, as amended (ii) a written agreement with the Company, (iii) the Lehigh Gas Partners, LP 2012Incentive Award Plan and (iv) the First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Lehigh Gas Partners LP, dated as of October 30,2012, in each case, as may be amended from time to time, and such securities may not be sold or otherwise transferred except pursuant to theprovisions of such documents.” 6 15.Joinder to LLC Agreement. As a condition of receiving this grant of Class B Units, the Grantee shall execute a joinder to the Operating Agreement, asthe Operating Agreement may be amended or restated from time to time, in the form attached as Exhibit C. The Grantee acknowledges receipt of a copyof the Operating Agreement and that he has reviewed the Operating Agreement. The Grantee understands that the rights granted to the Grantee under theOperating Agreement are complex in nature, and have certain legal, tax and financial consequences to the Grantee. The Grantee has been advised by theCompany to consult, and the Grantee has consulted to the extent the Grantee desired to do so, the Grantee’s own legal, tax and financial advisors withrespect to these consequences. The Grantee understands, acknowledges and agrees that, upon execution of this Grant Agreement and the joinder to theOperating Agreement, the Grantee shall, without further action or deed, thereupon be bound by the Operating Agreement, as it may thereafter be restatedor amended, as though a direct signatory thereto. 16.Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of any successor or successors of the Company and upon any personlawfully claiming under you. 17.Amendment. The General Partner may amend or terminate the Plan and any instrument hereunder (including this Award Agreement) at any time, inwhole or in part, and for any reason; provided, however, that except as otherwise provided with respect to Section 409A matters as provided inSection 20 or to the extent necessary to comply with other applicable laws and regulations (including, without limitation, the requirements of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 or any SEC rule) and to conform the provisions of this Agreement to any changesthereto, no such amendment or termination shall adversely affect the rights of a Participant with respect to Awards granted to the Participant prior to theeffective date of such amendment or termination. 18.Nature of Payments. The Class B Units, and payments made pursuant to the Class B Units are not a part of salary or compensation paid or payableby the General Partner or its Affiliates for purposes of any other benefit or compensation plan or otherwise. 19.Severability. If a particular provision of the Plan or this Agreement shall be found by final judgment of a court or administrative tribunal of competentjurisdiction to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions shall not affect any other provision of the Plan orthis Agreement and the other provisions of the Plan or this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. 20.Section 409A. It is intended that the Class B Units shall be either exempt from the provisions of Section 409A of the Code (“Section 409A”) or, to theextent subject to Section 409A, compliant with the requirements of Section 409A. In the event the Board determines that an Award constitutes deferredcompensation subject to Section 409A, or may constitute such deferred compensation absent an amendment to the Plan or Award, the Board may amendor terminate your right to an Award, without your consent, as the Board shall determine in its sole discretion to ensure that such Award remains exemptfrom Section 409A, or, if the Board so desires, to ensure that such Award complies with 7 Section 409A. All references in this Agreement to a termination of Continuous Service that results in the payment or vesting of any amounts or benefitsthat constitute “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A shall mean a “separation from service” (as that term is definedat Section 1.409A-1(h) of the Treasury Regulations under Section 409A). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary provided for herein, if at the time ofthe termination of your Continuous Service you are a “specified employee” as defined in subsection (a)(2)(B)(i) of Section 409A, any and all amountspayable under this Agreement in connection with your termination of Continuous Service that constitute a deferral of compensation subject toSection 409A, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, and that would (but for this sentence) be payable within six months following suchtermination of Continuous Service, shall instead be paid on the earlier of the date that follows the date of such termination of Continuous Service by sixmonths or the date of your death. 21.Entire Agreement. This Agreement, the Operating Agreement, the Plan and the First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of thePartnership dated as of October 30, 2012, each as amended, constitute the entire agreement of the parties with regard to the subject matter hereof, andcontains all the covenants, promises, representations, warranties and agreements between the parties with respect to the Class B Units granted hereby.Without limiting the scope of the preceding sentence, all prior understandings and agreements, if any, among the parties hereto relating to the subjectmatter hereof are hereby null and void and of no further force and effect. 22.Governing Law. This grant shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to conflicts oflaws principles thereof.[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank] 8 THE UNDERSIGNED GRANTEE ACKNOWLEDGES RECEIPT OF THIS AWARD AGREEMENT AND THE PLAN, AND, AS ANEXPRESS CONDITION TO THE GRANT OF CLASS B UNITS HEREUNDER, AGREES TO BE BOUND BY THE TERMS THIS AWARDAGREEMENT AND THE PLAN. LEHIGH GAS PARTNERS LP, GRANTEE:By: Lehigh Gas GP LLC, its general partner By: Signature: Name: Joseph V. Topper, Jr. Name: Title: CEO Dated: Dated: March 14, 2014 LGP OPERATIONS LLC By: Name: Joseph V. Topper, Jr. Title: President Dated: March 14, 2014 9 Exhibit AForm of Redemption NoticeTo LGP Operations LLC:Pursuant to the terms of Section 2.04(i)(E) of that certain Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of LGP Operations LLC., a Delaware limitedliability company (the “Company”) dated March 4, 2014 (the “Agreement”), as amended, the undersigned owner of Class B Units (“Grantee”) of theCompany, hereby exercises the right to redeem the number of Class B Units set forth below in accordance with the terms of the Agreement and directs that thecash payable or Units issuable and deliverable upon the redemption be issued and delivered to the undersigned at its address on the books of the Company,unless a different name has been indicated below. If cash is to be paid or Units are to be issued in the name of a person other than the undersigned, theundersigned will pay all transfer taxes payable with respect thereto.Social Security or Other Taxpayer Identifying Number: Number of Class B Units to be Redeemed (If less than all is to be converted): The undersigned represents and warrants that all Class B Units to be Redeemed pursuant to this Notice shall be free and clear of adverse claims (as such termis defined in the Uniform Commercial Code of the State of Delaware). Dated Printed Name: Fill in for registration of Units if to be issued otherwise than to the Holder at its Record Address. (Name) (Address) (including zip code) EXHIBIT A EXHIBIT BElection to Include in Gross Incomein Year of Transfer of PropertyPursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue CodeThe undersigned hereby makes an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code with respect to the property described below andsupplies the following information in accordance with the regulations promulgated thereunder: 1. The name, address and taxpayer identification number of the undersigned are: Name: Address: Taxpayer Identification Number: 2. Description of property to which the election is being made: 3. Date on which property was transferred: The taxable year to which this election relates: 4. Nature of restrictions to which the property is subject: 5. Fair market value of the property at time of transfer: 6. Amount paid for the property: 7. A copy of this statement has been furnished to the Company issuing property. Date: Name: EXHIBIT B EXHIBIT CJOINDER AGREEMENTBy executing and delivering this Joinder Agreement (“Joinder Agreement”) to LGP Operations LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the“Company”), the undersigned hereby agrees to become a party to, be bound by and comply with the provisions of the Company’s Amended and RestatedOperating Agreement dated March 4, 2014, as amended, as a Member thereof and as a holder of Class B Units granted pursuant to an Award Agreement datedMarch 14, 2014.The undersigned agrees, both before and after the date of this Joinder Agreement: (i) to use his best efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all actions and todo, or cause to be done, all things necessary, proper or advisable to consummate and make effective the joinder and other transactions contemplated by thisJoinder Agreement, (ii) to execute any documents, instruments or conveyances of any kind which may be reasonably necessary or advisable to carry out anyof the joinder or other transactions contemplated hereunder, and (iii) to cooperate with the Company in connection with the foregoing.Accordingly, the undersigned has executed and delivered this Joinder Agreement as of , 20 . Name of Grantee ACKNOWLEDGED AND ACCEPTEDLGP Operations LLC, a Delaware limitedliability companyBy: Name: Title: EXHIBIT C Exhibit 10.6(c) Lehigh Gas Partners LP 2012 Incentive Award PlanAward Agreement for Profits Interests Grantee: Grant Date: March 14, 2014 Number of Class B Units: Class B Liquidation Value: $ Profits Interest Hurdle: $ 1.Grant of Profits Interests. Lehigh Gas GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, the general partner (“General Partner”) of Lehigh Gas PartnersLP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “Partnership” or “LGP”), and LGP Operations LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and a subsidiary ofthe Partnership (the “Company” or “Operations”), hereby grant to you Profits Interests under the Lehigh Gas Partners LP 2012 Incentive Award Plan, asthe same may be amended from time to time (the “Plan”), which are subject to the terms and conditions set forth in (a) this Award Agreement (this“Agreement”), (b) the Amended and Restated Operating Agreement dated March 4, 2014, of Operations (the “Operating Agreement”) and (c) the Plan, allof which are incorporated herein by reference as a part of this Agreement. The Profits Interests are represented by Class B Units of Operations (“Class BUnits”) which, once vested, are redeemable following the second anniversary of the Grant Date in exchange for cash, in an amount determined inaccordance with the Operating Agreement, or units of LGP (“Units”) in an amount determined in accordance with the Operating Agreement. As a holderof Class B Units, you will also be entitled to receive cash distributions from Operations as and when Operations makes distributions in an amountequal to the number of Vested Class B Units (as defined in the Operating Agreement) you own times the amount of the distribution per Class A Unit ofOperations (“Class A Units”), as determined by the Company. In the event of any conflict between the terms of the Operating Agreement and either thisAgreement or the Plan or both, the terms of the Operating Agreement shall control. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and thePlan, the terms of the Plan shall control. Capitalized terms used in this Agreement but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such termsin the Plan, unless the context requires otherwise. References to “Section” herein, unless otherwise specified, refer to the Sections of this Agreement. 702 W. Hamilton Street, Suite 203 | Allentown, PA 18101 | P: 610.625.8000 | F: 610.841.1978 2.Vesting of Class B Units.(a) Vesting Schedule. The Class B Units shall be unvested at issuance, and subject to Section 2(b) and Section 5 below, shall become vested and non-forfeitable on the first anniversary of the Grant Date, provided you have remained in continuous service as a director of the general partner of LGP (“Continuous Service”) from the Grant Date through December 31, 2014.(b) Repayment Obligation. You expressly acknowledge that this Award of Class B Units is conditioned upon your agreement that, except as may berequired by law or a court, administrative agency or administrative tribunal, (i) you shall keep this Award (and the terms and conditions of this AwardAgreement) strictly confidential, and (ii) you shall not disclose or otherwise divulge information relating to this Award; provided, however, that you maydisclose information relating to this Award (and the terms and conditions of this Award Agreement) to your counsel or personal tax advisor.Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan, the Operating Agreement or this Award Agreement to the contrary, your failure to abide by the foregoingobligations relating to confidentiality and nondisclosure, or your failure to cause your counsel or tax advisor to abide by such obligations to the sameextent as you are bound by such obligations, may, in the sole discretion of the Committee, result in forfeiture of all rights granted under this AwardAgreement (including Class B Units, and cash payments with respect to Class B Units), whether or not vested. With respect to any Vested Class BUnits that are forfeited pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2(b), (i) no distributions, cash payments or transfers of Units shall be madewith respect to such Vested Class B Units (if distributions or payment or transfer with respect to such Class B Units has not yet been made as of thedate the Committee determines that a forfeiture has occurred), and (ii) you shall transfer and/or pay to the Partnership the number of Units youpreviously received with respect to Vested Class B Units which have been converted into Units and/or the amount of cash equal to the Fair Market Valueof such Vested Class B Units which have been converted into Units on the date of the Transfer Notice (as defined below). Such repayment or transferback, as applicable, shall be made by you within ten (10) days following written notice sent by the Committee to you (the “Transfer Notice”) statingthat the provisions of this Section 2(b) are applicable to this Award. You hereby irrevocably grant to the Committee the right to cancel and/or transfer toOperations or the Partnership any Class B Units or Units subject to this Section 2(b) to the extent you do not transfer such Class B Units or Units toOperations or the Partnership in accordance with this Section 2(b) following the date the Committee sends a Transfer Notice to you. Without limiting thegenerality of the foregoing, the Committee may, in its discretion, determine that any repayment or transfer obligation may be satisfied by any otherpayment or transfer method acceptable to the Committee. 3.Administration. The Committee shall have the sole and complete discretion to administer, interpret and construe the Plan and this Agreement withrespect to a Participant and the Operating Agreement with respect to the subject matter hereof, and to determine any and all questions and issues arisingwith respect to the Plan, this Agreement and the Operating Agreement. Any decision of the Committee concerning the Plan, the Operating Agreement orthis Agreement shall be final and binding on you. 2 4.Redemption and Mechanics. At any time after the second anniversary of the Grant Date, all Vested Class B Units may be redeemed (a “Redemption”)by you as set forth in the Operating Agreement, subject to the right of LGP, in its sole and absolute discretion, to assume some or all of the Company’sobligation to redeem such Tendered Units (as defined in the Operating Agreement) and elect to acquire some or all of the Vested Class B Units from theTendering Member in exchange for the LGP Unit Shares Amount (as defined in the Operating Agreement). To exercise your redemption right, you shalldeliver a notice (a “Redemption Notice”) in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B, not less than 10 nor more than 60 days prior to March 15 of each yearfollowing the first anniversary of the Grant Date (each such date, the “Specified Redemption Date”); provided, however, that if the Company has notgiven notice of a proposed or upcoming Transaction (as defined in the Operating Agreement) to you at least thirty (30) days prior to the effective date ofsuch Transaction, then you shall have the right to deliver a Redemption Notice until the earlier of (x) the tenth (10th) day after such notice from theCompany of a Transaction or (y) the third business day immediately preceding the effective date of such Transaction. Not less than five (5) days priorto the Specified Redemption Date, the Company shall notify you whether you are receiving cash or Common Units upon Redemption and whether LGPhas assumed any portion of the Company’s obligation to redeem your vested Class B Units. Any Redemption shall occur automatically after the close ofbusiness on the applicable Specified Redemption Date without any action on the part of Grantee. 5.Events Occurring Prior to Full Vesting.(a) Death or Disability. If your Continuous Service terminates as a result of your death or Disability, the Unvested Class B Units (as defined in theOperating Agreement) then remaining automatically will become fully vested upon such termination of Continuous Service.(b) Other Terminations. If your Continuous Service terminates for any reason other than as provided in Section 5(a) prior to December 31, 2014,unless otherwise determined by the Committee or its designee, the Unvested Class B Units then remaining outstanding automatically shall be forfeitedwithout payment upon such termination of Continuous Service. 6.Limitations upon Transfer. All rights under this Agreement shall belong to you alone and may not be transferred, assigned, pledged, or hypothecatedby you in any way (whether by operation of law or otherwise), other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution and shall not be subject toexecution, attachment, or similar process. Upon any attempt by you to transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate, or otherwise dispose of such rightscontrary to the provisions in this Agreement or the Plan, or upon the levy of any attachment or similar process upon such rights, such rights shallimmediately become null and void. 3 7.Restrictions. By accepting this grant of Class B Units, you agree that the Class B Units and any Units that you may acquire upon vesting of thisaward and conversion of the Class B Units into Units will not be sold or otherwise disposed of in any manner that would constitute a violation of anyapplicable federal or state securities laws. You also agree that (i) the Company and the Partnership may refuse to register the transfer of the Class BUnits and the Units, respectively, acquired under this award on the transfer records of the Company and the Partnership, as the case may be, if suchproposed transfer would in the opinion of counsel satisfactory to the General Partner and the manager of the Company constitute a violation of anyapplicable securities law, and (ii) the Partnership may give related instructions to its transfer agent, if any, to stop registration of the transfer of the Unitsto be acquired under this Agreement. In addition, you agree that you will not sell or otherwise transfer any Class B Units, including pursuant to yourexercise of your rights set forth in Section 4 above, until after the second anniversary of the Grant Date. 8.Withholding of Taxes. If the grant, vesting or payment of a Profits Interest results in the receipt of compensation by you with respect to which theGeneral Partner or an Affiliate (as defined in the Plan) has a tax withholding obligation pursuant to applicable law, the General Partner or an Affiliateshall withhold (or net) such cash and number of Class B Units otherwise payable to you as the General Partner or an Affiliate requires to meet its taxwithholding obligations under such applicable laws. 9.Representations, Warranties, Covenants, and Acknowledgments of Grantee. Grantee hereby represents, warrants, covenants, acknowledges andagrees on behalf of Grantee and his or her spouse, if applicable, that:(a) Investment. Grantee is holding the Award and the Class B Units for Grantee’s own account, and not for the account of any other Person. Grantee isholding the Award and the Class B Units for investment and not with a view to distribution or resale thereof except in compliance with applicable lawsregulating securities. The Award, the Class B Units and the LGP Units involve a high degree or risk, including, without limitation, those set forth orincorporated by reference in the Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed by LGP with respect to the Units to be issued pursuant to the Plan.(b) Relation to Company. Grantee is presently a director or employee of, or consultant to, the Company or an Affiliate, or is otherwise providingservices to or for the benefit of the Company, and in such capacity has become personally familiar with the business of the Company.(c) Access to Information. Grantee has had the opportunity to ask questions of, and to receive answers from, the Company with respect to the termsand conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and with respect to the business, affairs, financial conditions, and results of operations of theCompany and its Affiliates. Grantee has been provided all information Grantee has requested from the Company and LGP including, without limitation,copies of all reports filed by LGP with the Securities and Exchange Commission, copies of the Operating Agreement and the First Amended and RestatedLimited Partnership Agreement of LGP dated as of October 30, 2012. 4 (d) Registration. Grantee understands that the Class B Units have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “SecuritiesAct”), and the Class B Units cannot be transferred by Grantee unless such transfer is registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from suchregistration is available. The Partnership and the Company have made no agreements, covenants or undertakings whatsoever to register the transfer ofthe Class B Units under the Securities Act. The Partnership and the Company have made no representations, warranties, or covenants whatsoever as towhether any exemption from the Securities Act, including, without limitation, any exemption for limited sales in routine brokers’ transactions pursuantto Rule 144 of the Securities Act, will be available. If an exemption under Rule 144 is available at all, it will not be available until at least one (1) yearfrom issuance of the Award and then not unless (i) a public trading market then exists in Class B Units (or a successor security thereto); (ii) adequateinformation as to the Company’s financial and other affairs and operations is then available to the public, and (iii) all other terms and conditions of Rule144 have been satisfied.(e) Public Trading. None of the Company’s securities is presently publicly traded, the Partnership and the Company have no intention to register thesale of any of the Company’s securities and have made no representations, covenants or agreements as to whether there will be a public market for anyof their securities.(f) Tax Advice. The Partnership and the Company have made no warranties or representations to Grantee with respect to the income tax consequences ofthe issuance of the Class B Units or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (including, without limitation, with respect to the making of anelection under Section 83(b) of the Code), and Grantee is in no manner relying on the Company, the Partnership or their representatives for anassessment of such tax consequences. Grantee is advised to consult with his or her own tax advisor with respect to such tax consequences and his or herownership of the Class B Units. 10.Capital Account. Grantee shall make no contribution of capital to the Company in connection with the Award and, as a result, Grantee’s CapitalAccount (as defined in the Operating Agreement) balance in the Company immediately after receipt of the Class B Units shall be equal to zero, unlessthe Grantee was a Member of the Company prior to such issuance, in which case the Grantee’s Capital Account balance shall not be increased as aresult of its receipt of the Class B Units. 11.Section 83(b) Election. Grantee covenants and agrees that he shall make a timely election under Section 83(b) of the Code (and any comparable electionin the state of Grantee’s residence) with respect to the Class B Units covered by the Award, and the Company hereby consents to the making of suchelection(s). The form of Section 83 (b) election is attached hereto as Exhibit B. In connection with such election, Grantee and Grantee’s spouse, ifapplicable, shall promptly provide a copy of such election to the 5 Company. Grantee represents that Grantee has consulted any tax consultant(s) that Grantee deems advisable in connection with the filing of an electionunder Section 83(b) of the Code and similar state tax provisions. Grantee acknowledges and agrees that it is Grantee’s sole responsibility and not theCompany’s to timely file an election under Section 83(b) of the Code (and any comparable state election), even if Grantee requests that the Company orany representative of the Company make such filing on Grantee’s behalf. Grantee should consult his or her tax advisor to determine if there is acomparable election to file in the state of his or her residence. 12.Ownership Information. Grantee hereby covenants and agrees that so long as Grantee holds any Class B Units, at the request of the Company or thePartnership, Grantee shall disclose to the Company and Partnership in writing such information relating to Grantee’s ownership of the Class B Units asthe Company or Partnership reasonably believe to be necessary or desirable to ascertain in order to comply with the Code or the requirements of anyother appropriate taxing authority. 13.Taxes. The Company and the Grantee intend that (i) the Class B Units be treated as a “profits interest” as defined in Internal Revenue Service RevenueProcedure 93-27, as clarified by Revenue Procedure 2001-43, (ii) the issuance of such Class B Units not be a taxable event to the Company, thePartnership or the Grantee as provided in such revenue procedure, and (iii) the Operating Agreement, the Partnership Agreement of the Partnership, thePlan and this Agreement be interpreted consistently with such intent. The Company or the Partnership may withhold from Grantee’s wages, or requireGrantee to pay to the Company or the Partnership, any applicable withholding or employment taxes resulting from the issuance of the Award hereunder,from the vesting or lapse of any restrictions imposed on the Award, from the ownership or disposition of the Class B Units. 14.Unit Certificate Restrictive Legends. Certificates evidencing the Award, to the extent such certificates are issued, may bear such restrictive legends asthe Company and/or the Company’s counsel may deem necessary or advisable under applicable law or pursuant to this Agreement, including, withoutlimitation, the following legends:“The offering and sale of the securities represented hereby have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).Any transfer of such securities will be invalid unless a Registration Statement under the Securities Act is in effect as to such transfer or in the opinion ofcounsel for the Company such registration is unnecessary in order for such transfer to comply with the Securities Act.”“The securities represented hereby are subject to forfeiture, transferability and other restrictions as set forth in (i) the Amended and Restated OperatingAgreement of the Company dated March 4, 2014, as amended (ii) a written agreement with the Company, (iii) the Lehigh Gas Partners, LP 2012Incentive Award Plan and (iv) the First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Lehigh Gas Partners LP, dated as of October 30,2012, in each case, as may be amended from time to time, and such securities may not be sold or otherwise transferred except pursuant to theprovisions of such documents.” 6 15.Joinder to LLC Agreement. As a condition of receiving this grant of Class B Units, the Grantee shall execute a joinder to the Operating Agreement, asthe Operating Agreement may be amended or restated from time to time, in the form attached as Exhibit C. The Grantee acknowledges receipt of a copyof the Operating Agreement and that he has reviewed the Operating Agreement. The Grantee understands that the rights granted to the Grantee under theOperating Agreement are complex in nature, and have certain legal, tax and financial consequences to the Grantee. The Grantee has been advised by theCompany to consult, and the Grantee has consulted to the extent the Grantee desired to do so, the Grantee’s own legal, tax and financial advisors withrespect to these consequences. The Grantee understands, acknowledges and agrees that, upon execution of this Grant Agreement and the joinder to theOperating Agreement, the Grantee shall, without further action or deed, thereupon be bound by the Operating Agreement, as it may thereafter be restatedor amended, as though a direct signatory thereto. 16.Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of any successor or successors of the Company and upon any personlawfully claiming under you. 17.Amendment. The General Partner may amend or terminate the Plan and any instrument hereunder (including this Award Agreement) at any time, inwhole or in part, and for any reason; provided, however, that except as otherwise provided with respect to Section 409A matters as provided inSection 20 or to the extent necessary to comply with other applicable laws and regulations (including, without limitation, the requirements of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 or any SEC rule) and to conform the provisions of this Agreement to any changesthereto, no such amendment or termination shall adversely affect the rights of a Participant with respect to Awards granted to the Participant prior to theeffective date of such amendment or termination. 18.Nature of Payments. The Class B Units, and payments made pursuant to the Class B Units are not a part of salary or compensation paid or payableby the General Partner or its Affiliates for purposes of any other benefit or compensation plan or otherwise. 19.Severability. If a particular provision of the Plan or this Agreement shall be found by final judgment of a court or administrative tribunal of competentjurisdiction to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions shall not affect any other provision of the Plan orthis Agreement and the other provisions of the Plan or this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. 20.Section 409A. It is intended that the Class B Units shall be either exempt from the provisions of Section 409A of the Code (“Section 409A”) or, to theextent subject to Section 409A, compliant with the requirements of Section 409A. In the event the Board determines that an Award constitutes deferredcompensation subject to Section 409A, or 7 may constitute such deferred compensation absent an amendment to the Plan or Award, the Board may amend or terminate your right to an Award,without your consent, as the Board shall determine in its sole discretion to ensure that such Award remains exempt from Section 409A, or, if the Boardso desires, to ensure that such Award complies with Section 409A. All references in this Agreement to a termination of Continuous Service that results inthe payment or vesting of any amounts or benefits that constitute “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A shall meana “separation from service” (as that term is defined at Section 1.409A-1(h) of the Treasury Regulations under Section 409A). Notwithstanding anythingto the contrary provided for herein, if at the time of the termination of your Continuous Service you are a “specified employee” as defined in subsection(a)(2)(B)(i) of Section 409A, any and all amounts payable under this Agreement in connection with your termination of Continuous Service thatconstitute a deferral of compensation subject to Section 409A, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, and that would (but for thissentence) be payable within six months following such termination of Continuous Service, shall instead be paid on the earlier of the date that follows thedate of such termination of Continuous Service by six months or the date of your death. 21.Entire Agreement. This Agreement, the Operating Agreement, the Plan and the First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of thePartnership dated as of October 30, 2012, each as amended, constitute the entire agreement of the parties with regard to the subject matter hereof, andcontains all the covenants, promises, representations, warranties and agreements between the parties with respect to the Class B Units granted hereby.Without limiting the scope of the preceding sentence, all prior understandings and agreements, if any, among the parties hereto relating to the subjectmatter hereof are hereby null and void and of no further force and effect. 22.Governing Law. This grant shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to conflicts oflaws principles thereof.[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank] 8 THE UNDERSIGNED GRANTEE ACKNOWLEDGES RECEIPT OF THIS AWARD AGREEMENT AND THE PLAN, AND, AS ANEXPRESS CONDITION TO THE GRANT OF CLASS B UNITS HEREUNDER, AGREES TO BE BOUND BY THE TERMS THIS AWARDAGREEMENT AND THE PLAN. LEHIGH GAS PARTNERS LP, GRANTEE:By: Lehigh Gas GP LLC, its general partner By: Signature: Name: Joseph V. Topper, Jr. Name: Title: CEO Dated: Dated: March 14, 2014 LGP OPERATIONS LLC By: Name: Joseph V. Topper, Jr. Title: President Dated: March 14, 2014 9 Exhibit AForm of Redemption NoticeTo LGP Operations LLC:Pursuant to the terms of Section 2.04(i)(E) of that certain Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of LGP Operations LLC., a Delaware limitedliability company (the “Company”) dated March 4, 2014 (the “Agreement”), as amended, the undersigned owner of Class B Units (“Grantee”) of theCompany, hereby exercises the right to redeem the number of Class B Units set forth below in accordance with the terms of the Agreement and directs that thecash payable or Units issuable and deliverable upon the redemption be issued and delivered to the undersigned at its address on the books of the Company,unless a different name has been indicated below. If cash is to be paid or Units are to be issued in the name of a person other than the undersigned, theundersigned will pay all transfer taxes payable with respect thereto.Social Security or Other Taxpayer Identifying Number: Number of Class B Units to be Redeemed (If less than all is to be converted): The undersigned represents and warrants that all Class B Units to be Redeemed pursuant to this Notice shall be free and clear of adverse claims (as such termis defined in the Uniform Commercial Code of the State of Delaware). Dated Printed Name: Fill in for registration of Units if to be issued otherwise than to the Holder at its Record Address. (Name) (Address) (including zip code) EXHIBIT A EXHIBIT BElection to Include in Gross Incomein Year of Transfer of PropertyPursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue CodeThe undersigned hereby makes an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code with respect to the property described below andsupplies the following information in accordance with the regulations promulgated thereunder: 1. The name, address and taxpayer identification number of the undersigned are: Name: Address: Taxpayer Identification Number: 2. Description of property to which the election is being made: 3. Date on which property was transferred: The taxable year to which this election relates: 4. Nature of restrictions to which the property is subject: 5. Fair market value of the property at time of transfer: 6. Amount paid for the property: 7. A copy of this statement has been furnished to the Company issuing property. Date: Name: EXHIBIT B EXHIBIT CJOINDER AGREEMENTBy executing and delivering this Joinder Agreement (“Joinder Agreement”) to LGP Operations LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the“Company”), the undersigned hereby agrees to become a party to, be bound by and comply with the provisions of the Company’s Amended and RestatedOperating Agreement dated March 4, 2014, as amended, as a Member thereof and as a holder of Class B Units granted pursuant to an Award Agreement datedMarch 14, 2014.The undersigned agrees, both before and after the date of this Joinder Agreement: (i) to use his best efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all actions and todo, or cause to be done, all things necessary, proper or advisable to consummate and make effective the joinder and other transactions contemplated by thisJoinder Agreement, (ii) to execute any documents, instruments or conveyances of any kind which may be reasonably necessary or advisable to carry out anyof the joinder or other transactions contemplated hereunder, and (iii) to cooperate with the Company in connection with the foregoing.Accordingly, the undersigned has executed and delivered this Joinder Agreement as of , 20 . Name of Grantee ACKNOWLEDGED AND ACCEPTEDLGP Operations LLC, a Delaware limitedliability companyBy: Name: Title: EXHIBIT C Exhibit 10.6(d) Lehigh Gas Partners LP 2012 Incentive Award PlanAward Agreement for Profits Interests Grantee: Grant Date: March 14, 2014 Number of Class B Units: Class B Liquidation Value: $ Profits Interest Hurdle: $ 1.Grant of Profits Interests. Lehigh Gas GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, the general partner (“General Partner”) of Lehigh Gas PartnersLP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “Partnership” or “LGP”), and LGP Operations LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and a subsidiary ofthe Partnership (the “Company” or “Operations”), hereby grant to you Profits Interests under the Lehigh Gas Partners LP 2012 Incentive Award Plan, asthe same may be amended from time to time (the “Plan”), which are subject to the terms and conditions set forth in (a) this Award Agreement (this“Agreement”), (b) the Amended and Restated Operating Agreement dated March 4, 2014, of Operations (the “Operating Agreement”) and (c) the Plan, allof which are incorporated herein by reference as a part of this Agreement. The Profits Interests are represented by Class B Units of Operations (“Class BUnits”) which, once vested, are redeemable following the second anniversary of the Grant Date in exchange for cash, in an amount determined inaccordance with the Operating Agreement, or units of LGP (“Units”) in an amount determined in accordance with the Operating Agreement. As a holderof Class B Units, you will also be entitled to receive cash distributions from Operations as and when Operations makes distributions in an amountequal to the number of Vested Class B Units (as defined in the Operating Agreement) you own times the amount of the distribution per Class A Unit ofOperations (“Class A Units”), as determined by the Company. In the event of any conflict between the terms of the Operating Agreement and either thisAgreement or the Plan or both, the terms of the Operating Agreement shall control. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and thePlan, the terms of the Plan shall control. Capitalized terms used in this Agreement but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such termsin the Plan, unless the context requires otherwise. References to “Section” herein, unless otherwise specified, refer to the Sections of this Agreement. 702 W. Hamilton Street, Suite 203 | Allentown, PA 18101 | P: 610.625.8000 | F: 610.841.1978 2.Vesting of Class B Units.(a) Vesting Schedule. The Class B Units shall be unvested at issuance, and subject to Section 2(b) and Section 5 below, shall become vested and non-forfeitable, provided you have remained in Continuous Service from the Grant Date through each applicable vesting date, in accordance with thefollowing schedule: Vesting Date Vesting Percentage March 14, 2015 33% March 14, 2016 33% March 14, 2017 34% If on an applicable vesting date the application of the above vesting schedule results in a fractional Profits Interest being vested, the number of Class BUnits vesting on such date shall be rounded to the nearest whole number of Class B Units.(b) Repayment Obligation. You expressly acknowledge that this Award of Class B Units is conditioned upon your agreement that, except as may berequired by law or a court, administrative agency or administrative tribunal, (i) you shall keep this Award (and the terms and conditions of this AwardAgreement) strictly confidential, and (ii) you shall not disclose or otherwise divulge information relating to this Award; provided, however, that you maydisclose information relating to this Award (and the terms and conditions of this Award Agreement) to your counsel or personal tax advisor.Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan, the Operating Agreement or this Award Agreement to the contrary, your failure to abide by the foregoingobligations relating to confidentiality and nondisclosure, or your failure to cause your counsel or tax advisor to abide by such obligations to the sameextent as you are bound by such obligations, may, in the sole discretion of the Committee, result in forfeiture of all rights granted under this AwardAgreement (including Class B Units, and cash payments with respect to Class B Units), whether or not vested. With respect to any Vested Class BUnits that are forfeited pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2(b), (i) no distributions, cash payments or transfers of Units shall be madewith respect to such Vested Class B Units (if distributions or payment or transfer with respect to such Class B Units has not yet been made as of thedate the Committee determines that a forfeiture has occurred), and (ii) you shall transfer and/or pay to the Partnership the number of Units youpreviously received with respect to Vested Class B Units which have been converted into Units and/or the amount of cash equal to the Fair Market Valueof such Vested Class B Units which have been converted into Units on the date of the Transfer Notice (as defined below). Such repayment or transferback, as applicable, shall be made by you within ten (10) days following written notice sent by the Committee to you (the “Transfer Notice”) statingthat the provisions of this Section 2(b) are applicable to this Award. You hereby irrevocably grant to the Committee the right to cancel and/or transfer toOperations or the Partnership any Class B Units or Units subject to this Section 2(b) to the extent you do not transfer such Class B Units or Units toOperations 2 or the Partnership in accordance with this Section 2(b) following the date the Committee sends a Transfer Notice to you. Without limiting the generalityof the foregoing, the Committee may, in its discretion, determine that any repayment or transfer obligation may be satisfied by any other payment ortransfer method acceptable to the Committee. 3.Administration. The Committee shall have the sole and complete discretion to administer, interpret and construe the Plan and this Agreement withrespect to a Participant and the Operating Agreement with respect to the subject matter hereof, and to determine any and all questions and issues arisingwith respect to the Plan, this Agreement and the Operating Agreement. Any decision of the Committee concerning the Plan, the Operating Agreement orthis Agreement shall be final and binding on you. 4.Redemption and Mechanics. At any time after the second anniversary of the Grant Date, all Vested Class B Units may be redeemed (a“Redemption”) by you as set forth in the Operating Agreement, subject to the right of LGP, in its sole and absolute discretion, to assume some or all ofthe Company’s obligation to redeem such Tendered Units (as defined in the Operating Agreement) and elect to acquire some or all of the Vested Class BUnits from the Tendering Member in exchange for the LGP Unit Shares Amount (as defined in the Operating Agreement). To exercise your redemptionright, you shall deliver a notice (a “Redemption Notice”) in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B, not less than 10 nor more than 60 days prior toMarch 15 of each year following the first anniversary of the Grant Date (each such date, the “Specified Redemption Date”); provided, however, that ifthe Company has not given notice of a proposed or upcoming Transaction (as defined in the Operating Agreement) to you at least thirty (30) days priorto the effective date of such Transaction, then you shall have the right to deliver a Redemption Notice until the earlier of (x) the tenth (10th) day aftersuch notice from the Company of a Transaction or (y) the third business day immediately preceding the effective date of such Transaction. Not lessthan five (5) days prior to the Specified Redemption Date, the Company shall notify you whether you are receiving cash or Common Units uponRedemption and whether LGP has assumed any portion of the Company’s obligation to redeem your vested Class B Units. Any Redemption shalloccur automatically after the close of business on the applicable Specified Redemption Date without any action on the part of Grantee. 5.Events Occurring Prior to Full Vesting.(a) Death or Disability. If your Continuous Service terminates as a result of your death or Disability, the Unvested Class B Units (as defined in theOperating Agreement) then remaining automatically will become fully vested upon such termination of Continuous Service.(b) Other Terminations. If your Continuous Service terminates for any reason other than as provided in Section 5(a), unless otherwise determined bythe Committee or its designee, the Unvested Class B Units then remaining outstanding automatically shall be forfeited without payment upon suchtermination of Continuous Service. 3 6.Limitations upon Transfer. All rights under this Agreement shall belong to you alone and may not be transferred, assigned, pledged, or hypothecatedby you in any way (whether by operation of law or otherwise), other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution and shall not be subject toexecution, attachment, or similar process. Upon any attempt by you to transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate, or otherwise dispose of such rightscontrary to the provisions in this Agreement or the Plan, or upon the levy of any attachment or similar process upon such rights, such rights shallimmediately become null and void. 7.Restrictions. By accepting this grant of Class B Units, you agree that the Class B Units and any Units that you may acquire upon vesting of thisaward and conversion of the Class B Units into Units will not be sold or otherwise disposed of in any manner that would constitute a violation of anyapplicable federal or state securities laws. You also agree that (i) the Company and the Partnership may refuse to register the transfer of the Class BUnits and the Units, respectively, acquired under this award on the transfer records of the Company and the Partnership, as the case may be, if suchproposed transfer would in the opinion of counsel satisfactory to the General Partner and the manager of the Company constitute a violation of anyapplicable securities law, and (ii) the Partnership may give related instructions to its transfer agent, if any, to stop registration of the transfer of the Unitsto be acquired under this Agreement. In addition, you agree that you will not sell or otherwise transfer any Class B Units, including pursuant to yourexercise of your rights set forth in Section 4 above, until after the second anniversary of the Grant Date. 8.Withholding of Taxes. If the grant, vesting or payment of a Profits Interest results in the receipt of compensation by you with respect to which theGeneral Partner or an Affiliate (as defined in the Plan) has a tax withholding obligation pursuant to applicable law, the General Partner or an Affiliateshall withhold (or net) such cash and number of Class B Units otherwise payable to you as the General Partner or an Affiliate requires to meet its taxwithholding obligations under such applicable laws. 9.Representations, Warranties, Covenants, and Acknowledgments of Grantee. Grantee hereby represents, warrants, covenants, acknowledges andagrees on behalf of Grantee and his or her spouse, if applicable, that:(a) Investment. Grantee is holding the Award and the Class B Units for Grantee’s own account, and not for the account of any other Person. Grantee isholding the Award and the Class B Units for investment and not with a view to distribution or resale thereof except in compliance with applicable lawsregulating securities. The Award, the Class B Units and the LGP Units involve a high degree or risk, including, without limitation, those set forth orincorporated by reference in the Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed by LGP with respect to the Units to be issued pursuant to the Plan.(b) Relation to Company. Grantee is presently a director or employee of, or consultant to, the Company or an Affiliate, or is otherwise providingservices to or for the benefit of the Company, and in such capacity has become personally familiar with the business of the Company. 4 (c) Access to Information. Grantee has had the opportunity to ask questions of, and to receive answers from, the Company with respect to the termsand conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and with respect to the business, affairs, financial conditions, and results of operations of theCompany and its Affiliates. Grantee has been provided all information Grantee has requested from the Company and LGP including, without limitation,copies of all reports filed by LGP with the Securities and Exchange Commission, copies of the Operating Agreement and the First Amended and RestatedLimited Partnership Agreement of LGP dated as of October 30, 2012.(d) Registration. Grantee understands that the Class B Units have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “SecuritiesAct”), and the Class B Units cannot be transferred by Grantee unless such transfer is registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from suchregistration is available. The Partnership and the Company have made no agreements, covenants or undertakings whatsoever to register the transfer ofthe Class B Units under the Securities Act. The Partnership and the Company have made no representations, warranties, or covenants whatsoever as towhether any exemption from the Securities Act, including, without limitation, any exemption for limited sales in routine brokers’ transactions pursuantto Rule 144 of the Securities Act, will be available. If an exemption under Rule 144 is available at all, it will not be available until at least one (1) yearfrom issuance of the Award and then not unless (i) a public trading market then exists in Class B Units (or a successor security thereto); (ii) adequateinformation as to the Company’s financial and other affairs and operations is then available to the public, and (iii) all other terms and conditions of Rule144 have been satisfied.(e) Public Trading. None of the Company’s securities is presently publicly traded, the Partnership and the Company have no intention to register thesale of any of the Company’s securities and have made no representations, covenants or agreements as to whether there will be a public market for anyof their securities.(f) Tax Advice. The Partnership and the Company have made no warranties or representations to Grantee with respect to the income tax consequences ofthe issuance of the Class B Units or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (including, without limitation, with respect to the making of anelection under Section 83(b) of the Code), and Grantee is in no manner relying on the Company, the Partnership or their representatives for anassessment of such tax consequences. Grantee is advised to consult with his or her own tax advisor with respect to such tax consequences and his or herownership of the Class B Units. 10.Capital Account. Grantee shall make no contribution of capital to the Company in connection with the Award and, as a result, Grantee’s CapitalAccount (as defined in the Operating Agreement) balance in the Company immediately after receipt of the Class B Units shall be equal to zero, unlessthe Grantee was a Member of the Company prior to such issuance, in which case the Grantee’s Capital Account balance shall not be increased as aresult of its receipt of the Class B Units. 5 11.Section 83(b) Election. Grantee covenants and agrees that he shall make a timely election under Section 83(b) of the Code (and any comparable electionin the state of Grantee’s residence) with respect to the Class B Units covered by the Award, and the Company hereby consents to the making of suchelection(s). The form of Section 83 (b) election is attached hereto as Exhibit B. In connection with such election, Grantee and Grantee’s spouse, ifapplicable, shall promptly provide a copy of such election to the Company. Grantee represents that Grantee has consulted any tax consultant(s) thatGrantee deems advisable in connection with the filing of an election under Section 83(b) of the Code and similar state tax provisions. Granteeacknowledges and agrees that it is Grantee’s sole responsibility and not the Company’s to timely file an election under Section 83(b) of the Code (andany comparable state election), even if Grantee requests that the Company or any representative of the Company make such filing on Grantee’s behalf.Grantee should consult his or her tax advisor to determine if there is a comparable election to file in the state of his or her residence. 12.Ownership Information. Grantee hereby covenants and agrees that so long as Grantee holds any Class B Units, at the request of the Company or thePartnership, Grantee shall disclose to the Company and Partnership in writing such information relating to Grantee’s ownership of the Class B Units asthe Company or Partnership reasonably believe to be necessary or desirable to ascertain in order to comply with the Code or the requirements of anyother appropriate taxing authority. 13.Taxes. The Company and the Grantee intend that (i) the Class B Units be treated as a “profits interest” as defined in Internal Revenue Service RevenueProcedure 93-27, as clarified by Revenue Procedure 2001-43, (ii) the issuance of such Class B Units not be a taxable event to the Company, thePartnership or the Grantee as provided in such revenue procedure, and (iii) the Operating Agreement, the Partnership Agreement of the Partnership, thePlan and this Agreement be interpreted consistently with such intent. The Company or the Partnership may withhold from Grantee’s wages, or requireGrantee to pay to the Company or the Partnership, any applicable withholding or employment taxes resulting from the issuance of the Award hereunder,from the vesting or lapse of any restrictions imposed on the Award, from the ownership or disposition of the Class B Units. 14.Unit Certificate Restrictive Legends. Certificates evidencing the Award, to the extent such certificates are issued, may bear such restrictive legends asthe Company and/or the Company’s counsel may deem necessary or advisable under applicable law or pursuant to this Agreement, including, withoutlimitation, the following legends:“The offering and sale of the securities represented hereby have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).Any transfer of such securities will be invalid unless a Registration Statement under the Securities Act is in effect as to such transfer or in the opinion ofcounsel for the Company such registration is unnecessary in order for such transfer to comply with the Securities Act.” 6 “The securities represented hereby are subject to forfeiture, transferability and other restrictions as set forth in (i) the Amended and Restated OperatingAgreement of the Company dated March 4, 2014, as amended (ii) a written agreement with the Company, (iii) the Lehigh Gas Partners, LP 2012Incentive Award Plan and (iv) the First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Lehigh Gas Partners LP, dated as of October 30,2012, in each case, as may be amended from time to time, and such securities may not be sold or otherwise transferred except pursuant to theprovisions of such documents.” 15.Joinder to LLC Agreement. As a condition of receiving this grant of Class B Units, the Grantee shall execute a joinder to the Operating Agreement, asthe Operating Agreement may be amended or restated from time to time, in the form attached as Exhibit C. The Grantee acknowledges receipt of a copyof the Operating Agreement and that he has reviewed the Operating Agreement. The Grantee understands that the rights granted to the Grantee under theOperating Agreement are complex in nature, and have certain legal, tax and financial consequences to the Grantee. The Grantee has been advised by theCompany to consult, and the Grantee has consulted to the extent the Grantee desired to do so, the Grantee’s own legal, tax and financial advisors withrespect to these consequences. The Grantee understands, acknowledges and agrees that, upon execution of this Grant Agreement and the joinder to theOperating Agreement, the Grantee shall, without further action or deed, thereupon be bound by the Operating Agreement, as it may thereafter be restatedor amended, as though a direct signatory thereto. 16.Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of any successor or successors of the Company and upon any personlawfully claiming under you. 17.Amendment. The General Partner may amend or terminate the Plan and any instrument hereunder (including this Award Agreement) at any time, inwhole or in part, and for any reason; provided, however, that except as otherwise provided with respect to Section 409A matters as provided inSection 20 or to the extent necessary to comply with other applicable laws and regulations (including, without limitation, the requirements of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 or any SEC rule) and to conform the provisions of this Agreement to any changesthereto, no such amendment or termination shall adversely affect the rights of a Participant with respect to Awards granted to the Participant prior to theeffective date of such amendment or termination. 18.Nature of Payments. The Class B Units, and payments made pursuant to the Class B Units are not a part of salary or compensation paid or payableby the General Partner or its Affiliates for purposes of any other benefit or compensation plan or otherwise. 7 19.Severability. If a particular provision of the Plan or this Agreement shall be found by final judgment of a court or administrative tribunal of competentjurisdiction to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions shall not affect any other provision of the Plan orthis Agreement and the other provisions of the Plan or this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. 20.Section 409A. It is intended that the Class B Units shall be either exempt from the provisions of Section 409A of the Code (“Section 409A”) or, to theextent subject to Section 409A, compliant with the requirements of Section 409A. In the event the Board determines that an Award constitutes deferredcompensation subject to Section 409A, or may constitute such deferred compensation absent an amendment to the Plan or Award, the Board may amendor terminate your right to an Award, without your consent, as the Board shall determine in its sole discretion to ensure that such Award remains exemptfrom Section 409A, or, if the Board so desires, to ensure that such Award complies with Section 409A. All references in this Agreement to a terminationof Continuous Service that results in the payment or vesting of any amounts or benefits that constitute “nonqualified deferred compensation” within themeaning of Section 409A shall mean a “separation from service” (as that term is defined at Section 1.409A-1(h) of the Treasury Regulations underSection 409A). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary provided for herein, if at the time of the termination of your Continuous Service you are a“specified employee” as defined in subsection (a)(2)(B)(i) of Section 409A, any and all amounts payable under this Agreement in connection with yourtermination of Continuous Service that constitute a deferral of compensation subject to Section 409A, as determined by the Committee in its solediscretion, and that would (but for this sentence) be payable within six months following such termination of Continuous Service, shall instead be paidon the earlier of the date that follows the date of such termination of Continuous Service by six months or the date of your death. 21.Entire Agreement. This Agreement, the Operating Agreement, the Plan and the First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of thePartnership dated as of October 30, 2012, each as amended, constitute the entire agreement of the parties with regard to the subject matter hereof, andcontains all the covenants, promises, representations, warranties and agreements between the parties with respect to the Class B Units granted hereby.Without limiting the scope of the preceding sentence, all prior understandings and agreements, if any, among the parties hereto relating to the subjectmatter hereof are hereby null and void and of no further force and effect. 22.Governing Law. This grant shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to conflicts oflaws principles thereof.[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank] 8 THE UNDERSIGNED GRANTEE ACKNOWLEDGES RECEIPT OF THIS AWARD AGREEMENT AND THE PLAN, AND, AS ANEXPRESS CONDITION TO THE GRANT OF CLASS B UNITS HEREUNDER, AGREES TO BE BOUND BY THE TERMS THIS AWARDAGREEMENT AND THE PLAN. LEHIGH GAS PARTNERS LP, GRANTEE:By: Lehigh Gas GP LLC, its general partner By: Signature: Name: Joseph V. Topper, Jr. Name: Title: CEO Dated: Dated: March 14, 2014 LGP OPERATIONS LLC By: Name: Joseph V. Topper, Jr. Title: President Dated: March 14, 2014 9 Exhibit AForm of Redemption NoticeTo LGP Operations LLC:Pursuant to the terms of Section 2.04(i)(E) of that certain Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of LGP Operations LLC., a Delaware limitedliability company (the “Company”) dated March 4, 2014 (the “Agreement”), as amended, the undersigned owner of Class B Units (“Grantee”) of theCompany, hereby exercises the right to redeem the number of Class B Units set forth below in accordance with the terms of the Agreement and directs that thecash payable or Units issuable and deliverable upon the redemption be issued and delivered to the undersigned at its address on the books of the Company,unless a different name has been indicated below. If cash is to be paid or Units are to be issued in the name of a person other than the undersigned, theundersigned will pay all transfer taxes payable with respect thereto.Social Security or Other Taxpayer Identifying Number: Number of Class B Units to be Redeemed (If less than all is to be converted): The undersigned represents and warrants that all Class B Units to be Redeemed pursuant to this Notice shall be free and clear of adverse claims (as such termis defined in the Uniform Commercial Code of the State of Delaware). Dated Printed Name: Fill in for registration of Units if to be issued otherwise than to the Holder at its Record Address. (Name) (Address) (including zip code) EXHIBIT A EXHIBIT BElection to Include in Gross Incomein Year of Transfer of PropertyPursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue CodeThe undersigned hereby makes an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code with respect to the property described below andsupplies the following information in accordance with the regulations promulgated thereunder: 1. The name, address and taxpayer identification number of the undersigned are: Name: Address: Taxpayer Identification Number: 2. Description of property to which the election is being made: 3. Date on which property was transferred: The taxable year to which this election relates: 4. Nature of restrictions to which the property is subject: 5. Fair market value of the property at time of transfer: 6. Amount paid for the property: 7. A copy of this statement has been furnished to the Company issuing property. Date: Name: EXHIBIT B EXHIBIT CJOINDER AGREEMENTBy executing and delivering this Joinder Agreement (“Joinder Agreement”) to LGP Operations LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the“Company”), the undersigned hereby agrees to become a party to, be bound by and comply with the provisions of the Company’s Amended and RestatedOperating Agreement dated March 4, 2014, as amended, as a Member thereof and as a holder of Class B Units granted pursuant to an Award Agreement datedMarch 14, 2014.The undersigned agrees, both before and after the date of this Joinder Agreement: (i) to use his best efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all actions and todo, or cause to be done, all things necessary, proper or advisable to consummate and make effective the joinder and other transactions contemplated by thisJoinder Agreement, (ii) to execute any documents, instruments or conveyances of any kind which may be reasonably necessary or advisable to carry out anyof the joinder or other transactions contemplated hereunder, and (iii) to cooperate with the Company in connection with the foregoing.Accordingly, the undersigned has executed and delivered this Joinder Agreement as of , 20 . Name of Grantee ACKNOWLEDGED AND ACCEPTEDLGP Operations LLC, a Delaware limitedliability companyBy: Name: Title: EXHIBIT C Exhibit 21.1Subsidiaries of Lehigh Gas Partners LP Name StateLGP Operations LLC DelawareLehigh Gas Wholesale LLC DelawareLGP Realty Holdings LP DelawareLehigh Gas Wholesale Services, Inc. DelawareExpress Lane, Inc. Florida Exhibit 23.1CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRMWe have issued our reports dated March 10, 2014, with respect to the consolidated financial statements, schedule and internal control over financial reportingof Lehigh Gas Partners LP and the combined financial statements of the Lehigh Gas Entities and affiliated entities under common control (Predecessor)included in the Annual Report of Lehigh Gas Partners LP on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013. We hereby consent to the incorporation byreference of said reports in the Registration Statements of Lehigh Gas Partners LP on Forms S-3 (File No. 333-192035, effective December 4, 2013) and onForm S-8 (File No. 333-184651, effective October 30, 2012)./s/ GRANT THORNTON LLPPhiladelphia, PennsylvaniaMarch 10, 2014 Exhibit 31.1CERTIFICATIONI, Joseph V. Topper, Jr., certify that: 1.I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Lehigh Gas Partners LP; 2.Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make thestatements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 3.Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects thefinancial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 4.The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined inExchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have: (a)Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, toensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within thoseentities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; (b)Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under oursupervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for externalpurposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; (c)Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about theeffectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and (d)Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recentfiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materiallyaffect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and 5.The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to theregistrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): (a)All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonablylikely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and (b)Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal controlover financial reporting.Date: March 10, 2014 /s/ JOSEPH V. TOPPER, JR.Joseph V. Topper, Jr.Chief Executive OfficerLehigh Gas GP LLC(as General Partner of Lehigh Gas Partners LP) Exhibit 31.2CERTIFICATIONI, Mark L. Miller, certify that: 1.I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Lehigh Gas Partners LP; 2.Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make thestatements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 3.Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects thefinancial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 4.The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined inExchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have: (a)Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, toensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within thoseentities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; (b)Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under oursupervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for externalpurposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; (c)Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about theeffectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and (d)Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recentfiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materiallyaffect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and 5.The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to theregistrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): (a)All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonablylikely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and (b)Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal controlover financial reporting.Date: March 10, 2014 /S/ MARK L. MILLERMark L. MillerChief Financial OfficerLehigh Gas GP LLC(as General Partner of Lehigh Gas Partners LP) Exhibit 32.1CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TOSECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002In connection with this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Lehigh Gas Partners LP (the “Partnership”) for the year ended December 31, 2013, as filed with theSecurities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Joseph V. Topper, Jr., Chief Executive Officer of Lehigh Gas GP LLC, the GeneralPartner of the Partnership, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes- Oxley Act of 2002 that, to my knowledge: (1)The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and (2)The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of thePartnership.Date: March 10, 2014 /s/ JOSEPH V. TOPPER, JR.Joseph V. Topper, Jr.Chief Executive OfficerLehigh Gas GP LLC(as General Partner of Lehigh Gas Partners LP) Exhibit 32.2CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TOSECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002In connection with this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Lehigh Gas Partners LP (the “Partnership”) for the year ended December 31, 2013, as filed with theSecurities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Mark L. Miller, Chief Financial Officer of Lehigh Gas GP LLC, the General Partnerof the Partnership, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes- Oxley Act of 2002 that, to my knowledge: (1)The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and (2)The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of thePartnership.Date: March 10, 2014 /s/ MARK L. MILLERMark L. MillerChief Financial OfficerLehigh Gas GP LLC(as General Partner of Lehigh Gas Partners LP)

Continue reading text version or see original annual report in PDF format above